Regenerate AUTHORS and ldefs-boot.el
[bpt/emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
8
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
11
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
14
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
32
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
34
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
37
38 \(fn)" t nil)
39
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
42
43 \(fn)" t nil)
44
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
47
48 \(fn)" t nil)
49
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
53
54 \(fn)" t nil)
55
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
58
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
63
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
65
66 ;;;***
67 \f
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (21291 53104
69 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
71
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
78
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
80
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
83
84 \(fn)" t nil)
85
86 ;;;***
87 \f
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (21291 53104
89 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
91
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
94
95 \(fn)" t nil)
96
97 ;;;***
98 \f
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (21291 53104
100 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
102
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
106
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
108
109 ;;;***
110 \f
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (21291 53104 431149
112 ;;;;;; 0))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
114
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
116
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
122
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
124
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
128
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
130
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
137
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
139
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
142
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
144
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
147
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
152
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
156
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
160
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
162
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
167
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
170
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
172
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
176
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
180
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
184
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
188
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
191
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
193
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
198
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
200
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
207
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
209
210 \(fn)" t nil)
211
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
214
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
217
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
223
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
225
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
227
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
233
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
236
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
238
239 ;;;***
240 \f
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (21291 53104
242 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
244
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
255
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
257
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
266
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
268
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
271
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
273
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
276
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
278
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
281
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
287
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
291
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
297
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
301
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
303
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
320
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
322
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
326
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
330
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
345
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
350
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
353
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
356
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
359
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
364
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
368
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
370
371 (put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
372
373 (put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
374
375 ;;;***
376 \f
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (21298 17013 555424 0))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
379
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
387
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
391
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
396
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
398
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
403
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
406
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
411
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
415
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
421
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
428
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
430
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
433
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
436
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
438
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
445
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
447
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
455
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
457
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
465
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
467
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
470
471 \(fn)" t nil)
472
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475
476 \(fn)" t nil)
477
478 ;;;***
479 \f
480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
481 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
482 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
483
484 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
485 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
486
487 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
488
489 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
490
491 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
492 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
493
494 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
495 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
496
497 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
498 `allout-auto-activation'.
499
500 \(fn)" nil nil)
501
502 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
503 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
504
505 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
506 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
507 file variable `allout-layout'.
508
509 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
510 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
511 specified layout is applied.
512
513 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
514 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
515
516 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
517 Auto-layout is not.
518
519 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
520
521 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
522
523 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
524
525 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
526
527 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
528
529 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
530
531 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
532
533 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
534
535 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
536
537 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
538
539 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
540
541 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
542
543 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
544
545 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
546
547 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
548
549 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
550
551 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
552
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
554
555 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
556 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
557
558 \(fn)" nil t)
559
560 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
561 Toggle Allout outline mode.
562 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
563 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
564 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
565
566 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
567 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
568 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
569 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
570 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
571 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
572 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
573 outline.)
574
575 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
576
577 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
578 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
579 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
580 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
581 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
582 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
583 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
584 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
585
586 and many other features.
587
588 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
589 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
590 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
591 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
592 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
593
594 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
595 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
596 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
597 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
598 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
599 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
600 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
601 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
602 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
603 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
604
605 Exposure Control:
606 ----------------
607 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
608 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
609 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
611 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
612
613 Navigation:
614 ----------
615 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
616 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
617 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
618 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
619 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
620 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
621 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
622 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
623 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
624 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
625
626
627 Topic Header Production:
628 -----------------------
629 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
630 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
631 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
632
633 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
634 ---------------------------------
635 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
636 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
637 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
638 current topic
639 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
640 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
641 are alternated according to nesting depth.
642 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
643 the offspring are not affected.
644 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
645
646 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
647 ----------------------------------
648 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
649 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
650 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
651 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
652 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
653 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
654 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
655 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
656
657 Topic-oriented Encryption:
658 -------------------------
659 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
660 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
661
662 Misc commands:
663 -------------
664 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
665 and establish a default file-var setting
666 for `allout-layout'.
667 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
668 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
669 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
670 buffer with name derived from derived from that
671 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
672 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
673 Like above 'copy-exposed', but convert topic
674 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
675 format.
676 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
677 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
678 auto-activation.
679
680 Topic Encryption
681
682 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
683 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
684 pending encryption on save.
685
686 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
687 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
688 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
689 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
690 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
691
692 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
693 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
694 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
695 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
696 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
697 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a '-HUP'
698 signal.
699
700 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
701 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
702 for details.
703
704 HOT-SPOT Operation
705
706 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
707 navigation and exposure control.
708
709 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
710 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
711 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
712 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
713 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
714
715 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
716 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
717 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
718 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
719 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
720
721 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
722 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
723 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
724 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
725 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
726 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
727 at the beginning of the current entry.
728
729 Extending Allout
730
731 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
732 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
733 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
734
735 `allout-mode-hook'
736 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
737 `allout-mode-off-hook'
738 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
739 `allout-structure-added-functions'
740 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
741 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
742 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
743 `allout-post-undo-hook'
744
745 Terminology
746
747 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
748
749 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
750 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
751 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
752 CURRENT ITEM:
753 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
754 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
755 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
756 called the:
757 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
758
759 ANCESTORS:
760 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
761 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
762 of the ITEM.
763 OFFSPRING:
764 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
765 SUBTOPIC:
766 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
767 CHILD:
768 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
769 SIBLINGS:
770 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
771
772 Topic text constituents:
773
774 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
775 text.
776 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
777 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
778 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
779 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
780 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
781 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
782 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
783 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
784 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
785 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
786 the PREFIX.
787
788 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
789 of the ITEM.
790 PREFIX-LEAD:
791 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
792 It can be customized by changing the setting of
793 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
794
795 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
796 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
797 program code without interfering with processing of the text
798 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
799 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
800 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
801 docstring for more detail.
802 PREFIX-PADDING:
803 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
804 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
805 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
806 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
807 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
808 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
809 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
810 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
811 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
812 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
813 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
814 more details.
815 EXPOSURE:
816 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
817 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
818 CONCEALED:
819 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
820 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
821
822 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
823 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
824 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
825
826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
827
828 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
829
830 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
831 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
832
833 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
834 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
835
836 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
837
838 ;;;***
839 \f
840 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (21346
841 ;;;;;; 62196 327729 0))
842 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
843 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
844
845 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
846 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
847
848 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
849
850 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
851
852 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
853 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
854
855 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
856 visiting an outline.
857
858 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
859 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
860
861 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
862 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
863 you want allout widgets operation.
864
865 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
866
867 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
868
869 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
870
871 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
872 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
873 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
874 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
875 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
876
877 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
878 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
879 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
880
881 The graphics include:
882
883 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
884
885 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
886 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
887
888 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
889 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
890
891 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
892 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
893 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
894
895 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
896
897 ;;;***
898 \f
899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (21291 53104 431149
900 ;;;;;; 0))
901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
902
903 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
904
905 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
906 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
907 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
908 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
909 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
910 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
911
912 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
913
914 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
915
916
917 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
918
919 ;;;***
920 \f
921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (21291 53104 431149
922 ;;;;;; 0))
923 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
924
925 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
926 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
927 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
928 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
929 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
930 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
931 in the current window.
932
933 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
934
935 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
936 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
937 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
938 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
939 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
940 buffer if one does not exist.
941
942 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
943
944 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
945 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
946 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
947 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
948 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
949
950 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
951
952 ;;;***
953 \f
954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (21291 53104 431149
955 ;;;;;; 0))
956 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
957 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
958
959 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
960 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
961
962 \(fn)" t nil)
963
964 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
965 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
966
967 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
968 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
969 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
970 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
971
972 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
973 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
974
975 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
976
977 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
978
979 ;;;***
980 \f
981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (21291
982 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
983 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
984 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
985
986 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
987 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
988 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
989 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
990 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
991 \\[yank].
992
993 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
994 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
995 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
996 the rules.
997
998 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
999 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1000 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1001 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1002
1003 \(fn)" t nil)
1004
1005 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1006 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1007
1008 \(fn)" t nil)
1009
1010 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1011 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1012 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1013
1014 \(fn)" nil nil)
1015
1016 ;;;***
1017 \f
1018 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (21291 53104 431149
1019 ;;;;;; 0))
1020 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1021
1022 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1023 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1024 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1025 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1026 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1027 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1028
1029 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1030
1031 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1032 Toggle checking of appointments.
1033 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1034 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1035
1036 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1037
1038 ;;;***
1039 \f
1040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (21291 53104 431149
1041 ;;;;;; 0))
1042 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1043
1044 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1045 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1046 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1047 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1048
1049 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1050 kind of objects to search.
1051
1052 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1053
1054 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1055 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1056 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1057 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1058 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1059 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1060
1061 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1062 variables, not just user options.
1063
1064 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1065
1066 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1067 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1068 When DO-NOT-ALL is non-nil, show user options only, i.e. behave
1069 like `apropos-user-option'.
1070
1071 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1072
1073 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1074
1075 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1076 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1077 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1078 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1079 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1080 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1081
1082 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1083 noninteractive functions.
1084
1085 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1086 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1087
1088 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1089 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1090
1091 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1092
1093 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1094 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1095
1096 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1097
1098 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1099 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1100 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1101 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1102
1103 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1104 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1105 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1106 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1107
1108 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1109 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1110
1111 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1112
1113 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1114
1115 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1116 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1117 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1118 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1119 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1120
1121 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1122
1123 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1124 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1125 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1126 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1127 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1128 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1129
1130 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1131 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1132 names and values of properties.
1133
1134 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1135
1136 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1137
1138 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1139 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1140 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1141 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1142 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1143 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1144
1145 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1146 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1147 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1148 documentation strings.
1149
1150 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1151
1152 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1153
1154 ;;;***
1155 \f
1156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
1157 ;;;;;; 0))
1158 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1159
1160 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1161 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1162 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1163 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1164 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1165 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1166
1167 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1168 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1169 archive.
1170
1171 \\{archive-mode-map}
1172
1173 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1174
1175 ;;;***
1176 \f
1177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
1178 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1179
1180 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1181 Major mode for editing arrays.
1182
1183 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1184 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1185 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1186
1187 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1188
1189 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1190 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1191 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1192
1193 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1194 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1195 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1196 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1197 The variables are:
1198
1199 Variables you assign:
1200 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1201 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1202 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1203 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1204 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1205 row numbers in the buffer.
1206
1207 Variables which are calculated:
1208 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1209 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1210
1211 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1212 take a numeric prefix argument):
1213
1214 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1215 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1216 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1217 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1218
1219 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1220 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1221 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1222 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1223
1224 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1225 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1226 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1227 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1228
1229 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1230 between that of point and mark.
1231
1232 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1233 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1234
1235 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1236 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1237 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1238 newlines inside rows)
1239
1240 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1241
1242 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1243
1244 \(fn)" t nil)
1245
1246 ;;;***
1247 \f
1248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (21291 53104
1249 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1250 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1251 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1252
1253 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1254 Toggle Artist mode.
1255 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1256 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1257 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1258
1259 How to quit Artist mode
1260
1261 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1262
1263
1264 How to submit a bug report
1265
1266 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1267
1268
1269 Drawing with the mouse:
1270
1271 mouse-2
1272 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1273 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1274 below).
1275
1276 mouse-1
1277 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1278 or pastes:
1279
1280 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1281 --------------------------------------------------------------
1282 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1283 to new point
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1286 --------------------------------------------------------------
1287 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1288 --------------------------------------------------------------
1289 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1290 --------------------------------------------------------------
1291 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1292 --------------------------------------------------------------
1293 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1294 --------------------------------------------------------------
1295 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1296 --------------------------------------------------------------
1297 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1298 --------------------------------------------------------------
1299 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1300 lines
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1303 --------------------------------------------------------------
1304 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1305 --------------------------------------------------------------
1306 Paste Paste Paste
1307 --------------------------------------------------------------
1308 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1309 --------------------------------------------------------------
1310
1311 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1312 or diagonally.
1313
1314 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1315 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1316 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1317 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1318 poly-lines.
1319
1320 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1321 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1322 overwrite means the opposite.
1323
1324 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1325 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1326 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1327
1328 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1329
1330 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1331 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
1332
1333 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1334 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1335 are currently drawing something.
1336
1337 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1338 some time to fill.
1339
1340
1341 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1342 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1343
1344
1345 Settings
1346
1347 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1348
1349 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1350
1351 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1352
1353 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1354
1355 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1356 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1357
1358 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1359
1360
1361 Drawing with keys
1362
1363 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1364 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1365 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1366 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1367 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1368 When pasting: Pastes
1369
1370 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1371
1372 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1373
1374 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1375 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1376 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1377 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1378 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1379 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1380
1381
1382 Arrows
1383
1384 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1385 of the line/poly-line
1386
1387 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1388 of the line/poly-line
1389
1390
1391 Selecting operation
1392
1393 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1394
1395 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1396 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1397 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1398 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1399 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1401 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1402 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1403 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1404 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1405 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1406 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1407 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1408 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1409 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1410 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1411 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1413 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1414 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1415
1416
1417 Variables
1418
1419 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1420 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1421
1422 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1423 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1424 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1425 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1426 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1427 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1428 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1429 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1430 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1431 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1432 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1433 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1434 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1435 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1436 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1437 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1438 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1439 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
1440 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
1441
1442 Hooks
1443
1444 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1445
1446
1447 Keymap summary
1448
1449 \\{artist-mode-map}
1450
1451 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1452
1453 ;;;***
1454 \f
1455 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (21291 53104
1456 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1457 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1458
1459 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1460 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1461 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1462
1463 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1464 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1465 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1466 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1467
1468 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1469 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1470
1471 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1472 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1473
1474 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1475
1476 Special commands:
1477 \\{asm-mode-map}
1478
1479 \(fn)" t nil)
1480
1481 ;;;***
1482 \f
1483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (21291
1484 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1485 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1486
1487 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1488 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1489 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1490 let-binding.")
1491
1492 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1493
1494 ;;;***
1495 \f
1496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (21291 53104 431149
1497 ;;;;;; 0))
1498 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1499
1500 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1501 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1502 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
1503
1504 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1505
1506 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1507 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1508 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1509 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1510 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1511
1512 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1513 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1514 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1515 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1516 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1517 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1518 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1519 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1520
1521 For example:
1522 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1523 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1524 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1525 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1526 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1527
1528 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1529
1530 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1531
1532 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1533 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1534 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1535 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1536 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1537 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1538
1539 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1540
1541 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1542 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1543 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1544 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1545 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1546
1547 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1548 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1549 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1550
1551 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1552
1553 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1554
1555 ;;;***
1556 \f
1557 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (21291 53104
1558 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1559 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1560
1561 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1562 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1563
1564 \(fn)" t nil)
1565
1566 ;;;***
1567 \f
1568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (21291 53104 431149
1569 ;;;;;; 0))
1570 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1571
1572 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1573 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1574 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1575
1576 \(fn)" t nil)
1577
1578 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1579 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1580 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1581 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1582
1583 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1584
1585 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1586 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1587 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1588 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1589 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1590 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1591
1592 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1593
1594 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1595 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1596 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1597 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1598 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1599
1600 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1601 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1602
1603 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1604
1605 ;;;***
1606 \f
1607 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (21291
1608 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1609 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1610
1611 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1612
1613 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1614
1615 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1616 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1617 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1618
1619 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1620 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1621 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1622 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1623 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1624
1625 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1626
1627 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1628
1629 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1630 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1631 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1632 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1633 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1634
1635 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1636 directory or directories specified.
1637
1638 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1639 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1640 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1641 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1642 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1643 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1644
1645 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1646
1647 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1648 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1649 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1650 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1651 should be non-nil).
1652
1653 \(fn)" nil nil)
1654
1655 ;;;***
1656 \f
1657 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (21310 8261 281810
1658 ;;;;;; 0))
1659 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1660
1661 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1662 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1663 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1664 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1665 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1666
1667 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1668 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1669 disk changes.
1670
1671 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1672 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1673 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1674
1675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1676
1677 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1678 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1679
1680 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1681 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1682
1683 \(fn)" nil nil)
1684
1685 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1687 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1688 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1689 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1690
1691 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1692 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1693 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1694 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1695 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1696
1697 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1698 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1699 writing before you save the file!
1700
1701 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1702
1703 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1704
1705 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1706 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1707
1708 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1709 (add-hook 'my-logfile-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1710
1711 \(fn)" nil nil)
1712
1713 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1714 Non-nil if Global-Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1715 See the command `global-auto-revert-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1716 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1717 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1718 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1719
1720 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1721
1722 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1723 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1724 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1725 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1726 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1727
1728 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1729 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1730 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1731
1732 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1733 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1734 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1735 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1736 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1737
1738 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1739 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1740 specifies in the mode line.
1741
1742 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1743
1744 ;;;***
1745 \f
1746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
1747 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1748
1749 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1750 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1751 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1752 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1753 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1754
1755 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1756
1757 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1758 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1759 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1760 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1761
1762 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1763 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1764 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1765
1766 Effects of the different modes:
1767 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1768 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1769 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1770 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1771 a random distance & direction.
1772 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1773 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1774 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1775
1776 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1777
1778 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1779 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1780 definition of \"random distance\".)
1781
1782 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1783
1784 ;;;***
1785 \f
1786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (21291 53104
1787 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1788 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1789
1790 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1791
1792 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1793 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1794
1795 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1796 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1797 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1798
1799 \\{bat-mode-map}
1800
1801 \(fn)" t nil)
1802
1803 ;;;***
1804 \f
1805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (21341 23900 988149
1806 ;;;;;; 0))
1807 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1808 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1809
1810 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1811 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1812 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1813 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1814
1815 \(fn)" t nil)
1816
1817 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1818 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1819 See the command `display-battery-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
1820 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1821 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1822 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1823
1824 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1825
1826 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1827 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1828 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1829 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1830 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1831
1832 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1833 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1834 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1835 seconds.
1836
1837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1838
1839 ;;;***
1840 \f
1841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (21291
1842 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
1843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1844
1845 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1846 Time execution of FORMS.
1847 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1848 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1849 FORMS once.
1850 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1851 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1852 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1853
1854 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1855
1856 (put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1857
1858 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1859 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1860 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1861 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1862 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1863
1864 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1865
1866 (put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1867
1868 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1869 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1870 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1871 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1872 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1873
1874 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1875
1876 ;;;***
1877 \f
1878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (21291 53104
1879 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
1880 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1881
1882 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1883 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1884 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1885 of corresponding buffers.
1886 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1887 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1888 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1889 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1890 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1891
1892 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1893 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1894 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1895
1896 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1897
1898 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1899 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1900
1901 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1902
1903 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1904 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1905 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1906 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1907
1908 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1909 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1910 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1911 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1912 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1913
1914 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1915 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1916
1917
1918 Special information:
1919
1920 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1921
1922 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1923 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1924 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1925 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1926 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1927 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1928 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1929 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1930 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1931 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1932 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1933
1934 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1935 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1936 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1937 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1938 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1939 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1940 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1941 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1942
1943 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1944
1945 ----------------------------------------------------------
1946 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1947 if that value is non-nil.
1948
1949 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1950
1951 \(fn)" t nil)
1952
1953 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1954 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1955 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1956 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1957 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1958 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1959 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1960 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1961 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1962 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1963 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1964 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1965
1966 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1967
1968 ;;;***
1969 \f
1970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1971 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
1972 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1973
1974 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1975 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1976
1977 \(fn)" t nil)
1978
1979 ;;;***
1980 \f
1981 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (21291 53104 431149
1982 ;;;;;; 0))
1983 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1984
1985 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1986 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1987
1988 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1989 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1990 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
1991
1992 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
1993
1994 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
1995 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
1996
1997 \(fn START END)" t nil)
1998
1999 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2000 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2001
2002 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2003
2004 ;;;***
2005 \f
2006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (21291 53104
2007 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2008 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2009
2010 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2011 Play blackbox.
2012 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2013
2014 What is blackbox?
2015
2016 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2017 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2018 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2019 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2020 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2021 your score.
2022
2023 Overview of play:
2024
2025 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2026 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2027 four.
2028
2029 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2030 movement keys.
2031
2032 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2033 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2034
2035 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2036 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2037
2038 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2039 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2040 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2041 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2042 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2043 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2044
2045 Details:
2046
2047 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2048
2049 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2050 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2051 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2052 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2053
2054 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2055 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2056 denoted by the letter `R'.
2057
2058 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2059 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2060 denoted by the letter `H'.
2061
2062 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2063 example.
2064
2065 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2066 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2067 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2068 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2069 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2070 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2071 ray.
2072
2073 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2074 degree deflection it causes.
2075
2076 1
2077 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2078 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2079 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2080 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2081 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2082 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2083 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2084 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2085 2 3
2086
2087 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2088 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2089
2090
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2092 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2093 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2094 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2095 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2096 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2097 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2098 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2099
2100 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2101 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2102 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2103 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2104 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2105 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2106 emerging from the box.
2107
2108 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2109
2110 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2111 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2112 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2113 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2114 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2115 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2116 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2117 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2118
2119 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2120 a reflection.
2121
2122 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2123
2124 ;;;***
2125 \f
2126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (21291 53104 431149
2127 ;;;;;; 0))
2128 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2129 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2130 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2131 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2132
2133 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2134 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2135 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2136 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2137 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2138 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2139 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2140
2141 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2142 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2143 If name is nil, then prompt the user.
2144
2145 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2146 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2147 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2148 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2149 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2150 recent one.
2151
2152 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2153 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2154 yank successive words.
2155
2156 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2157 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2158 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2159 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2160 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2161
2162 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2163 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2164 the list of bookmarks.)
2165
2166 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2167
2168 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2169 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2170 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2171 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2172 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2173 this.
2174
2175 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2176 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2177 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2178 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2179
2180 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2181 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2182
2183 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2184 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2185 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2186
2187 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2188
2189 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2190 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2191
2192 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2193
2194 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2195 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2196
2197 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2198 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2199 after a bookmark was set in it.
2200
2201 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2202
2203 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2204 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2205
2206 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2207 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2208
2209 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2210
2211 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2212
2213 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2214 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2215 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2216 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2217
2218 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2219 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2220 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2221
2222 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2223 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2224 name.
2225
2226 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2227
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2229 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2230 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2231
2232 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2233 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2234 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2235 this.
2236
2237 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2238
2239 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2240 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2241
2242 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2243 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2244 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2245 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2246 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2247 probably because we were called from there.
2248
2249 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2250
2251 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2252 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2253 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead.
2254
2255 \(fn)" t nil)
2256
2257 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2258 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2259 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2260 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2261 \(second argument).
2262
2263 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2264 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2265 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2266 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2267 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2268
2269 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2270 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2271 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2272 `bookmark-default-file'.
2273
2274 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2275
2276 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2277 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2278 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2279 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2280 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2281 while loading.
2282
2283 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2284 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2285 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2286 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
2287 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
2288 explicitly.
2289
2290 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2291 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2292 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
2293 method buffers use to resolve name collisions.
2294
2295 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2296
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2298 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2299 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2300 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2301 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2302
2303 \(fn)" t nil)
2304
2305 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2306
2307 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2308
2309 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2310 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2311
2312 \(fn)" t nil)
2313
2314 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2315
2316 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2317
2318 ;;;***
2319 \f
2320 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (21358 36733
2321 ;;;;;; 313585 707000))
2322 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2323
2324 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2325 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2326 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2327 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2328
2329 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2330 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2331 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2332 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2333 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2334
2335 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2336
2337 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2338 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2339 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2340 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2341 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2342 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2343
2344 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2345
2346 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2347 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2348 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2349 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2350 narrowed.
2351
2352 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2353
2354 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2355 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2356
2357 \(fn)" t nil)
2358
2359 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2360 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2361
2362 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2363
2364 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2365 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2366 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
2367 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2368 If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2369 first, if that exists.
2370
2371 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2372
2373 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2374 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2375 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
2376 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2377
2378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2379
2380 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2381 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2382 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2383 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
2384 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
2385 to use.
2386
2387 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2388
2389 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2390 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2391 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2392 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2393
2394 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2395
2396 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2397 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2398 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2399 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2400
2401 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2402 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2403 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2404 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2405
2406 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2407 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2408 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2409
2410 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2411 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2412
2413 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2414
2415 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2416 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2417 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2418 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2419
2420 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2421 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2422 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2423 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2424
2425 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2426 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2427 new tab in an existing window instead.
2428
2429 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2430 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2431
2432 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2433
2434 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2435 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2436 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2437 variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' are also passed to
2438 Firefox.
2439
2440 When called interactively, if variable
2441 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2442 new Firefox window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2443 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2444 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2445
2446 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2447 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2448 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2449
2450 When called non-interactively, optional second argument
2451 NEW-WINDOW is used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2452
2453 On MS-Windows systems the optional `new-window' parameter is
2454 ignored. Firefox for Windows does not support the \"-remote\"
2455 command line parameter. Therefore, the
2456 `browse-url-new-window-flag' and `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab'
2457 are ignored as well. Firefox on Windows will always open the requested
2458 URL in a new window.
2459
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2461
2462 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2463 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2464 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2465 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2466 Chromium.
2467
2468 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2469
2470 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2471 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2472 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2473 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2474
2475 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2476 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2477 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2478 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2479
2480 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2481 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2482 new tab in an existing window instead.
2483
2484 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2485 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2486
2487 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2488
2489 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2490 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2491
2492 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2493
2494 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2495 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2496 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2497 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2498
2499 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2500 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2501 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2502 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2503
2504 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2505 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2506
2507 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2508
2509 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2510 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2511
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2514 program is invoked according to the variable
2515 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2516
2517 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2518 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2519 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2520 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2521
2522 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2523 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2524
2525 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2526
2527 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2528 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2529 Default to the URL around or before point.
2530
2531 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2532 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2533 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2534
2535 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2536 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2537 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2538 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2539
2540 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2541 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2542
2543 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2544
2545 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2546 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2547 Default to the URL around or before point.
2548
2549 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2550 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2551 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2552
2553 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2554 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2555
2556 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2557
2558 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2559 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2560 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2561 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2562
2563 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2564
2565 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2566 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2567 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2568 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2569 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2570 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2571
2572 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2573
2574 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2575 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2576 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2577 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2578 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2579
2580 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2581 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2582 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2583 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2584
2585 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2586 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2587
2588 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2589
2590 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2591 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2592 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2593 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2594 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2595 current one.
2596
2597 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2598 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2599 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2600 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2601
2602 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2603 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604
2605 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2606
2607 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2608 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2609 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2610 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2611 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2612 don't offer a form of remote control.
2613
2614 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2615
2616 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2617 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2618 Default to the URL around or before point.
2619
2620 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2621
2622 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2623 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2624 Default to the URL around the point.
2625
2626 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2627 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2628
2629 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2630 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2631
2632 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633
2634 ;;;***
2635 \f
2636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
2637 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2638 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2639
2640 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2641 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2642 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2643 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2644
2645 \(fn)" t nil)
2646
2647 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2648 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2649 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2650 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2651
2652 \(fn)" t nil)
2653
2654 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2655 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2656
2657 \(fn)" t nil)
2658
2659 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2660 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2661 \\<bs-mode-map>
2662 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2663 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2664 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2665 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2666
2667 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2668 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2669 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2670 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2671 name of buffer configuration.
2672
2673 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2674
2675 ;;;***
2676 \f
2677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (21291 53104 431149
2678 ;;;;;; 0))
2679 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2680
2681 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2682 Play Bubbles game.
2683 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2684 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2685 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2686 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2687 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2688 columns on its right towards the left.
2689
2690 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2691 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2692 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2693 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2694
2695 \(fn)" t nil)
2696
2697 ;;;***
2698 \f
2699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2700 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
2701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2702
2703 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2704
2705 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2706 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2707 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2708 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2709 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2710
2711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2712
2713 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2714 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2715
2716 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2717
2718 ;;;***
2719 \f
2720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (21291
2721 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2722 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2723 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2724 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2725 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2726
2727 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2728
2729 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2730 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2731 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2732 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2733 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2734 else the global value will be modified.
2735
2736 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2737
2738 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2739 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2740 If `byte-compile-warnings' is `t', do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2741 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2742 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2743 else the global value will be modified.
2744
2745 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2746
2747 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2748 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2749 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2750
2751 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2752
2753 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2754 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2755 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2756 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2757
2758 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2759 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2760 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2761 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2762 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2763 before scanning it.
2764
2765 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2766 that already has a `.elc' file.
2767
2768 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2769 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2770
2771 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2772 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2773 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2774 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2775 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2776 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2777
2778 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2779
2780 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2781 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2782 Print the result in the echo area.
2783 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2784
2785 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2786
2787 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2788 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2789 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2790
2791 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2792
2793 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2794 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2795 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2796 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2797 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2798 all functions called by those functions.
2799
2800 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2801 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
2802 cons, etc.).
2803
2804 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2805 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2806 invoked interactively.
2807
2808 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2809
2810 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2811 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2812 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2813 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2814
2815 \(fn)" nil nil)
2816
2817 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2818 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2819 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2820 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2821 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2822 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2823 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2824 already up-to-date.
2825
2826 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2827
2828 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2829 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2830 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2831 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2832
2833 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2834 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2835 and corresponding effects.
2836
2837 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2838
2839 ;;;***
2840 \f
2841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (21291
2842 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2843 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2844
2845 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2846
2847 (put 'chinese-calendar-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2848
2849 ;;;***
2850 \f
2851 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (21291 53104
2852 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2853 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2854
2855 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2856
2857 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2858
2859 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2860
2861 ;;;***
2862 \f
2863 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (21291
2864 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
2865 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2866
2867 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2868 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2869 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2870 from the cursor position.
2871
2872 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2873
2874 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'list-yahrzeit-dates 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "23.1")
2875
2876 ;;;***
2877 \f
2878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
2879 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2880 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2881
2882 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2883 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2884
2885 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2886
2887 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2888 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2889
2890 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2891
2892 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2893 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2894
2895 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2896
2897 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2898 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2899
2900 \(fn)" t nil)
2901
2902 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2903 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2904 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2905 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2906
2907 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2908
2909 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2910 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2911 This is most useful in the X window system.
2912 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2913 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2914
2915 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2916
2917 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2918 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2919 See calc-keypad for details.
2920
2921 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2922
2923 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2924 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2925
2926 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2927
2928 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2929 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2930
2931 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2932
2933 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
2934 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
2935
2936 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
2937
2938 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
2939 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
2940 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
2941
2942 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
2943
2944 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
2945 Define Calc function.
2946
2947 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
2948 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
2949 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
2950
2951 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
2952 actual Lisp function name.
2953
2954 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
2955
2956 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
2957
2958 (put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
2959
2960 ;;;***
2961 \f
2962 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (21291 53104
2963 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2964 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
2965
2966 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
2967
2968
2969 \(fn N)" t nil)
2970
2971 ;;;***
2972 \f
2973 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (21291 53104 431149
2974 ;;;;;; 0))
2975 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2976
2977 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
2978 Run the Emacs calculator.
2979 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
2980
2981 \(fn)" t nil)
2982
2983 ;;;***
2984 \f
2985 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (21291 53104
2986 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
2987 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2988
2989 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
2990 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
2991 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
2992 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
2993 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
2994 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
2995
2996 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
2997 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
2998 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
2999 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3000 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3001 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3002 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3003 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3004 window.
3005
3006 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3007 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3008
3009 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3010 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3011 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3012 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3013 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3014 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3015
3016 Runs the following hooks:
3017
3018 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3019 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3020 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3021 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3022
3023 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3024
3025 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3026
3027 ;;;***
3028 \f
3029 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (21291 53104 431149
3030 ;;;;;; 0))
3031 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3032
3033 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3034 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3035
3036 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3037
3038 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3039 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3040 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3041 it fails.
3042
3043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3044
3045 ;;;***
3046 \f
3047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cap-words" "progmodes/cap-words.el" (21291
3048 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3049 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cap-words.el
3050
3051 (autoload 'capitalized-words-mode "cap-words" "\
3052 Toggle Capitalized Words mode.
3053 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Capitalized Words mode if ARG
3054 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
3055 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3056
3057 Capitalized Words mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When
3058 enabled, a word boundary occurs immediately before an uppercase
3059 letter in a symbol. This is in addition to all the normal
3060 boundaries given by the syntax and category tables. There is no
3061 restriction to ASCII.
3062
3063 E.g. the beginning of words in the following identifier are as marked:
3064
3065 capitalizedWorDD
3066 ^ ^ ^^
3067
3068 Note that these word boundaries only apply for word motion and
3069 marking commands such as \\[forward-word]. This mode does not affect word
3070 boundaries found by regexp matching (`\\>', `\\w' &c).
3071
3072 This style of identifiers is common in environments like Java ones,
3073 where underscores aren't trendy enough. Capitalization rules are
3074 sometimes part of the language, e.g. Haskell, which may thus encourage
3075 such a style. It is appropriate to add `capitalized-words-mode' to
3076 the mode hook for programming language modes in which you encounter
3077 variables like this, e.g. `java-mode-hook'. It's unlikely to cause
3078 trouble if such identifiers aren't used.
3079
3080 See also `glasses-mode' and `studlify-word'.
3081 Obsoletes `c-forward-into-nomenclature'.
3082
3083 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3084
3085 ;;;***
3086 \f
3087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-compat" "progmodes/cc-compat.el" (21291
3088 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3089 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-compat.el
3090 (put 'c-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3091
3092 ;;;***
3093 \f
3094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (21291
3095 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3096 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3097
3098 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3099 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3100
3101 \(fn)" nil nil)
3102
3103 ;;;***
3104 \f
3105 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (21307 46976
3106 ;;;;;; 832220 0))
3107 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3108
3109 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3110 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3111
3112 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3113 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3114
3115 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3116 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3117
3118 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3119
3120 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3121 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3122 made from scratch.
3123
3124 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3125
3126 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3127 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3128
3129 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3130 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3131 made from scratch.
3132
3133 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3134
3135 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3136 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3137
3138 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3139
3140 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3141 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3142 made from scratch.
3143
3144 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3145
3146 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3147 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3148
3149 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3150 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3151 made from scratch.
3152
3153 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3154
3155 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3156 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3157
3158 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3159
3160 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3161 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3162 made from scratch.
3163
3164 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3165
3166 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3167 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3168
3169 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3170 variables are guessed:
3171
3172 * `c-basic-offset', and
3173 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3174 `c-offsets-alist'.
3175
3176 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3177 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3178
3179 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3180 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3181
3182 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3183 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3184 guess is made from scratch.
3185
3186 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3187 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3188
3189 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3190
3191 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3192 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3193 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3194 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3195
3196 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3197 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3198 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3199
3200 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3201
3202 ;;;***
3203 \f
3204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (21291 53104
3205 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3206 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3207
3208 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3209 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3210 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3211 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3212 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3213 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3214 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3215
3216 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3217 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3218 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3219 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3220 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3221 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3222 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3223 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3224 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3225
3226 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3227 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
3228 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3229 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3230 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3231 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3232
3233 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3234
3235 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3236 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3237
3238 Key bindings:
3239 \\{c-mode-map}
3240
3241 \(fn)" t nil)
3242
3243 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3244 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3245 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3246 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3247 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3248 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3249 message.
3250
3251 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3252
3253 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3254 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3255
3256 Key bindings:
3257 \\{c++-mode-map}
3258
3259 \(fn)" t nil)
3260 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3261
3262 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3263 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3264 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3265 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3266 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3267 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3268 message.
3269
3270 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3271
3272 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3273 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3274
3275 Key bindings:
3276 \\{objc-mode-map}
3277
3278 \(fn)" t nil)
3279 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3280
3281 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3282 Major mode for editing Java code.
3283 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3284 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3285 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3286 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3287 message.
3288
3289 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3290
3291 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3292 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3293
3294 Key bindings:
3295 \\{java-mode-map}
3296
3297 \(fn)" t nil)
3298 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3299
3300 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3301 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3302 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3303 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3304 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3305 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3306 message.
3307
3308 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3309
3310 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3311 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3312
3313 Key bindings:
3314 \\{idl-mode-map}
3315
3316 \(fn)" t nil)
3317 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3318 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3319
3320 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3321 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3322 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3323 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3324 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3325 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3326 message.
3327
3328 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3329
3330 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3331 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3332
3333 Key bindings:
3334 \\{pike-mode-map}
3335
3336 \(fn)" t nil)
3337 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3338 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3339 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3340 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3341 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3342
3343 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3344 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3345 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3346 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3347 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3348 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3349
3350 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3351
3352 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3353 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3354
3355 Key bindings:
3356 \\{awk-mode-map}
3357
3358 \(fn)" t nil)
3359
3360 ;;;***
3361 \f
3362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (21291
3363 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3364 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3365
3366 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3367 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3368 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3369 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3370
3371 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3372
3373 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3374 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3375 might get set too.
3376
3377 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3378 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3379 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3380 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3381 in this way.
3382
3383 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3384 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3385 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3386 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3387 a null operation.
3388
3389 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3390
3391 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3392 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3393 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3394 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3395
3396 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3397
3398 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3399 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3400 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3401
3402 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3403
3404 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3405 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3406 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3407 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3408 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3409
3410 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3411
3412 ;;;***
3413 \f
3414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (21291 53104
3415 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3417 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3418 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3419 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3420
3421 ;;;***
3422 \f
3423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (21291 53104 431149
3424 ;;;;;; 0))
3425 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3426
3427 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3428 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3429
3430 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3431
3432 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3433 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE.
3434
3435 \(fn CCL-CODE)" nil nil)
3436
3437 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3438 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3439
3440 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3441 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3442 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3443 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3444 execution.
3445
3446 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3447
3448 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3449
3450 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3451 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3452
3453 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3454 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3455 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3456 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3457
3458 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3459 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3460 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3461 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3462 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3463 `write' commands.
3464
3465 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3466 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3467 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3468 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3469
3470 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3471 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3472 semantics.
3473
3474 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3475
3476 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3477
3478 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3479
3480 STATEMENT :=
3481 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3482 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3483
3484 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3485 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3486 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3487 | integer
3488
3489 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3490
3491 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3492 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3493 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3494
3495 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3496 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3497 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3498
3499 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3500 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3501
3502 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3503 BREAK := (break)
3504
3505 REPEAT :=
3506 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3507 (repeat)
3508 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3509 ;; (repeat))
3510 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3511 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3512 ;; (read REG)
3513 ;; (repeat))
3514 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3515 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3516 ;; (read REG)
3517 ;; (repeat))
3518 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3519
3520 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3521 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3522 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3523 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3524 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3525 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3526 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3527 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3528 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3529 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3530 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3531 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3532 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3533 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3534 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3535 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3536
3537 WRITE :=
3538 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3539 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3540 ;; representation.
3541 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3542 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3543 ;; (write r7))
3544 | (write EXPRESSION)
3545 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3546 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3547 ;; representation.
3548 | (write integer)
3549 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3550 ;; buffer.
3551 | (write string)
3552 ;; Same as: (write string)
3553 | string
3554 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3555 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3556 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3557 ;; representation.
3558 | (write REG ARRAY)
3559 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3560 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3561 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3562 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3563 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3564 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3565
3566 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3567 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3568
3569 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3570 END := (end)
3571
3572 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3573 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3574 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3575
3576 ARG := REG | integer
3577
3578 OPERATOR :=
3579 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3580 + | - | * | / | %
3581
3582 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3583 | & | `|' | ^
3584
3585 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3586 | << | >>
3587
3588 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3589 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3590 | <8
3591
3592 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3593 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3594 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3595 | >8
3596
3597 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3598 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3599 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3600 | //
3601
3602 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3603 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3604
3605 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3606 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3607 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3608 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3609 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3610 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3611 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3612 | de-sjis
3613
3614 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3615 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3616 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3617 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3618 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3619 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3620 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3621 ;; byte of SJIS.
3622 | en-sjis
3623
3624 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3625 ;; Same meaning as C code
3626 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3627
3628 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3629 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3630 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3631 | <8=
3632
3633 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3634 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3635 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3636
3637 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3638 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3639 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3640 | //=
3641
3642 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3643
3644
3645 TRANSLATE :=
3646 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3647 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3648 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3649 LOOKUP :=
3650 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
3651 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3652 ;; SYMBOL refers to a table defined by `define-translation-hash-table'.
3653 MAP :=
3654 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3655 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3656 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3657 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3658 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3659 MAP-ID := integer
3660
3661 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3662
3663 (put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3664
3665 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3666 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3667 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3668 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3669 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3670 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3671
3672 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3673
3674 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3675 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3676 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3677
3678 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3679
3680 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3681
3682 ;;;***
3683 \f
3684 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (21291 53104
3685 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3686 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3687
3688 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3689 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3690 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3691 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3692
3693 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3694
3695 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3696
3697 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3698 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3699
3700 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3701
3702 ;;;***
3703 \f
3704 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (21291 53104 431149
3705 ;;;;;; 0))
3706 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3707 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3708
3709 ;;;***
3710 \f
3711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (21291 53104
3712 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3713 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3714 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
3715
3716 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3717 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3718 There are no special keybindings by default.
3719
3720 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3721 to the action header.
3722
3723 \(fn)" t nil)
3724
3725 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3726 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3727 There are no special keybindings by default.
3728
3729 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3730 to the action header.
3731
3732 \(fn)" t nil)
3733
3734 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3735 Choose between `cfengine2-mode' and `cfengine3-mode' depending
3736 on the buffer contents
3737
3738 \(fn)" nil nil)
3739
3740 ;;;***
3741 \f
3742 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (21291 53104
3743 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
3744 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3745 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3746
3747 ;;;***
3748 \f
3749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3750 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
3751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3752
3753 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3754 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3755 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3756
3757 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3758
3759 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3760 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3761 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3762
3763 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3764
3765 ;;;***
3766 \f
3767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (21291
3768 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3769 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3770 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3771 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3772 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3773 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3774 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3775 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3776 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3777 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3778 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3779
3780 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3781
3782
3783 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3784 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3785 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3786
3787 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3788 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3789 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3790 the users will view as each check is completed.
3791
3792 \(fn)" t nil)
3793
3794 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3795 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3796 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3797 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3798 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3799 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3800 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3801 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3802
3803 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3804
3805 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3806 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3807 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3808 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3809 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3810 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3811 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3812 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3813
3814 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3815
3816 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3817 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3818 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3819 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3820 spacing are all verified.
3821
3822 \(fn)" t nil)
3823
3824 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3825 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3826 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3827 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3828 otherwise stop after the first error.
3829
3830 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3831
3832 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3833 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3834 Only documentation strings are checked.
3835 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3836 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3837 a separate buffer.
3838
3839 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3840
3841 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3842 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3843 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3844 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3845 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3846
3847 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3848
3849 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3850 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3851 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3852 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3853 if there is one.
3854
3855 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3856
3857 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3858 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3859 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3860 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3861 if there is one.
3862 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3863
3864 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3865
3866 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3867 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3868 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3869
3870 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3871
3872 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3873 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3874 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3875 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3876 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3877
3878 \(fn)" t nil)
3879
3880 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3881 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3882 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3883 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3884 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3885 space at the end of each line.
3886
3887 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3888
3889 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3890 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3891 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3892 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3893
3894 \(fn)" t nil)
3895
3896 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3897 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3898 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3899 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3900
3901 \(fn)" t nil)
3902
3903 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3904 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3905 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3906 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3907
3908 \(fn)" t nil)
3909
3910 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3911 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3912 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3913 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3914
3915 \(fn)" t nil)
3916
3917 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3918 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3919 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3920 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
3921
3922 \(fn)" t nil)
3923
3924 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
3925 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3926 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3927 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
3928
3929 \(fn)" t nil)
3930
3931 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
3932 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3933 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3934 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
3935
3936 \(fn)" t nil)
3937
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
3939 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3940 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3941 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
3942
3943 \(fn)" t nil)
3944
3945 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
3946 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3947 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3948 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
3949
3950 \(fn)" t nil)
3951
3952 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
3953 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
3954 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
3955 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
3956 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
3957
3958 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3959 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3960 checking of documentation strings.
3961
3962 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
3963
3964 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3965
3966 ;;;***
3967 \f
3968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (21291
3969 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
3970 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3971
3972 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3973 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3974 Return the length of resulting text.
3975
3976 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3977
3978 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3979 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
3980
3981 \(fn)" t nil)
3982
3983 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
3984 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3985 Return the length of resulting text.
3986
3987 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
3988
3989 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
3990 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
3991
3992 \(fn)" t nil)
3993
3994 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
3995
3996
3997 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
3998
3999 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4000
4001
4002 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4003
4004 ;;;***
4005 \f
4006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (21291 53104 431149
4007 ;;;;;; 0))
4008 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4009
4010 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4011 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4012 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4013 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4014 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4015 editing and the result is evaluated.
4016
4017 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4018
4019 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4020 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4021 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4022 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4023 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4024
4025 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4026
4027 \(fn)" t nil)
4028
4029 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4030 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4031 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4032 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4033 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4034
4035 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4036 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4037 \\{command-history-map}
4038
4039 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4040 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4041
4042 \(fn)" t nil)
4043
4044 ;;;***
4045 \f
4046 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (21291
4047 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4048 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4049
4050 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4051 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4052 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4053 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4054 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4055 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4056 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4057 of this function.
4058
4059 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4060 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4061 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4062 property are:
4063
4064 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4065 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4066
4067 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4068 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4069 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4070 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4071 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4072 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4073 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4074 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4075 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4076 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4077 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4078 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4079
4080 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4081 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4082 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4083
4084 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4085 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4086 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4087 list elements are:
4088
4089 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4090
4091 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4092
4093 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4094
4095 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4096 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4097
4098 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4099 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4100
4101 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4102 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4103 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4104 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4105 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4106 value specified by their associated list element.
4107
4108 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4109
4110 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4111 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4112 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4113
4114 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4115 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4116 * indent the first argument by 4.
4117 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4118 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4119 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4120
4121 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4122
4123 ;;;***
4124 \f
4125 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (21291 53104
4126 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4128 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4129
4130 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4131
4132 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4133 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4134 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4135 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4136 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4137 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4138
4139 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4140 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4141
4142 (define-error 'cl-assertion-failed (purecopy "Assertion failed"))
4143
4144 (autoload 'cl--defsubst-expand "cl-macs")
4145
4146 (put 'cl-defun 'doc-string-elt 3)
4147
4148 (put 'cl-defmacro 'doc-string-elt 3)
4149
4150 (put 'cl-defsubst 'doc-string-elt 3)
4151
4152 (put 'cl-defstruct 'doc-string-elt 2)
4153
4154 ;;;***
4155 \f
4156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (21291 53104
4157 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4158 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4159
4160 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4161 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4162 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4163 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4164
4165 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4166 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4167 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4168 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4169
4170 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4171 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4172
4173 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4174
4175 ;;;***
4176 \f
4177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (21291 53104 431149
4178 ;;;;;; 0))
4179 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4180
4181 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4182 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4183 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4184 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4185 of `scheme-program-name').
4186 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4187 it is given as initial input.
4188 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4189 discards input when it starts up.
4190 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4191 is run).
4192 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4193
4194 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4195
4196 ;;;***
4197 \f
4198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
4199 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4200
4201 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4202 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4203 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4204 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4205
4206 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4207 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4208
4209 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4210 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4211 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4212
4213 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4214
4215 ;;;***
4216 \f
4217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (21341 23900 988149 0))
4218 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4219
4220 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4221 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4222 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4223 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4224 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4225 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4226 functions have already modified the buffer.
4227
4228 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4229
4230 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4231 either globally or locally.")
4232
4233 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4234 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4235 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4236 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4237
4238 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4239 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4240 `start-file-process'
4241 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4242 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4243 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4244
4245 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4246 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4247
4248 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4249
4250 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4251
4252 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4253
4254 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4255 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4256 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4257 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4258 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4259 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4260 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4261 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4262 process as its initial input.
4263
4264 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4265
4266 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4267
4268 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4269
4270 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4271 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4272 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4273 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4274 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4275 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4276
4277 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4278
4279 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4280 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4281 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4282 directory tracking functions.")
4283
4284 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4285 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4286 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4287
4288 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4289
4290 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4291
4292 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4293 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4294 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4295
4296 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4297
4298 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4299
4300 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4301 Send COMMAND to current process.
4302 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4303 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4304
4305 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4306
4307 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4308 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4309 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4310 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4311
4312 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4313
4314 ;;;***
4315 \f
4316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (21291 53104
4317 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
4318 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4319
4320 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4321 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
4322 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4323 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4324
4325 This command pushes the mark in each window
4326 at the prior location of point in that window.
4327 If both windows display the same buffer,
4328 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4329 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4330
4331 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4332 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4333 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4334 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4335 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4336 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4337 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4338 ignored.
4339
4340 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4341 this command work in interlaced mode:
4342 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4343 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4344 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4345
4346 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4347
4348 ;;;***
4349 \f
4350 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (21358 35866
4351 ;;;;;; 898057 0))
4352 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4353
4354 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4355 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4356
4357 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4358
4359 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4360 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4361 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4362
4363 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4364
4365 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4366 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4367 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4368
4369 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4370
4371 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4372 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4373 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4374 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4375 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4376
4377 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4378 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4379 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4380 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4381 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4382
4383 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4384 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4385 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4386 describing how the process finished.")
4387
4388 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4389 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4390 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4391 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4392 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4393
4394 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4395 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4396 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4397
4398 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4399
4400 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4401 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4402 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4403 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4404
4405 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4406
4407 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4408 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4409
4410 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4411 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4412
4413 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook
4414 (lambda ()
4415 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4416 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4417 (set (make-local-variable 'compile-command)
4418 (concat \"make -k \"
4419 (if buffer-file-name
4420 (shell-quote-argument
4421 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4422
4423 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4424 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4425
4426 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4427 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4428 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4429 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4430
4431 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4432
4433 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4434 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4435 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4436 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4437
4438 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4439 and move to the source code that caused it.
4440
4441 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4442 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4443
4444 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4445 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4446 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4447 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4448 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4449
4450 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4451 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4452 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4453 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4454
4455 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4456 kills its subprocesses.
4457
4458 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4459 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4460 to a function that generates a unique name.
4461
4462 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4463
4464 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4465 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4466 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4467 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4468
4469 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4470 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4471
4472 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4473 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4474 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4475 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4476
4477 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4478 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4479 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4480
4481 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4482
4483 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4484
4485 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4486 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4487 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4488 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4489 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4490
4491 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4492
4493 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4494
4495 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4496
4497 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4498
4499 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4500 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4501 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4502 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4503 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4504
4505 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4506 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4507 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4508 See `compilation-mode'.
4509
4510 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4511
4512 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4513 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4514 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4515 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4516 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4517
4518 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4519 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4520 `compilation-mode'.
4521
4522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4523
4524 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4525 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4526 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4527
4528 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4529
4530 ;;;***
4531 \f
4532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (21291 53104 431149
4533 ;;;;;; 0))
4534 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4535
4536 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4537 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4538 See the command `dynamic-completion-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
4539 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4540 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4541 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4542
4543 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4544
4545 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4546 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4547 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4548 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4549 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4550
4551 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4552
4553 ;;;***
4554 \f
4555 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (21291
4556 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4557 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4558
4559 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4560 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4561 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4562 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4563 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4564 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4565 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4566
4567 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4568 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4569 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4570
4571 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4572 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4573 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4574
4575 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4576 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4577 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4578 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4579
4580 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4581 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4582 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4583 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4584 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4585 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4586 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4587
4588 \\{conf-mode-map}
4589
4590 \(fn)" t nil)
4591
4592 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4593 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4594 Comments start with `#'.
4595 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4596
4597 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4598
4599 \[Desktop Entry]
4600 Encoding=UTF-8
4601 Name=The GIMP
4602 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4603 Name[cs]=GIMP
4604
4605 \(fn)" t nil)
4606
4607 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4608 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4609 Comments start with `;'.
4610 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4611
4612 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4613
4614 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4615 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4616 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4617
4618 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4619 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4620
4621 \(fn)" t nil)
4622
4623 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4624 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4625 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4626 between `/*' and `*/'.
4627 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4628
4629 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4630 // another kind of comment
4631 /* yet another */
4632
4633 name:value
4634 name=value
4635 name value
4636 x.1 =
4637 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4638 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4639
4640 \(fn)" t nil)
4641
4642 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4643 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4644 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4645 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4646 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4647 `conf-space-keywords'.
4648 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4649 in an interactive fashion instead.
4650
4651 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4652
4653 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4654
4655 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4656 image/png png
4657 image/tiff tiff tif
4658
4659 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4660 class desktop
4661 # Standard multimedia devices
4662 add /dev/audio desktop
4663 add /dev/mixer desktop
4664
4665 \(fn)" t nil)
4666
4667 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4668 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4669 See `conf-space-mode'.
4670
4671 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4672
4673 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4674 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4675 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4676 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4677
4678 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4679
4680 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4681 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4682
4683 \(fn)" t nil)
4684
4685 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4686 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4687 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4688 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4689
4690 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4691
4692 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4693 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4694
4695 \(fn)" t nil)
4696
4697 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4698 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4699 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4700 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4701
4702 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4703
4704 *background: gray99
4705 *foreground: black
4706
4707 \(fn)" t nil)
4708
4709 ;;;***
4710 \f
4711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (21291 53104 431149
4712 ;;;;;; 0))
4713 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4714
4715 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4716 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4717 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4718 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4719 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4720 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4721
4722 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4723
4724 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4725 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4726 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4727 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4728
4729 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4730
4731 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4732 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4733 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4734 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4735
4736 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4737
4738 ;;;***
4739 \f
4740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (21291
4741 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4742 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4743 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4744 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4745 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4746
4747 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4748 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4749 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4750 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4751 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4752 following the copyright are updated as well.
4753 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4754 interactively.
4755
4756 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4757
4758 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4759 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4760 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4761 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4762 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4763
4764 \(fn)" t nil)
4765
4766 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4767 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4768
4769 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4770
4771 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4772 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4773 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4774
4775 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4776
4777 ;;;***
4778 \f
4779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (21291
4780 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
4781 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4782 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4783 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4784 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4785 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4786 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4787 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4788 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4789
4790 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4791 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4792 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4793 Tab indents for Perl code.
4794 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4795 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4796
4797 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4798 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4799 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4800 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4801 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4802 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4803 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4804 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4805 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4806 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4807 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4808 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4809
4810 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4811
4812 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4813 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4814
4815 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4816
4817 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4818 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4819 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4820 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4821 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4822 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4823 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4824 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4825 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4826
4827 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4828
4829 bite if angry;
4830
4831 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4832 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4833 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4834 to nil.)
4835
4836 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4837 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4838 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4839
4840 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4841
4842 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4843 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4844 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4845 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4846 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4847
4848 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4849
4850 if (A) { B }
4851
4852 into
4853
4854 B if A;
4855
4856 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4857
4858 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4859 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4860 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4861 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4862 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4863 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4864 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4865 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4866 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4867 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4868 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4869 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4870 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4871
4872 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4873 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4874 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4875 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4876 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4877 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4878
4879 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4880 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4881 man via menu.
4882
4883 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4884 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4885 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4886 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4887 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4888
4889 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4890 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4891 span the needed amount of lines.
4892
4893 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4894 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4895 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4896 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4897
4898 Variables controlling indentation style:
4899 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4900 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4901 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4902 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4903 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4904 `cperl-auto-newline'
4905 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4906 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4907 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4908 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4909 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4910 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4911 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4912 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4913 `cperl-indent-level'
4914 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
4915 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
4916 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
4917 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
4918 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
4919 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
4920 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
4921 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
4922 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4923 `cperl-brace-offset'
4924 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
4925 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
4926 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
4927 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
4928 `cperl-label-offset'
4929 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
4930 `cperl-min-label-indent'
4931 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
4932
4933 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
4934 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
4935 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
4936 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
4937 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
4938 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
4939
4940 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
4941 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
4942 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
4943 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
4944
4945 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
4946 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
4947 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
4948 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
4949 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
4950 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
4951 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
4952
4953 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
4954 column 0 is indented on
4955 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
4956
4957 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
4958 with no args.
4959
4960 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
4961 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
4962 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
4963
4964 \(fn)" t nil)
4965
4966 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
4967 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
4968
4969 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
4970
4971 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
4972 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
4973
4974 \(fn)" t nil)
4975
4976 ;;;***
4977 \f
4978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (21291 53104 431149
4979 ;;;;;; 0))
4980 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
4981
4982 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
4983 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
4984 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
4985 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
4986 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
4987
4988 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
4989
4990 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
4991 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
4992
4993 \(fn)" t nil)
4994
4995 ;;;***
4996 \f
4997 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
4998 ;;;;;; 0))
4999 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
5000
5001 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
5002 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
5003 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
5004 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
5005
5006 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5007 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
5008
5009 (custom-autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" nil)
5010
5011 (autoload 'crisp-mode "crisp" "\
5012 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation (CRiSP mode).
5013 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CRiSP mode if ARG is positive,
5014 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5015 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5016
5017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5018
5019 (defalias 'brief-mode 'crisp-mode)
5020
5021 ;;;***
5022 \f
5023 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (21291 53104 431149
5024 ;;;;;; 0))
5025 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5026
5027 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5028 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5029 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5030 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5031 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5032 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5033 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5034 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5035
5036 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5037 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5038
5039 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5040 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5041 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5042
5043 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5044 with empty strings removed.
5045
5046 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5047
5048 ;;;***
5049 \f
5050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (21291 53104
5051 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5052 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5053
5054 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5055 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5056
5057 \(fn)" t nil)
5058
5059 ;;;***
5060 \f
5061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (21291 53104
5062 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5063 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5064
5065 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5066 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5067 See the command `cua-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5068 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5069 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5070 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5071
5072 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5073
5074 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5075 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5076 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5077 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5078 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5079
5080 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5081 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5082 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5083 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5084 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5085 normal function of these prefix keys.
5086
5087 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5088 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5089 options:
5090 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5091 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5092 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5093
5094 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5095 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5096 the prefix fallback behavior.
5097
5098 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5099
5100 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5101 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5102
5103 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5104
5105 ;;;***
5106 \f
5107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (21291 53104
5108 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5109 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5110
5111 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5112 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5113 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5114
5115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5116
5117 ;;;***
5118 \f
5119 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (21291 53104 431149
5120 ;;;;;; 0))
5121 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5122
5123 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5124 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5125
5126 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5127
5128 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5129 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5130
5131 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5132
5133 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5134 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5135
5136 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5137
5138 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5139 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5140
5141 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5142 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5143
5144 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5145 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5146
5147 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5148
5149 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5150
5151 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5152 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5153 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5154
5155 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5156 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5157
5158 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5159 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5160
5161 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5162 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5163
5164 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5165
5166 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5167
5168 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5169 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5170 Return VALUE.
5171
5172 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5173 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5174
5175 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5176 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5177
5178 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5179 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5180
5181 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5182
5183 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5184
5185 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5186 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5187 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5188 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5189
5190 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5191 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5192 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5193
5194 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5195
5196 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5197 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5198 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5199 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5200 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5201
5202 \(fn)" t nil)
5203
5204 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5205 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5206 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5207 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5208
5209 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5210
5211 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5212 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5213 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5214
5215 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5216
5217 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5218 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5219
5220 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5221
5222 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5223
5224 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5225 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5226
5227 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5228
5229 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5230
5231 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5232 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5233 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5234
5235 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5236
5237 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5238 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5239 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5240 as part of Emacs itself.
5241
5242 Each elements looks like this:
5243
5244 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5245
5246 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5247 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5248 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5249 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5250 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5251 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5252 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5253 and `defface'.
5254
5255 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5256
5257 (add-to-list 'customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5258 '(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5259 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5260 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5261 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5262
5263 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5264 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5265 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5266 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5267
5268 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5269
5270 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5271 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5272 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5273 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5274 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5275 release.
5276
5277 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5278 that were added or redefined since that version.
5279
5280 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5281
5282 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5283 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5284 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5285 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5286
5287 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5288
5289 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5290 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5291
5292 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5293
5294 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5295 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5296 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5297
5298 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5299 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5300
5301 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5302
5303 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5304 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5305
5306 \(fn)" t nil)
5307
5308 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5309 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5310
5311 \(fn)" t nil)
5312
5313 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5314 Customize all saved options and faces.
5315
5316 \(fn)" t nil)
5317
5318 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5319 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5320 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5321 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5322 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5323 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5324
5325 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5326 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5327 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5328
5329 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5330
5331 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5332 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5333
5334 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5335
5336 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5337 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5338
5339 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5340
5341 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5342 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5343
5344 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5345
5346 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5347 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5348 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5349 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5350 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5351 that option.
5352 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5353
5354 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5355
5356 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5357 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5358 The result includes selecting that window.
5359 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5360 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5361 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5362 that option.
5363
5364 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5365
5366 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5367 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5368
5369 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5370
5371 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5372 File used for storing customization information.
5373 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5374 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5375 it should be an absolute file name.
5376
5377 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5378 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5379 something like the following in your init file:
5380
5381 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5382 \(load custom-file)
5383
5384 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5385 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5386
5387 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5388 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5389 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5390 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5391 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5392
5393 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5394 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5395 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5396 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5397 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5398 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5399 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5400 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5401 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5402 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5403
5404 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5405
5406 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5407 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5408
5409 \(fn)" nil nil)
5410
5411 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5412 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5413
5414 \(fn)" t nil)
5415
5416 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5417 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5418 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5419
5420 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5421
5422 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5423 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5424 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5425 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5426 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5427
5428 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5429
5430 ;;;***
5431 \f
5432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (21291 53104 431149
5433 ;;;;;; 0))
5434 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5435
5436 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5437 Create or edit a custom theme.
5438 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5439 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5440 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5441 from the Custom save file.
5442 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5443 named *Custom Theme*.
5444
5445 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5446
5447 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5448 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5449
5450 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5451
5452 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5453 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5454
5455 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5456
5457 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5458 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5459 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5460 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5461
5462 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5463
5464 ;;;***
5465 \f
5466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (21291 53104
5467 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5468 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5469
5470 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5471 Mode used for cvs status output.
5472
5473 \(fn)" t nil)
5474
5475 ;;;***
5476 \f
5477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (21291 53104 431149
5478 ;;;;;; 0))
5479 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5480 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5481
5482 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5483 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5484
5485 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5486
5487 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5488 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5489 C++ modes are included.
5490
5491 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5492 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5493 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5494
5495 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5496
5497 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5498
5499 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5500 Non-nil if Global-Cwarn mode is enabled.
5501 See the command `global-cwarn-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5502 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5503 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5504 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5505
5506 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5507
5508 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5509 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5510 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5511 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5512 ARG is omitted or nil.
5513
5514 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5515 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5516 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5517
5518 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5519
5520 ;;;***
5521 \f
5522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (21291
5523 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
5524 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5525
5526 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5527 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5528
5529 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5530
5531 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5532 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5533
5534 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5535
5536 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5537 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5538 For readability, the table is slightly
5539 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5540
5541 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5542 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5543 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5544 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5545 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5546
5547 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5548
5549 ;;;***
5550 \f
5551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (21291 53104 431149
5552 ;;;;;; 0))
5553 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5554 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5555 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5556 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5557 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5558
5559 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5560 Completion on current word.
5561 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5562 and presents suggestions for completion.
5563
5564 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5565 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5566 completions.
5567
5568 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5569 then it searches *all* buffers.
5570
5571 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5572
5573 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5574 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5575
5576 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5577 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5578 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5579 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5580 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5581
5582 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5583 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5584
5585 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5586 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5587 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5588
5589 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5590 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5591
5592 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5593
5594 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5595
5596 ;;;***
5597 \f
5598 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (21291 53104
5599 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5600 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5601
5602 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5603 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5604
5605 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5606
5607 ;;;***
5608 \f
5609 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
5610 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5611
5612 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5613 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5614 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5615 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5616 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5617
5618 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5619
5620 ;;;***
5621 \f
5622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (21291 53104
5623 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5624 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5625
5626 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5627 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5628
5629 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5630 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5631 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5632
5633 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5634 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5635 Data lines are not indented.
5636
5637 Key bindings:
5638
5639 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5640 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5641
5642 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5643 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5644 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5645 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5646
5647 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5648
5649 dcl-basic-offset
5650 Extra indentation within blocks.
5651
5652 dcl-continuation-offset
5653 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5654
5655 dcl-margin-offset
5656 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5657
5658 dcl-margin-label-offset
5659 Indentation for a label.
5660
5661 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5662 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5663
5664 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5665 dcl-block-end-regexp
5666 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5667 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5668 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5669 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5670 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5671
5672 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5673 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5674 Two such functions are included in the package:
5675 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5676 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5677
5678 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5679 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5680 One such function is included in the package:
5681 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5682
5683 dcl-tab-always-indent
5684 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5685 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5686 margin.
5687
5688 dcl-electric-characters
5689 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5690 typed.
5691
5692 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5693 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5694 which words trigger electric indentation.
5695
5696 dcl-tempo-comma
5697 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5698 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5699 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5700
5701 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5702 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5703 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5704 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5705
5706 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5707 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5708 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5709 dcl-imenu-label-call
5710 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5711
5712 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5713 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5714 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5715 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5716
5717
5718 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5719
5720 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5721 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5722 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5723 $ i = 1
5724 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5725 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5726 $ label:
5727 $ if i.eq.1
5728 $ then
5729 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5730 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5731 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5732 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5733 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5734 \"lined up with the command line\"
5735 $ type sys$input
5736 Data lines are not indented at all.
5737 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5738 $ endif
5739 $
5740
5741
5742 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5743 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5744
5745 \(fn)" t nil)
5746
5747 ;;;***
5748 \f
5749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (21291 53104
5750 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5751 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5752
5753 (setq debugger 'debug)
5754
5755 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5756 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5757 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5758 of the evaluator.
5759
5760 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5761 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5762 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5763
5764 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5765
5766 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5767 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5768
5769 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5770
5771 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5772 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5773 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5774 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5775 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5776 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5777
5778 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5779 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5780
5781 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5782
5783 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5784 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5785 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5786 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5787 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5788
5789 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5790
5791 ;;;***
5792 \f
5793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (21291 53104
5794 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5795 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5796
5797 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5798 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5799
5800 \(fn)" t nil)
5801
5802 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5803 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5804 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5805 Upper-case letters are commands.
5806
5807 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5808 modify it.
5809
5810 The most useful commands are:
5811 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5812 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5813 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5814 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5815 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5816 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5817
5818 \(fn)" t nil)
5819
5820 ;;;***
5821 \f
5822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (21291 53104 431149
5823 ;;;;;; 0))
5824 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5825 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5826
5827 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5828 Customization of `columns' group.
5829
5830 \(fn)" t nil)
5831
5832 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5833 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5834
5835 START and END delimits the text region.
5836
5837 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5838
5839 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5840 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5841
5842 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5843
5844 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5845
5846 ;;;***
5847 \f
5848 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
5849 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5850
5851 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5852
5853 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5854 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5855 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5856 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5857 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5858 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5859
5860 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5861
5862 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5863 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5864 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5865 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5866 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5867
5868 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5869 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5870 point regardless of any selection.
5871
5872 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5873
5874 ;;;***
5875 \f
5876 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (21291 53104
5877 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
5878 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5879
5880 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5881 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5882
5883 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5884
5885 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5886 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5887 or nil if there is no parent.
5888 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5889 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5890 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5891 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5892 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5893
5894 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5895 arguments are currently understood:
5896 :group GROUP
5897 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
5898 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
5899 :syntax-table TABLE
5900 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
5901 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
5902 :abbrev-table TABLE
5903 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
5904 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
5905
5906 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
5907
5908 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
5909
5910 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
5911 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
5912 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
5913
5914 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
5915 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
5916
5917 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
5918 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
5919 (setq case-fold-search nil))
5920
5921 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
5922 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
5923
5924 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
5925 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
5926
5927 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
5928
5929 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
5930
5931 (put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
5932
5933 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
5934 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
5935 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
5936 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
5937 the first time the mode is used.
5938
5939 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
5940
5941 ;;;***
5942 \f
5943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (21291 53104 431149
5944 ;;;;;; 0))
5945 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
5946
5947 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
5948 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
5949 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
5950 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
5951 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
5952 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
5953 otherwise.
5954
5955 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
5956
5957 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
5958 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
5959 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
5960 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
5961
5962 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
5963 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
5964 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
5965
5966 The character information includes the character code; charset and
5967 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
5968 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
5969 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
5970 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
5971 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
5972 relevant to POS.
5973
5974 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5975
5976 ;;;***
5977 \f
5978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (21341 23900 988149
5979 ;;;;;; 0))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
5981
5982 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
5983 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
5984 See the command `desktop-save-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
5985 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5986 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5987 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
5988
5989 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
5990
5991 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
5992 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
5993 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
5994 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
5995 is omitted or nil.
5996
5997 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
5998 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
5999 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6000 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6001
6002 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `M-x desktop-save'.
6003 To load it, use `M-x desktop-read'.
6004
6005 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6006 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6007
6008 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6009
6010 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6011
6012 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6013
6014 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6015 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6016 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6017 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6018
6019 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6020
6021 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6022 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6023
6024 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6025 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6026 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6027
6028 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6029 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6030
6031 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6032 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6033 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6034
6035 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6036 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6037 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6038 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6039
6040 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6041
6042 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6043 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6044
6045 Handlers are called with argument list
6046
6047 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6048
6049 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6050
6051 `desktop-file-version'
6052 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6053 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6054 `desktop-buffer-point'
6055 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6056 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6057 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6058
6059 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6060 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6061
6062 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6063 code like
6064
6065 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6066 ...
6067 (add-to-list 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6068 '(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6069
6070 Furthermore the major mode function must be autoloaded.")
6071
6072 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6073
6074 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6075 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6076 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6077 List elements must have the form
6078
6079 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6080
6081 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6082 function.
6083
6084 Handlers are called with argument list
6085
6086 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6087
6088 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6089
6090 `desktop-file-version'
6091 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6092 `desktop-buffer-name'
6093 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6094 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6095 `desktop-buffer-point'
6096 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6097 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6098 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6099
6100 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6101 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6102 created and set.
6103
6104 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6105 code like
6106
6107 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6108 ...
6109 (add-to-list 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6110 '(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6111
6112 Furthermore the minor mode function must be autoloaded.
6113
6114 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6115
6116 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6117
6118 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6119 Empty the Desktop.
6120 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6121 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6122 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6123 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6124 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6125 if different).
6126
6127 \(fn)" t nil)
6128
6129 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6130 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6131 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6132 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this desktop.
6133 If AUTO-SAVE is non-nil, compare the saved contents to the one last saved,
6134 and don't save the buffer if they are the same.
6135
6136 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE AUTO-SAVE)" t nil)
6137
6138 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6139 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6140 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6141
6142 \(fn)" t nil)
6143
6144 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6145 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6146 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6147 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6148 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6149 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6150 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6151 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6152
6153 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6154
6155 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6156 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6157 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6158
6159 \(fn)" nil nil)
6160
6161 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6162
6163 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6164 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6165 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6166 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6167 directory DIRNAME.
6168
6169 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6170
6171 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6172 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6173
6174 \(fn)" t nil)
6175
6176 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6177 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6178
6179 \(fn)" t nil)
6180
6181 ;;;***
6182 \f
6183 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (21291 53104
6184 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6185 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6186
6187 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6188 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6189 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6190 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6191 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6192 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6193
6194 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6195
6196 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6197 Repair a broken attribution line.
6198 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6199
6200 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6201
6202 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6203 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6204 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6205 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6206
6207 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6208
6209 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6210 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6211
6212 \(fn)" t nil)
6213
6214 ;;;***
6215 \f
6216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (21291
6217 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6218 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6219
6220 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6221 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6222 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6223 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6224 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6225
6226 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6227
6228 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6229 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6230 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6231 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6232
6233 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6234 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6235 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6236 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6237
6238 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6239 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6240
6241 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6242 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6243 calendar-date-style 'european
6244 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6245
6246 \(diary-mail-entries)
6247
6248 # diary-rem.el ends here
6249
6250 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6251
6252 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6253 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6254
6255 \(fn)" t nil)
6256
6257 ;;;***
6258 \f
6259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6260 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6261
6262 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-c") "\
6263 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6264
6265 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6266
6267 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6268 The command to use to run diff.")
6269
6270 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6271
6272 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6273 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6274 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6275 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6276 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6277 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6278
6279 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6280 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6281 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6282
6283 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6284
6285 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6286 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6287 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6288 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6289 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6290 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6291
6292 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6293
6294 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6295 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6296
6297 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6298
6299 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6300 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6301 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6302
6303 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6304
6305 ;;;***
6306 \f
6307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (21291 53104
6308 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6309 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6310
6311 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6312 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6313 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6314 normal diffs.
6315
6316 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6317 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6318 headers for you on-the-fly.
6319
6320 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6321 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6322 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6323
6324 \\{diff-mode-map}
6325
6326 \(fn)" t nil)
6327
6328 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6329 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6330 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6331 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6332 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6333
6334 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6335
6336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6337
6338 ;;;***
6339 \f
6340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6341 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6342
6343 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6344 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6345 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6346
6347 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6348
6349 ;;;***
6350 \f
6351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (21356 30837 966886 0))
6352 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6353
6354 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6355 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6356 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6357 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6358 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6359 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6360 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6361 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6362
6363 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6364
6365 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6366 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6367 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6368 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6369 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6370 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6371
6372 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6373 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6374 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6375 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6376 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
6377 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
6378 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
6379 list of files to make directory entries for.
6380 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6381 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6382 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6383
6384 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6385
6386 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6387 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6388
6389 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6390 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6391
6392 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6393 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6394
6395 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6396 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6397
6398 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6399
6400 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6401 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6402
6403 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6404
6405 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6406 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6407 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6408 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6409 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6410 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6411 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6412 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6413 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6414 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6415 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6416 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6417 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6418 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6419 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6420 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6421 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6422 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6423 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6424 to see why something went wrong.
6425 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6426 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6427 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXecute) the files flagged `D'.
6428 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6429 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6430 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6431 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6432 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6433 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6434 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6435 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6436 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6437 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6438
6439 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6440 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6441 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6442 again for the directory tree.
6443
6444 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6445 for more info):
6446
6447 `dired-listing-switches'
6448 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6449 `dired-marker-char'
6450 `dired-del-marker'
6451 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6452 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6453 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6454 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6455
6456 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6457
6458 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6459 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6460 `dired-mode-hook'
6461 `dired-load-hook'
6462
6463 Keybindings:
6464 \\{dired-mode-map}
6465
6466 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6467 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6468
6469 ;;;***
6470 \f
6471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (21291 53104 431149
6472 ;;;;;; 0))
6473 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6474
6475 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6476 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6477 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6478 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6479 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6480
6481 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6482 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6483 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6484
6485 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6486 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6487 directory.
6488
6489 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6490
6491 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6492 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6493 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6494 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6495 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6496 from `default-directory'.
6497
6498 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6499
6500 ;;;***
6501 \f
6502 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (21291 53104
6503 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6504 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6505
6506 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6507 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6508 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6509 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6510 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6511 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6512
6513 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6514
6515 ;;;***
6516 \f
6517 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (21291 53104 431149
6518 ;;;;;; 0))
6519 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6520
6521 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6522 Return a new, empty display table.
6523
6524 \(fn)" nil nil)
6525
6526 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6527 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6528 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6529 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6530 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6531
6532 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6533
6534 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6535 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6536 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6537 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6538 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6539
6540 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6541
6542 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6543 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6544
6545 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6546
6547 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6548 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6549
6550 \(fn)" t nil)
6551
6552 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6553 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6554
6555 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6556 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6557
6558 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6559 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6560 byte.
6561
6562 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6563 in the default way after this call.
6564
6565 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6566
6567 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6568 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6569
6570 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6571
6572 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6573 Display character C using printable string S.
6574
6575 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6576
6577 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6578 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6579 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6580 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6581
6582 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6583
6584 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6585 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6586 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6587 X frame.
6588
6589 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6590
6591 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6592 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6593
6594 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6595
6596 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6597 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6598
6599 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6600
6601 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6602 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6603
6604 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6605
6606 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6607 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6608
6609 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6610
6611 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6612 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6613
6614 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6615
6616 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6617 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6618
6619 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6620 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6621
6622 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6623 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6624
6625 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6626 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6627 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6628 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6629
6630 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6631 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6632 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6633 in `.emacs'.
6634
6635 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6636
6637 ;;;***
6638 \f
6639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (21291 53104
6640 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6641 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6642
6643 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6644 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6645 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6646 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6647 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6648 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6649 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6650 Default is 2.
6651
6652 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6653
6654 ;;;***
6655 \f
6656 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6657 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6658
6659 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6660 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6661 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6662 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6663 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6664 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6665 private or ask).
6666 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6667 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6668 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6669 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6670 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6671
6672 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6673
6674 ;;;***
6675 \f
6676 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (21291 53104
6677 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
6678 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6679
6680 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6681 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6682 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6683 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6684 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6685 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6686 table and its own syntax table.
6687
6688 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6689
6690 \(fn)" t nil)
6691 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6692
6693 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6694 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6695
6696 \(fn)" t nil)
6697
6698 ;;;***
6699 \f
6700 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (21312 16713 303543
6701 ;;;;;; 0))
6702 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6703
6704 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6705 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6706 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6707 OpenDocument format).
6708
6709 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6710
6711 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6712 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6713
6714 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6715 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6716
6717 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6718 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6719 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6720
6721 \(fn)" t nil)
6722
6723 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6724 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6725 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6726 to the next best mode.
6727
6728 \(fn)" nil nil)
6729
6730 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6731 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6732 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6733 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6734 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6735
6736 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6737
6738 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6739
6740 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6741
6742
6743 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6744
6745 ;;;***
6746 \f
6747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (21291 53104 431149
6748 ;;;;;; 0))
6749 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6750
6751 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6752 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6753
6754 \(fn)" t nil)
6755
6756 ;;;***
6757 \f
6758 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
6759 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6760
6761 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6762 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6763 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6764 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6765 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6766
6767 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6768 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6769
6770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6771
6772 ;;;***
6773 \f
6774 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (21291 53104 431149
6775 ;;;;;; 0))
6776 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6777 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
6778
6779 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6780 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6781
6782 \(fn)" t nil)
6783
6784 ;;;***
6785 \f
6786 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (21291
6787 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6788 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6789
6790 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6791
6792 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6793 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6794 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6795 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6796 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6797
6798 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6799 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6800 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6801 and disables it otherwise.
6802
6803 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6804 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6805 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6806 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6807
6808 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6809 documenting what its argument does.
6810
6811 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6812 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6813 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6814 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6815 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6816 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6817 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6818 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6819
6820 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6821 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6822 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6823 alternating keywords and values. These following special keywords
6824 are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if the minor
6825 mode is global):
6826
6827 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6828 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6829 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6830 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6831 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6832 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6833 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6834 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6835 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6836 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6837 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6838 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6839 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6840 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6841 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6842 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6843 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6844 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6845 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6846 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6847 in :variable).
6848
6849 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6850 have been run. It should not be quoted.
6851
6852 For example, you could write
6853 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
6854 :lighter \" Foo\" :require 'foo :global t :group 'hassle :version \"27.5\"
6855 ...BODY CODE...)
6856
6857 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
6858
6859 (put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6860
6861 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6862
6863 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
6864
6865 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6866 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
6867 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
6868 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
6869 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
6870 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
6871 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
6872 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
6873 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
6874 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
6875 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
6876 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
6877
6878 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
6879 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
6880 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
6881 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
6882 call another major mode in their body.
6883
6884 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
6885 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
6886 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
6887
6888 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
6889
6890 (put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
6891
6892 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
6893 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
6894 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
6895 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
6896 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
6897 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
6898 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
6899
6900 Valid keywords and arguments are:
6901
6902 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
6903 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
6904 :inherit Parent keymap.
6905 :group Ignored.
6906 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
6907 'nodigits to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
6908
6909 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
6910
6911 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
6912 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
6913 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
6914 the constant's documentation.
6915
6916 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6917
6918 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
6919 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
6920 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
6921
6922 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
6923
6924 ;;;***
6925 \f
6926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (21291
6927 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
6928 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
6929
6930 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
6931 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
6932 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
6933 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
6934
6935 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
6936 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
6937 as a top-level menu bar item.
6938
6939 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
6940 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
6941 pairs:
6942
6943 :filter FUNCTION
6944 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
6945 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
6946 items to actually display.
6947
6948 :visible INCLUDE
6949 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
6950 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
6951 alias for `:visible'.
6952
6953 :active ENABLE
6954 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
6955 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
6956 an alias for `:active'.
6957
6958 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
6959 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
6960
6961 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
6962
6963 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
6964
6965 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
6966 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
6967
6968 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
6969 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
6970
6971 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
6972
6973 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
6974
6975 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
6976 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
6977
6978 :keys KEYS
6979 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
6980 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
6981 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
6982 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
6983
6984 :key-sequence KEYS
6985 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
6986 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
6987 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
6988 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
6989
6990 :active ENABLE
6991 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
6992 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
6993 alias for `:active'.
6994
6995 :visible INCLUDE
6996 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
6997 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
6998 `:visible'.
6999
7000 :label FORM
7001 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7002 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7003
7004 :suffix FORM
7005 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7006 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7007
7008 :style STYLE
7009 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7010 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7011 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7012
7013 :selected SELECTED
7014 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7015 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7016
7017 :help HELP
7018 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7019
7020 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7021 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7022 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7023
7024 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7025 MENU. This is a submenu.
7026
7027 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7028
7029 (put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7030
7031 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7032
7033
7034 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7035
7036 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7037 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7038 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7039 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7040
7041 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7042
7043 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7044 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7045 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7046 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7047 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7048 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7049
7050 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7051 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7052 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7053
7054 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7055 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7056 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7057
7058 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7059 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7060
7061 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7062
7063 ;;;***
7064 \f
7065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (21291 53104
7066 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7067 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7068 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7069
7070 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7071 Customization for ebnf group.
7072
7073 \(fn)" t nil)
7074
7075 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7076 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7077
7078 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7079
7080 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7081 processed.
7082
7083 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7084
7085 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7086
7087 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7088 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7089
7090 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7091 killed after process termination.
7092
7093 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7094
7095 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7096
7097 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7098 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7099
7100 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7101 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7102 it to the printer.
7103
7104 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7105 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7106 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7107 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7108
7109 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7110
7111 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7112 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7113 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7114
7115 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7116
7117 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7118 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7119
7120 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7121
7122 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7123 processed.
7124
7125 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7126
7127 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7128
7129 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7130 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7131
7132 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7133 killed after process termination.
7134
7135 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7136
7137 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7138
7139 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7140 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7141 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7142 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7143
7144 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7145
7146 \(fn)" t nil)
7147
7148 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7149 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7150 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7151
7152 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7153
7154 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7155
7156 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7157 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7158
7159 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7160
7161 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7162 processed.
7163
7164 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7165
7166 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7167
7168 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7169 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7170
7171 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7172 killed after EPS generation.
7173
7174 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7175
7176 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7177
7178 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7179 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7180
7181 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7182 The EPS file name has the following form:
7183
7184 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7185
7186 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7187 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7188
7189 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7190 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7191 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7192 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7193 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7194
7195 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7196 files.
7197
7198 \(fn)" t nil)
7199
7200 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7201 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7202
7203 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7204 The EPS file name has the following form:
7205
7206 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7207
7208 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7209 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7210
7211 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7212 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7213 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7214 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7215 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7216
7217 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7218 files.
7219
7220 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7221
7222 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7223
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7226
7227 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7228
7229 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7230 are processed.
7231
7232 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7233
7234 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7235
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7238
7239 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7240 killed after syntax checking.
7241
7242 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7243
7244 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7245
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7248
7249 \(fn)" t nil)
7250
7251 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7252 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7253
7254 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7255
7256 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7257 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7258
7259 \(fn)" nil nil)
7260
7261 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7262 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7263
7264 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7265
7266 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7267
7268 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7269 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7270
7271 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7272
7273 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7274
7275 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7276 Delete style NAME.
7277
7278 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7279
7280 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7281
7282 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7283 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7284
7285 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7286
7287 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7288
7289 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7290 Set STYLE as the current style.
7291
7292 Returns the old style symbol.
7293
7294 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7295
7296 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7297
7298 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7299 Reset current style.
7300
7301 Returns the old style symbol.
7302
7303 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7304
7305 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7306
7307 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7308 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7309
7310 Returns the old style symbol.
7311
7312 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7313
7314 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7315
7316 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7317
7318 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7319 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7320
7321 Returns the old style symbol.
7322
7323 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7324
7325 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7326
7327 \(fn)" t nil)
7328
7329 ;;;***
7330 \f
7331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (21291 53104
7332 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7333 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7334
7335 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7336 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7337 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7338 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7339 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7340 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7341
7342 Tree mode key bindings:
7343 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7344
7345 \(fn)" t nil)
7346
7347 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7348 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7349
7350 \(fn)" t nil)
7351
7352 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7353 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7354
7355 \(fn)" t nil)
7356
7357 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7358 View declaration of member at point.
7359
7360 \(fn)" t nil)
7361
7362 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7363 Find declaration of member at point.
7364
7365 \(fn)" t nil)
7366
7367 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7368 View definition of member at point.
7369
7370 \(fn)" t nil)
7371
7372 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7373 Find definition of member at point.
7374
7375 \(fn)" t nil)
7376
7377 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7378 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7379
7380 \(fn)" t nil)
7381
7382 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7383 View definition of member at point in other window.
7384
7385 \(fn)" t nil)
7386
7387 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7388 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7389
7390 \(fn)" t nil)
7391
7392 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7393 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7394
7395 \(fn)" t nil)
7396
7397 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7398 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7399
7400 \(fn)" t nil)
7401
7402 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7403 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7404
7405 \(fn)" t nil)
7406
7407 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7408 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7409 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7410 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7411 completion.
7412
7413 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7414
7415 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7416 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7417 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7418 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7419
7420 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7421
7422 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7423 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7424 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7425 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7426
7427 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7428
7429 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7430 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7431 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7432
7433 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7434
7435 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7436 Search for call sites of a member.
7437 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7438 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7439 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7440 looks like a function call to the member.
7441
7442 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7443
7444 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7445 Move backward in the position stack.
7446 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7447
7448 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7449
7450 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7451 Move forward in the position stack.
7452 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7453
7454 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7455
7456 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7457 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7458
7459 \(fn)" t nil)
7460
7461 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7462 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7463
7464 \(fn)" t nil)
7465
7466 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7467 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7468 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7469 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7470
7471 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7472
7473 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7474 Display statistics for a class tree.
7475
7476 \(fn)" t nil)
7477
7478 ;;;***
7479 \f
7480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (21291 53104 431149
7481 ;;;;;; 0))
7482 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7483
7484 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7485 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7486 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7487 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7488 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7489 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7490 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7491
7492 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7493
7494 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7495 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7496 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7497 also has this effect.
7498 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7499 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7500 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7501 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7502 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7503 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7504 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7505 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7506 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7507 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7508
7509 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7510
7511 ;;;***
7512 \f
7513 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (21291 53104 431149
7514 ;;;;;; 0))
7515 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7516
7517 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7518 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7519 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7520
7521 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7522
7523 ;;;***
7524 \f
7525 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (21291 53104
7526 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7527 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7528
7529 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7530
7531
7532 \(fn)" nil nil)
7533
7534 ;;;***
7535 \f
7536 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (21346 62196 327729 0))
7537 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7538 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7539
7540 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7541 Non-nil if Global-Ede mode is enabled.
7542 See the command `global-ede-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
7543 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7544 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7545 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7546
7547 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7548
7549 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7550 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7551 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7552 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7553 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7554
7555 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7556 an EDE controlled project.
7557
7558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7559
7560 ;;;***
7561 \f
7562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (21291 53104
7563 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7564 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7565
7566 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7567 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7568 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7569 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7570 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7571
7572 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7573 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7574 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
7575 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7576
7577 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7578
7579 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7580 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7581 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7582 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7583
7584 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7585
7586 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7587 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7588 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7589 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7590
7591 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7592
7593 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7594
7595 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7596 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7597 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7598 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7599 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7600
7601 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7602 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7603 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7604 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7605 instrumented for Edebug.
7606
7607 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7608 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7609 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7610 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7611 already is one.)
7612
7613 \(fn)" t nil)
7614
7615 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7616 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7617
7618 \(fn)" t nil)
7619
7620 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7621 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7622
7623 \(fn)" t nil)
7624
7625 ;;;***
7626 \f
7627 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (21307 46976 832220 0))
7628 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7629 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7630
7631 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7632 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7633
7634 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7635
7636 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7637 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7638
7639 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7640
7641 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7642
7643 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7644
7645 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7646 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7647 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7648 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7649
7650 \(fn)" t nil)
7651
7652 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7653 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7654 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7655 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7656
7657 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7658
7659 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7660 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7661
7662 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7663
7664 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7665
7666 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7667 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7668
7669 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7670
7671 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7672
7673 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7674 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7675 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7676 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7677
7678 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7679
7680 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7681
7682 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7683 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7684 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7685 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7686
7687 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7688
7689 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7690
7691 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7692 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7693 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7694 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7695
7696 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7697
7698 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7699
7700 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7701 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7702 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7703 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7704
7705 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7706
7707 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7708
7709 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7710 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7711 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7712 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7713 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7714 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7715
7716 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7717
7718 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7719 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7720 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7721 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7722
7723 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7724
7725 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7726
7727 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7728 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7729 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7730 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7731
7732 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7733
7734 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7735
7736 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7737
7738 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7739 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7740 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7741 follows:
7742 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7743 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7744
7745 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7746
7747 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7748 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7749 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7750 follows:
7751 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7752 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7753
7754 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7755
7756 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7757 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7758 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7759 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7760 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7761
7762 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7763
7764 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7765 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7766 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7767 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7768 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7769 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7770
7771 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7772
7773 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7774
7775 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7776 Merge two files without ancestor.
7777
7778 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7779
7780 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7781 Merge two files with ancestor.
7782
7783 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7784
7785 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7786
7787 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7788 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7789
7790 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7791
7792 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7793 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7794
7795 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7796
7797 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7798 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7799 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7800 buffer.
7801
7802 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7803
7804 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7805 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7806 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7807 buffer.
7808
7809 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7810
7811 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7812 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7813 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7814 and don't ask the user.
7815 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7816 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7817
7818 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7819
7820 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7821 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7822 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7823 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7824 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7825 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7826 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7827 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7828
7829 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7830
7831 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7832
7833 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7834
7835 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7836 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7837 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7838 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7839 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7840
7841 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7842
7843 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7844
7845 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7846 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7847 When called interactively, displays the version.
7848
7849 \(fn)" t nil)
7850
7851 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
7852 Display Ediff's manual.
7853 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
7854
7855 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
7856
7857 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
7858
7859
7860 \(fn)" nil nil)
7861
7862 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
7863
7864
7865 \(fn)" nil nil)
7866
7867 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
7868
7869
7870 \(fn)" nil nil)
7871
7872 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7873
7874
7875 \(fn)" nil nil)
7876
7877 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
7878
7879
7880 \(fn)" nil nil)
7881
7882 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
7883
7884
7885 \(fn)" nil nil)
7886
7887 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
7888
7889
7890 \(fn)" nil nil)
7891
7892 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
7893
7894
7895 \(fn)" nil nil)
7896
7897 ;;;***
7898 \f
7899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (21291 53104
7900 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7901 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
7902
7903 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
7904
7905
7906 \(fn)" t nil)
7907
7908 ;;;***
7909 \f
7910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (21291 53104
7911 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
7912 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
7913
7914 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
7915 Display Ediff's registry.
7916
7917 \(fn)" t nil)
7918
7919 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
7920
7921 ;;;***
7922 \f
7923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (21349 10841
7924 ;;;;;; 977368 0))
7925 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
7926
7927 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
7928 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
7929 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
7930 which see.
7931
7932 \(fn)" t nil)
7933
7934 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
7935 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
7936 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
7937 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
7938
7939 \(fn)" t nil)
7940
7941 ;;;***
7942 \f
7943 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (21291 53104 431149
7944 ;;;;;; 0))
7945 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
7946 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
7947
7948 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7949 Edit a keyboard macro.
7950 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
7951 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
7952 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
7953 its command name.
7954 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
7955
7956 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
7957
7958 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7959 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
7960
7961 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7962
7963 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7964 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
7965
7966 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
7967
7968 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7969 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
7970 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
7971 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
7972 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
7973 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
7974
7975 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
7976 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
7977 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
7978 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
7979
7980 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
7981
7982 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
7983 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
7984 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
7985 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
7986 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
7987 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
7988
7989 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
7990
7991 ;;;***
7992 \f
7993 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (21291 53104 431149
7994 ;;;;;; 0))
7995 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
7996
7997 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
7998 Set scroll margins.
7999 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8000 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8001
8002 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8003
8004 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8005 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8006
8007 \(fn)" t nil)
8008
8009 ;;;***
8010 \f
8011 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8012 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8013
8014 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8015 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8016 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8017 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8018 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8019 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8020 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8021
8022 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8023 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8024
8025 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8026 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8027 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8028 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8029
8030 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8031 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8032 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8033
8034 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8035 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8036 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8037
8038 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8039
8040 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8041
8042
8043 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8044
8045 ;;;***
8046 \f
8047 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (21291 53104
8048 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8049 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8050 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8051
8052 ;;;***
8053 \f
8054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (21291
8055 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8056 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8057 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8058
8059 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8060 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8061 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8062 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8063 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8064 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8065 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8066
8067 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8068
8069 ;;;***
8070 \f
8071 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (21291 53104
8072 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8073 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
8074
8075 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string (purecopy " ElDoc") "\
8076 String to display in mode line when ElDoc Mode is enabled; nil for none.")
8077
8078 (custom-autoload 'eldoc-minor-mode-string "eldoc" t)
8079
8080 (autoload 'eldoc-mode "eldoc" "\
8081 Toggle echo area display of Lisp objects at point (ElDoc mode).
8082 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ElDoc mode if ARG is positive,
8083 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable ElDoc mode
8084 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8085
8086 ElDoc mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the echo
8087 area displays information about a function or variable in the
8088 text where point is. If point is on a documented variable, it
8089 displays the first line of that variable's doc string. Otherwise
8090 it displays the argument list of the function called in the
8091 expression point is on.
8092
8093 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8094
8095 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-eldoc-mode 'eldoc-mode "24.4")
8096
8097 (defvar eldoc-documentation-function nil "\
8098 If non-nil, function to call to return doc string.
8099 The function of no args should return a one-line string for displaying
8100 doc about a function etc. appropriate to the context around point.
8101 It should return nil if there's no doc appropriate for the context.
8102 Typically doc is returned if point is on a function-like name or in its
8103 arg list.
8104
8105 The result is used as is, so the function must explicitly handle
8106 the variables `eldoc-argument-case' and `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p',
8107 and the face `eldoc-highlight-function-argument', if they are to have any
8108 effect.
8109
8110 This variable is expected to be made buffer-local by modes (other than
8111 Emacs Lisp mode) that support ElDoc.")
8112
8113 ;;;***
8114 \f
8115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (21341 23900 988149
8116 ;;;;;; 0))
8117 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8118
8119 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8120 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8121
8122 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8123 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8124 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8125
8126 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8127
8128 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8129 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8130 See the command `electric-pair-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8131 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8132 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8133 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8134
8135 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8136
8137 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8138 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8139 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8140 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8141 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8142
8143 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8144 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8145 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.).
8146
8147 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8148
8149 ;;;***
8150 \f
8151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (21291 53104 431149
8152 ;;;;;; 0))
8153 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8154
8155 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8156 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8157
8158 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8159 an elided material again.
8160
8161 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8162
8163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8164
8165 ;;;***
8166 \f
8167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (21291 53104
8168 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8169 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8170
8171 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8172 Lint the file FILE.
8173
8174 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8175
8176 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8177 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8178 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8179
8180 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8181
8182 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8183 Lint the current buffer.
8184 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8185
8186 \(fn)" t nil)
8187
8188 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8189 Lint the function at point.
8190 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8191
8192 \(fn)" t nil)
8193
8194 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8195 Initialize elint.
8196 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8197 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8198
8199 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8200
8201 ;;;***
8202 \f
8203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (21291 53104 431149
8204 ;;;;;; 0))
8205 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8206
8207 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8208 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8209 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8210
8211 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8212
8213 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8214 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8215 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8216 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8217
8218 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8219
8220 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8221 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8222 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8223
8224 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8225
8226 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8227
8228 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8229 Display current profiling results.
8230 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8231 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8232 displayed.
8233
8234 \(fn)" t nil)
8235
8236 ;;;***
8237 \f
8238 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (21291 53104 431149
8239 ;;;;;; 0))
8240 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8241
8242 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8243 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8244 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8245 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8246 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8247 ARG is omitted or nil.
8248
8249 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8250 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8251 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8252 used instead.
8253
8254 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8255
8256 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8257 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8258 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8259
8260 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8261
8262 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8263
8264 ;;;***
8265 \f
8266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (21295 7741 571176
8267 ;;;;;; 0))
8268 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8269
8270 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8271 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8272 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8273
8274 \(fn TOPIC &optional RECENT-KEYS)" t nil)
8275
8276 ;;;***
8277 \f
8278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (21291 53104 431149
8279 ;;;;;; 0))
8280 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8281
8282 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8283 Run Emerge on two files.
8284
8285 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8286
8287 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8288 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8289
8290 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8291
8292 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8293 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8294
8295 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8296
8297 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8298 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8299
8300 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8301
8302 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8303
8304
8305 \(fn)" nil nil)
8306
8307 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8308
8309
8310 \(fn)" nil nil)
8311
8312 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8313
8314
8315 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8316
8317 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8318
8319
8320 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8321
8322 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8323 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8324
8325 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8326
8327 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8328 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8329
8330 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8331
8332 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8333
8334
8335 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8336
8337 ;;;***
8338 \f
8339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (21291 53104
8340 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8341 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8342
8343 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8344 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8345 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8346 text/enriched format.
8347
8348 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8349 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8350 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8351
8352 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8353
8354 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8355 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8356
8357 Commands:
8358
8359 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8360
8361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8362
8363 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8364
8365
8366 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8367
8368 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8369
8370
8371 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8372
8373 ;;;***
8374 \f
8375 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8376 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8377
8378 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8379 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8380
8381 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8382
8383 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8384 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8385
8386 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8387
8388 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8389 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8390 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8391 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8392 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8393 the keys are listed.
8394 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8395
8396 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8397
8398 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8399 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8400 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8401
8402 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8403
8404 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8405 Verify FILE.
8406
8407 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8408
8409 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8410 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8411
8412 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8413
8414 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8415 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8416
8417 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8418
8419 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8420 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8421
8422 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8423 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8424 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8425 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8426
8427 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8428 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8429 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8430 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8431 should consider using the string based counterpart
8432 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8433 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8434
8435 For example:
8436
8437 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8438 (decode-coding-string
8439 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8440 'utf-8))
8441
8442 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8443
8444 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8445 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8446
8447 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8448 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8449
8450 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8451
8452 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8453 Verify the current region between START and END.
8454
8455 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8456 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8457 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8458 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8459 should consider using the string based counterpart
8460 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8461 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8462
8463 For example:
8464
8465 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8466 (decode-coding-string
8467 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8468 'utf-8))
8469
8470 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8471
8472 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8473 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8474 between START and END.
8475
8476 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8477 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8478
8479 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8480
8481 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8482 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8483
8484 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8485 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8486 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8487 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8488 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8489 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8490
8491 For example:
8492
8493 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8494 (epg-sign-string
8495 context
8496 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)))
8497
8498 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8499
8500 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8501 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8502
8503 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8504 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8505 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8506 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8507 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8508 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8509
8510 For example:
8511
8512 \(let ((context (epg-make-context 'OpenPGP)))
8513 (epg-encrypt-string
8514 context
8515 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) 'utf-8)
8516 nil))
8517
8518 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8519
8520 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8521 Delete selected KEYS.
8522
8523 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8524
8525 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8526 Import keys from FILE.
8527
8528 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8529
8530 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8531 Import keys from the region.
8532
8533 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8534
8535 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8536 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8537 between START and END.
8538
8539 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8540
8541 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8542 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8543
8544 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8545
8546 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8547 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8548
8549 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8550
8551 ;;;***
8552 \f
8553 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (21291 53104 431149
8554 ;;;;;; 0))
8555 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8556
8557 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8558 Decrypt marked files.
8559
8560 \(fn)" t nil)
8561
8562 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8563 Verify marked files.
8564
8565 \(fn)" t nil)
8566
8567 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8568 Sign marked files.
8569
8570 \(fn)" t nil)
8571
8572 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8573 Encrypt marked files.
8574
8575 \(fn)" t nil)
8576
8577 ;;;***
8578 \f
8579 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
8580 ;;;;;; 0))
8581 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8582
8583 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8584
8585
8586 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8587
8588 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8589
8590
8591 \(fn)" t nil)
8592
8593 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8594
8595
8596 \(fn)" t nil)
8597
8598 ;;;***
8599 \f
8600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (21291 53104 431149
8601 ;;;;;; 0))
8602 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8603
8604 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8605 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8606 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8607 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8608 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8609
8610 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8611
8612 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8613 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8614 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8615
8616 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8617
8618 \(fn)" t nil)
8619
8620 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8621 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8622 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8623
8624 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8625
8626 \(fn)" t nil)
8627
8628 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8629 Sign the current buffer.
8630 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8631
8632 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8633
8634 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8635
8636 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8637 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8638 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8639 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8640 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8641 and also whether and how to sign.
8642
8643 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8644 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8645 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8646
8647 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8648
8649 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8650
8651 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8652 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8653 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8654
8655 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8656
8657 \(fn)" t nil)
8658
8659 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8660 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8661 See the command `epa-global-mail-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
8662 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8663 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8664 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8665
8666 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8667
8668 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8669 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8670 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8671 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8672 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8673
8674 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8675
8676 ;;;***
8677 \f
8678 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8680 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8681
8682 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8683 Return a context object.
8684
8685 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8686
8687 ;;;***
8688 \f
8689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (21291 53104 431149
8690 ;;;;;; 0))
8691 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8692
8693 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8694 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8695
8696 \(fn)" nil nil)
8697
8698 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8699 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8700
8701 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8702
8703 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8704 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8705
8706 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8707
8708 ;;;***
8709 \f
8710 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
8711 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8712 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8713
8714 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8715 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8716
8717 \(fn)" nil nil)
8718
8719 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8720 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8721 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8722
8723 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8724
8725 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8726 (server (erc-compute-server))
8727 (port (erc-compute-port))
8728 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8729 password
8730 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8731
8732 That is, if called with
8733
8734 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8735
8736 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8737 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8738 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8739
8740 \(fn &key (server (erc-compute-server)) (port (erc-compute-port)) (nick (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8741
8742 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8743
8744 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8745 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8746 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8747
8748 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8749
8750 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8751 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8752 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8753 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8754
8755 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8756
8757 ;;;***
8758 \f
8759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (21291
8760 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8761 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8762 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8763
8764 ;;;***
8765 \f
8766 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (21291 53104
8767 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8768 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8769 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8770
8771 ;;;***
8772 \f
8773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (21291 53104
8774 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8775 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8776 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8777
8778 ;;;***
8779 \f
8780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (21291 53104
8781 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8782 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8783 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8784
8785 ;;;***
8786 \f
8787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (21291 53104 431149
8788 ;;;;;; 0))
8789 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8790 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8791
8792 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8793 Parser for /dcc command.
8794 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8795 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8796 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8797
8798 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8799
8800 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8801 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8802
8803 \(fn)" nil nil)
8804
8805 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8806 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8807
8808 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8809 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8810 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8811 that subcommand.
8812
8813 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8814
8815 ;;;***
8816 \f
8817 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8818 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
8819 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8820 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8821
8822 ;;;***
8823 \f
8824 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (21291
8825 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
8826 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8827
8828 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8829 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8830
8831 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8832
8833 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8834 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8835 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8836 in the alist is `nil', prompt for the appropriate values.
8837
8838 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8839
8840 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8841
8842
8843 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8844
8845 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8846 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8847
8848 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8849
8850 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8851 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8852
8853 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8854
8855 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8856 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8857
8858 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8859
8860 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8861 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
8862
8863 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8864
8865 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8866 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
8867
8868 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8869
8870 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
8871 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
8872
8873 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8874
8875 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
8876 Select a detached EZBounce session.
8877
8878 \(fn)" nil nil)
8879
8880 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
8881 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
8882
8883 \(fn)" nil nil)
8884
8885 ;;;***
8886 \f
8887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (21291 53104 431149
8888 ;;;;;; 0))
8889 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
8890 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
8891
8892 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
8893 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
8894 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
8895
8896 \(fn)" nil nil)
8897
8898 ;;;***
8899 \f
8900 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (21291 53104
8901 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8902 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
8903 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
8904
8905 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
8906 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
8907 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
8908 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
8909 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
8910 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
8911 system.
8912
8913 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
8914
8915 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
8916
8917
8918 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
8919
8920 ;;;***
8921 \f
8922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (21291 53104
8923 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8924 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
8925
8926 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
8927
8928
8929 \(fn)" nil nil)
8930
8931 ;;;***
8932 \f
8933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (21291 53104 431149
8934 ;;;;;; 0))
8935 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
8936 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
8937
8938 ;;;***
8939 \f
8940 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (21307 46976 832220
8941 ;;;;;; 0))
8942 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
8943 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
8944
8945 ;;;***
8946 \f
8947 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (21291 53104 431149
8948 ;;;;;; 0))
8949 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
8950 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
8951
8952 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
8953 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
8954 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
8955 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
8956 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
8957 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
8958
8959 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
8960
8961 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
8962 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
8963 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
8964 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
8965
8966 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
8967 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
8968 automatically.
8969
8970 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
8971 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
8972
8973 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
8974
8975 ;;;***
8976 \f
8977 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (21291 53104
8978 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
8979 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
8980 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
8981
8982 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
8983 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8984
8985 \(fn)" t nil)
8986
8987 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
8988 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
8989
8990 \(fn)" t nil)
8991
8992 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
8993 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8994
8995 \(fn)" t nil)
8996
8997 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
8998 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
8999
9000 \(fn)" t nil)
9001
9002 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9003 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9004
9005 \(fn)" t nil)
9006
9007 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9008 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9009
9010 \(fn)" t nil)
9011
9012 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9013 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9014
9015 \(fn)" t nil)
9016
9017 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9018 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9019
9020 \(fn)" t nil)
9021
9022 ;;;***
9023 \f
9024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (21291 53104 431149
9025 ;;;;;; 0))
9026 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9027 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9028
9029 ;;;***
9030 \f
9031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (21291
9032 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9033 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9034 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9035
9036 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9037 Show who's gone.
9038
9039 \(fn)" nil nil)
9040
9041 ;;;***
9042 \f
9043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (21291
9044 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9045 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9046
9047 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9048 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9049 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9050 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9051
9052 \(fn)" nil nil)
9053
9054 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9055 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9056
9057 \(fn)" t nil)
9058
9059 ;;;***
9060 \f
9061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (21291 53104
9062 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9064 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9065
9066 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9067 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9068 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9069 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9070
9071 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9072
9073 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9074
9075
9076 \(fn)" nil nil)
9077
9078 ;;;***
9079 \f
9080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (21291 53104 431149
9081 ;;;;;; 0))
9082 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9083 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9084
9085 ;;;***
9086 \f
9087 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (21291
9088 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9089 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9090 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9091
9092 ;;;***
9093 \f
9094 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (21291 53104
9095 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9096 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9097 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9098
9099 ;;;***
9100 \f
9101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (21291 53104 431149
9102 ;;;;;; 0))
9103 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9104 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9105
9106 ;;;***
9107 \f
9108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (21291
9109 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9110 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9111 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9112
9113 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9114 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9115
9116 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9117
9118 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9119 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9120 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9121
9122 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9123
9124 ;;;***
9125 \f
9126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (21291 53104
9127 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9128 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9129 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9130
9131 ;;;***
9132 \f
9133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (21291
9134 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9135 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9136
9137 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9138 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9139 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9140
9141 \(fn)" t nil)
9142
9143 ;;;***
9144 \f
9145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (21291
9146 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9147 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9148 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9149
9150 ;;;***
9151 \f
9152 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (21291 53104
9153 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9154 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9155 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9156
9157 ;;;***
9158 \f
9159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (21291 53104
9160 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9161 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9162
9163 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9164 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9165 See the command `erc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.")
9166
9167 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9168
9169 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9170 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9171 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9172 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9173 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9174
9175 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9176 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9177 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9178 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9179
9180 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9181 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9182
9183 ;;;***
9184 \f
9185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (21291
9186 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9187 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9188 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9189
9190 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9191 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9192 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9193 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9194
9195 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9196
9197 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9198 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9199 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9200
9201 \(fn)" t nil)
9202
9203 ;;;***
9204 \f
9205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (21291 53104 431149
9206 ;;;;;; 0))
9207 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9208 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9209
9210 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9211 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9212
9213 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9214
9215 ;;;***
9216 \f
9217 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (21291 53104 431149
9218 ;;;;;; 0))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9220
9221 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9222 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9223
9224 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9225 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9226
9227 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9228 useful for assertions in BODY.
9229
9230 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9231
9232 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9233 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9234 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9235
9236 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags '(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil (quote macro))
9237
9238 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9239
9240 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9241
9242 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9243 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9244
9245 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9246 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9247 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9248 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9249
9250 Returns the stats object.
9251
9252 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9253
9254 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9255 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9256
9257 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9258 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9259 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9260 the tests).
9261
9262 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9263
9264 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9265 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9266
9267 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9268 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9269 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9270 and how to display message.
9271
9272 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9273
9274 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9275
9276 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9277 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9278
9279 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9280
9281 ;;;***
9282 \f
9283 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (21291 53104
9284 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9285 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9286
9287 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9288
9289 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9290 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9291
9292 \(fn)" t nil)
9293
9294 ;;;***
9295 \f
9296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (21291 53104
9297 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9298 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9299
9300 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9301 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9302
9303 \(fn)" t nil)
9304
9305 ;;;***
9306 \f
9307 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (21291 53104 431149
9308 ;;;;;; 0))
9309 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9310 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9311
9312 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9313 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9314 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9315 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9316 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9317 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9318 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9319 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9320 buffer selected (or created).
9321
9322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9323
9324 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9325 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9326 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9327
9328 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9329
9330 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9331 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9332 The result might be any Lisp object.
9333 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9334 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9335 corresponding to a successful execution.
9336
9337 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9338
9339 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9340
9341 ;;;***
9342 \f
9343 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (21291 53104 431149
9344 ;;;;;; 0))
9345 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9346
9347 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9348 File name of tags table.
9349 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9350 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9351 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9352 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9353 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9354
9355 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9356 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9357 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9358 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9359
9360 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9361
9362 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9363 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9364 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9365 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9366 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9367 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9368
9369 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9370
9371 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9372 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9373 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9374
9375 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9376
9377 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9378 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9379 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9380 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9381 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9382
9383 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9384
9385 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9386 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9387 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9388 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9389
9390 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9391
9392 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9393 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9394 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9395 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9396 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9397
9398 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9399
9400 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9401 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9402
9403 \(fn)" t nil)
9404
9405 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9406 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9407 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9408 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9409
9410 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9411 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9412 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9413 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9414 file the tag was in.
9415
9416 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9417
9418 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9419 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9420 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9421 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9422 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9423 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9424 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9425 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9426 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9427
9428 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9429
9430 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9431 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9432 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9433 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9434 without directory names.
9435
9436 \(fn)" nil nil)
9437 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9438 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9439 (progn
9440 (load "etags")
9441 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9442
9443 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9444 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9445 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9446 but does not select the buffer.
9447 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9448
9449 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9450 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9451 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9452 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9453 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9454
9455 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9456
9457 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9458 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9459 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9460
9461 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9462
9463 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9464
9465 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9466 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9467 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9468 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9469
9470 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9471 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9472 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9473 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9474 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9475
9476 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9477
9478 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9479 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9480 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9481
9482 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9483
9484 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9485 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
9486
9487 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9488 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9489 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9490 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9491 around or before point.
9492
9493 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9494 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9495 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9496 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9497 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9498
9499 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9500
9501 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9502 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9503 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9504
9505 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9506
9507 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9508 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
9509
9510 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9511 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9512 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9513 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9514 around or before point.
9515
9516 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9517 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9518 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9519 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9520 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9521
9522 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9523
9524 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9525 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9526 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9527
9528 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9529
9530 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9531 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
9532
9533 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9534 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9535 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9536
9537 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9538 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9539 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9540 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9541 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9542
9543 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9544
9545 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9546 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9547 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9548
9549 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9550
9551 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9552 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
9553 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
9554
9555 (autoload 'pop-tag-mark "etags" "\
9556 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
9557
9558 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
9559 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
9560 where they were found.
9561
9562 \(fn)" t nil)
9563
9564 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9565 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9566
9567 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9568 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9569 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9570
9571 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9572 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9573
9574 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9575 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9576
9577 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9578
9579 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9580 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9581 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9582 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9583
9584 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9585 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9586 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9587 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9588 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9589
9590 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9591 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
9592
9593 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9594 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9595 Stops when a match is found.
9596 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9597
9598 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9599 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9600 restricted to these files.
9601
9602 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9603
9604 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9605
9606 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9607 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9608 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9609 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9610 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9611 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9612 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9613 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9614
9615 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9616 produce the list of files to search.
9617
9618 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9619
9620 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9621
9622 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9623 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9624 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9625 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9626 directory specification.
9627
9628 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9629
9630 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9631 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9632
9633 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9634
9635 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9636 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9637 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9638 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9639
9640 \(fn)" t nil)
9641
9642 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9643 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9644 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9645 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9646 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9647
9648 \(fn)" t nil)
9649
9650 ;;;***
9651 \f
9652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (21291
9653 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9654 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9655
9656 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9657
9658
9659 \(fn)" nil nil)
9660
9661 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9662 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9663
9664 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9665 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9666
9667 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9668 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9669 primary language.
9670
9671 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9672 even if the buffer is read-only.
9673
9674 See also the descriptions of the variables
9675 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9676
9677 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9678
9679 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9680 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9681
9682 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9683 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9684
9685 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9686 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9687 primary language.
9688
9689 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9690 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9691
9692 See also the descriptions of the variables
9693 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9694
9695 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9696
9697 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9698 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9699 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9700 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9701
9702 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9703
9704 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9705 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9706 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9707 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9708
9709 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9710 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9711 primary language.
9712
9713 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9714 buffer is read-only.
9715
9716 See also the descriptions of the variables
9717 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9718 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9719
9720 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9721
9722 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9723 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9724
9725 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9726 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9727
9728 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9729 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9730 the primary language.
9731
9732 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9733 buffer is read-only.
9734
9735 See also the descriptions of the variables
9736 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9737 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9738
9739 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9740
9741 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9742 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9743 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9744
9745 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9746
9747 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9748 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9749
9750 \(fn)" t nil)
9751
9752 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9753 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9754
9755 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9756 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9757 be 1, 2, or 3.
9758
9759 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9760 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9761 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9762
9763 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9764
9765 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9766
9767 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9768 This function is deprecated.
9769
9770 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9771
9772 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9773 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9774
9775 \(fn)" t nil)
9776
9777 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9778 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9779
9780 \(fn)" t nil)
9781
9782 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9783 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9784
9785 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9786 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9787
9788 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9789 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9790
9791 \(fn)" nil nil)
9792
9793 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9794 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9795
9796 \(fn)" nil nil)
9797
9798 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9799 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9800
9801 \(fn)" nil nil)
9802
9803 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9804 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9805
9806 \(fn)" nil nil)
9807
9808 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9809 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9810 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9811
9812 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9813
9814 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9815
9816
9817 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9818
9819 ;;;***
9820 \f
9821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
9822 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9823
9824 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9825 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9826 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9827 server for future sessions.
9828
9829 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9830
9831 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9832 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9833 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9834
9835 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9836
9837 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9838 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9839 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9840
9841 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9842
9843 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9844 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9845 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9846 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9847 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9848 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
9849 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
9850 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
9851 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
9852 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
9853 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
9854 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
9855
9856 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
9857
9858 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
9859 Display a form to query the directory server.
9860 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
9861 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
9862
9863 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
9864
9865 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
9866 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
9867 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
9868
9869 \(fn)" t nil)
9870
9871 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
9872
9873 ;;;***
9874 \f
9875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (21291 53104 431149
9876 ;;;;;; 0))
9877 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
9878
9879 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
9880 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
9881
9882 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9883
9884 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
9885 Display URL and make it clickable.
9886
9887 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
9888
9889 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
9890 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
9891
9892 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
9893
9894 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
9895 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
9896
9897 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9898
9899 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
9900 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
9901
9902 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9903
9904 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
9905 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
9906
9907 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
9908
9909 ;;;***
9910 \f
9911 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (21291 53104
9912 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
9913 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
9914
9915 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
9916 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
9917 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
9918
9919 \(fn)" t nil)
9920
9921 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
9922 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
9923
9924 \(fn)" t nil)
9925
9926 ;;;***
9927 \f
9928 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (21291
9929 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9930 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
9931
9932 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
9933 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
9934
9935 \(fn)" t nil)
9936
9937 ;;;***
9938 \f
9939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (21291 53104 431149
9940 ;;;;;; 0))
9941 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
9942
9943 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
9944 Create an empty ewoc.
9945
9946 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
9947
9948 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
9949 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
9950 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
9951 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
9952 `insert-before-markers'.
9953
9954 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
9955 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
9956 respectively, of the ewoc.
9957
9958 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
9959 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
9960 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
9961
9962 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
9963
9964 ;;;***
9965 \f
9966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
9967 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
9968
9969 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
9970 Fetch URL and render the page.
9971 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
9972 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
9973
9974 \(fn URL)" t nil)
9975 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
9976
9977 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
9978 Render a file using EWW.
9979
9980 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9981
9982 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
9983
9984
9985 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
9986
9987 ;;;***
9988 \f
9989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (21291
9990 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
9991 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
9992
9993 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
9994 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
9995 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
9996
9997 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
9998
9999 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10000 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10001 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10002 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10003 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10004
10005 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10006
10007 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10008 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10009 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10010 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10011 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10012 executable.
10013
10014 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10015
10016 (autoload 'executable-self-display "executable" "\
10017 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
10018 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself.
10019
10020 \(fn)" t nil)
10021
10022 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10023 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10024 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10025 file modes.
10026
10027 \(fn)" nil nil)
10028
10029 ;;;***
10030 \f
10031 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
10032 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10033
10034 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10035 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10036 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10037 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10038
10039 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10040
10041 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10042 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10043 to generate such functions.
10044
10045 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10046 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10047 beginning of the expanded text.
10048
10049 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10050 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10051 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10052 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10053
10054 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10055
10056 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10057
10058 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10059 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10060 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10061
10062 \(fn)" nil nil)
10063
10064 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10065 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10066 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10067
10068 \(fn)" t nil)
10069
10070 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10071 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10072 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10073
10074 \(fn)" t nil)
10075 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10076 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10077
10078 ;;;***
10079 \f
10080 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (21291 53104 431149
10081 ;;;;;; 0))
10082 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10083
10084 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10085 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10086 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10087
10088 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10089 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10090 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10091
10092 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10093
10094 Key definitions:
10095 \\{f90-mode-map}
10096
10097 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10098
10099 `f90-do-indent'
10100 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10101 `f90-if-indent'
10102 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10103 `f90-type-indent'
10104 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10105 `f90-program-indent'
10106 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10107 (default 2).
10108 `f90-associate-indent'
10109 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10110 `f90-critical-indent'
10111 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10112 `f90-continuation-indent'
10113 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10114 `f90-comment-region'
10115 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10116 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10117 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10118 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10119 (default \"!\").
10120 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10121 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10122 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10123 `f90-break-delimiters'
10124 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10125 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10126 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10127 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10128 (default t).
10129 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10130 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10131 `f90-smart-end'
10132 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10133 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10134 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10135 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10136 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10137 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10138 `f90-leave-line-no'
10139 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10140
10141 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10142 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10143
10144 \(fn)" t nil)
10145
10146 ;;;***
10147 \f
10148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (21291 53104 431149
10149 ;;;;;; 0))
10150 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10151
10152 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10153 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10154 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10155 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10156
10157 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10158 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10159 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10160 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10161 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10162
10163 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10164 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10165 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10166 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10167 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10168 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10169 attributes.
10170
10171 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10172 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10173
10174 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10175
10176 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10177 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10178 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10179 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10180
10181 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10182
10183 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10184 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10185 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10186 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10187
10188 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10189 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10190 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10191
10192 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10193 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10194 different from SPECS containing a single value `nil', which means
10195 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10196
10197 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10198
10199 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10200 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10201 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10202
10203 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10204 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10205 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10206 the same amount).
10207
10208 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10209
10210 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10211 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10212 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10213
10214 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10215 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10216 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10217 will remove any scaling currently active.
10218
10219 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10220
10221 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10222 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10223 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10224
10225 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10226 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10227 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10228 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10229 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10230
10231 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10232 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10233
10234 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10235
10236 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10237 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10238
10239 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10240 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10241 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10242
10243 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10244 the face height as long as the input event read
10245 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10246
10247 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10248 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10249 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10250 will remove any scaling currently active.
10251
10252 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10253 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10254 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10255 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10256 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10257
10258 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10259
10260 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10261 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10262 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10263 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10264 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10265 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10266
10267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10268
10269 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10270 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10271 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10272 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10273 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10274 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10275 `buffer-face-mode'.
10276
10277 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10278 local, and sets it to FACE.
10279
10280 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10281
10282 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10283 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10284 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10285 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10286 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10287 `face' text property.
10288
10289 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10290 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10291 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10292 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10293
10294 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10295 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10296
10297 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10298
10299 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10300 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10301 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10302 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10303
10304 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10305
10306 ;;;***
10307 \f
10308 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (21291 53104
10309 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10310 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10311 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10312
10313 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10314 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10315 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10316 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10317
10318 \(fn)" nil nil)
10319
10320 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10321 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10322
10323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10324
10325 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10326 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10327 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10328 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10329
10330 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10331
10332 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10333 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10334 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10335 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10336 backup file names and the like).
10337
10338 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10339
10340 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10341 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10342 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10343 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
10344 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10345 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10346 internally by feedmail):
10347
10348 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10349 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10350 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10351 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10352
10353 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10354 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10355 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10356 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10357 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10358
10359 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10360
10361 ;;;***
10362 \f
10363 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
10364 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10365
10366 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10367 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10368 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10369 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10370 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10371 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10372 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10373
10374 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10375
10376 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10377 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10378 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10379 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10380 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10381 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10382 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10383
10384 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10385
10386 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10387
10388 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10389 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10390 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10391 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10392 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10393 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10394
10395 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10396
10397 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10398 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10399 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10400 Return value:
10401 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10402 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10403 * otherwise, nil
10404
10405 \(fn E)" t nil)
10406
10407 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10408 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10409 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10410
10411 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10412
10413 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10414 Try to get a file name at point.
10415 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10416
10417 \(fn)" nil nil)
10418
10419 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10420 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10421
10422 \(fn)" t nil)
10423
10424 ;;;***
10425 \f
10426 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (21291 53104 431149
10427 ;;;;;; 0))
10428 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10429
10430 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10431 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10432 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10433 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10434
10435 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10436
10437 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10438 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10439 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10440 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10441 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10442 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10443
10444 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10445
10446 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10447 Add FILE to the file cache.
10448
10449 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10450
10451 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10452 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10453 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10454
10455 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10456
10457 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10458 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10459 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10460
10461 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10462
10463 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10464 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10465 This function does not use any external programs.
10466 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10467 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10468 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10469
10470 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10471
10472 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10473 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10474 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10475 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10476 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10477 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10478 \(directories) is done.
10479
10480 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10481
10482 ;;;***
10483 \f
10484 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (21291 53104 431149
10485 ;;;;;; 0))
10486 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10487
10488 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10489 Handle file system monitoring event.
10490 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback.
10491 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10492
10493 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10494
10495 ;;;***
10496 \f
10497 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (21291 53104 431149
10498 ;;;;;; 0))
10499 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10500
10501 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10502 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10503
10504 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10505 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10506 Local Variables list.
10507
10508 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10509 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10510 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10511
10512 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10513
10514 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10515 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10516
10517 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10518
10519 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10520 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10521
10522 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10523 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10524 the -*- line.
10525
10526 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10527 then this function adds it.
10528
10529 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10530
10531 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10532 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10533
10534 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10535
10536 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10537 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10538
10539 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10540
10541 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10542 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10543
10544 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10545
10546 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10547 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10548
10549 \(fn)" t nil)
10550
10551 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10552 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10553
10554 \(fn)" t nil)
10555
10556 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10557 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10558
10559 \(fn)" t nil)
10560
10561 ;;;***
10562 \f
10563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (21291 53104 431149
10564 ;;;;;; 0))
10565 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10566
10567 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10568 Filesets initialization.
10569 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10570
10571 \(fn)" nil nil)
10572
10573 ;;;***
10574 \f
10575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (21291 53104 431149
10576 ;;;;;; 0))
10577 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10578 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10579
10580 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10581 Initiate the building of a find command.
10582 For example:
10583
10584 \(find-cmd '(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10585 '(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10586 (mtime \"+1\"))
10587 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10588
10589 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10590 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10591
10592 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10593
10594 ;;;***
10595 \f
10596 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (21291 53104 431149
10597 ;;;;;; 0))
10598 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10599
10600 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10601 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10602 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10603
10604 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10605
10606 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10607 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10608
10609 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10610
10611 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10612 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10613 and run Dired on those files.
10614 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10615 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10616
10617 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls
10618
10619 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10620
10621 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10622
10623 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10624 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10625 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10626
10627 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10628 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10629
10630 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10631 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10632
10633 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10634
10635 ;;;***
10636 \f
10637 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
10638 ;;;;;; 0))
10639 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10640
10641 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10642 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10643 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10644 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10645 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10646 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10647 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10648
10649 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10650
10651 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10652 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10653 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10654
10655 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10656
10657 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10658
10659 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10660
10661 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10662 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10663 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10664
10665 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10666 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10667
10668 Variables of interest include:
10669
10670 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10671 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10672 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10673
10674 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10675 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10676 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10677
10678 - `ff-ignore-include'
10679 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10680
10681 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10682 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10683
10684 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10685 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10686
10687 - `ff-special-constructs'
10688 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10689 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10690 extracting the filename from that construct.
10691
10692 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10693 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10694
10695 - `ff-search-directories'
10696 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10697 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10698
10699 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10700 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10701
10702 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10703 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10704
10705 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10706 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10707
10708 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10709 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10710
10711 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10712 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10713
10714 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10715
10716 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10717 Visit the file you click on.
10718
10719 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10720
10721 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10722 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10723
10724 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10725
10726 ;;;***
10727 \f
10728 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (21291
10729 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
10730 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10731
10732 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10733 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10734 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10735
10736 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10737
10738 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10739 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10740 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10741 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10742
10743 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10744 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10745 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10746 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10747
10748 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10749
10750 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10751 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10752
10753 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10754 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10755 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10756 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10757
10758 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10759 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10760 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10761
10762 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10763 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10764 in `load-path'.
10765
10766 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10767
10768 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10769 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10770
10771 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10772 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10773 places point before the definition.
10774 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10775
10776 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10777 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10778 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10779
10780 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10781
10782 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10783 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10784
10785 See `find-function' for more details.
10786
10787 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10788
10789 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10790 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10791
10792 See `find-function' for more details.
10793
10794 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10795
10796 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10797 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10798
10799 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10800 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10801 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10802
10803 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10804 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10805
10806 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10807
10808 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10809 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10810
10811 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10812 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10813 places point before the definition.
10814
10815 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10816
10817 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10818 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10819 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10820
10821 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10822
10823 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10824 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10825
10826 See `find-variable' for more details.
10827
10828 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10829
10830 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
10831 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10832
10833 See `find-variable' for more details.
10834
10835 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10836
10837 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
10838 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
10839 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10840 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
10841 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
10842 buffer nor display it.
10843
10844 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
10845 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10846
10847 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10848
10849 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
10850 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
10851
10852 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
10853 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10854 places point before the definition.
10855
10856 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10857
10858 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
10859 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10860 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10861
10862 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
10863
10864 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
10865 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
10866 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10867
10868 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
10869
10870 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
10871 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
10872
10873 \(fn)" t nil)
10874
10875 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
10876 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
10877
10878 \(fn)" t nil)
10879
10880 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
10881 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
10882
10883 \(fn)" nil nil)
10884
10885 ;;;***
10886 \f
10887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
10888 ;;;;;; 0))
10889 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
10890
10891 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
10892 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
10893
10894 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10895
10896 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
10897 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
10898
10899 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
10900
10901 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
10902 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
10903
10904 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
10905
10906 ;;;***
10907 \f
10908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
10909 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
10910 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
10911
10912 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
10913 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
10914
10915 \(fn)" t nil)
10916
10917 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
10918 Display FILE's commentary section.
10919 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
10920
10921 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10922
10923 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
10924 Find packages matching a given keyword.
10925
10926 \(fn)" t nil)
10927
10928 ;;;***
10929 \f
10930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (21291 53104 431149
10931 ;;;;;; 0))
10932 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
10933
10934 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
10935 Toggle flow control handling.
10936 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
10937 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
10938
10939 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
10940
10941 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
10942 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
10943 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
10944 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
10945 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
10946 to get the effect of a C-q.
10947
10948 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
10949
10950 ;;;***
10951 \f
10952 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (21291 53104
10953 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10954 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
10955
10956 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
10957
10958
10959 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
10960
10961 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
10962
10963
10964 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
10965
10966 ;;;***
10967 \f
10968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (21291 53104
10969 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
10970 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
10971 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
10972
10973 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
10974 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
10975 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
10976 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
10977 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
10978 \\{flymake-mode-map}
10979
10980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10981
10982 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
10983 Turn flymake mode on.
10984
10985 \(fn)" nil nil)
10986
10987 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
10988 Turn flymake mode off.
10989
10990 \(fn)" nil nil)
10991
10992 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
10993
10994
10995 \(fn)" nil nil)
10996
10997 ;;;***
10998 \f
10999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (21291 53104
11000 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11001 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11002
11003 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11004 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11005
11006 \(fn)" t nil)
11007 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11008
11009 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11010 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11011 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11012 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11013 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11014
11015 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11016 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11017 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11018
11019 Bindings:
11020 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11021 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11022 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11023 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11024
11025 Hooks:
11026 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11027
11028 Remark:
11029 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11030 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11031 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11032
11033 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11034 consider adding:
11035 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
11036 in your init file.
11037
11038 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11039 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11040
11041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11042
11043 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11044 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11045
11046 \(fn)" nil nil)
11047
11048 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11049 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11050
11051 \(fn)" nil nil)
11052
11053 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11054 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11055
11056 \(fn)" nil nil)
11057
11058 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11059 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11060
11061 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11062
11063 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11064 Flyspell whole buffer.
11065
11066 \(fn)" t nil)
11067
11068 ;;;***
11069 \f
11070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (21291 53104 431149
11071 ;;;;;; 0))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11073 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11074
11075 ;;;***
11076 \f
11077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11078 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11079
11080 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11081 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11082
11083 \(fn)" nil nil)
11084
11085 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11086 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11087
11088 \(fn)" nil nil)
11089
11090 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11091 Toggle Follow mode.
11092 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11093 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11094 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11095
11096 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11097 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11098
11099 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11100 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11101 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11102
11103 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11104 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11105 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11106 movement commands.
11107
11108 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
11109 side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
11110 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
11111 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
11112 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11113 mileage may vary).
11114
11115 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11116 `\\[split-window-right]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
11117
11118 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11119
11120 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11121
11122 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11123 \\{follow-mode-map}
11124
11125 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11126
11127 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11128 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11129
11130 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11131 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11132 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11133 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11134 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11135 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11136
11137 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11138 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11139 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11140
11141 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11142
11143 ;;;***
11144 \f
11145 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (21291 53104
11146 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11147 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11148 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11149
11150 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11151 Toggle Footnote mode.
11152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11153 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11154 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11155
11156 Footnode mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11157 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11158 play around with the following keys:
11159 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11160
11161 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11162
11163 ;;;***
11164 \f
11165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11166 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11167
11168 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11169 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11170
11171 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11172 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11173 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11174 C-c < forms-first-record <
11175 C-c > forms-last-record >
11176 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11177 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11178 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11179 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11180 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11181 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11182 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11183 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11184 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11185 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11186
11187 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11188
11189 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11190 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11191
11192 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11193
11194 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11195 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11196
11197 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11198
11199 ;;;***
11200 \f
11201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (21291 53104
11202 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11203 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11204
11205 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11206 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11207 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11208
11209 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11210 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11211
11212 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11213
11214 Key definitions:
11215 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11216
11217 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11218
11219 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11220 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11221 `fortran-do-indent'
11222 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11223 `fortran-if-indent'
11224 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11225 `fortran-structure-indent'
11226 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11227 (default 3)
11228 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11229 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11230 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11231 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11232 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11233 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11234 nil don't change the indentation
11235 fixed indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11236 value of either
11237 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11238 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11239 depending on the continuation format in use.
11240 relative indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11241 indentation for a line of code.
11242 (default 'fixed)
11243 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11244 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11245 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11246 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11247 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11248 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11249 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11250 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11251 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11252 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11253 column 5.
11254 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11255 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11256 statements (default nil).
11257 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11258 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11259 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11260 `fortran-continuation-string'
11261 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11262 line (default \"$\").
11263 `fortran-comment-region'
11264 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11265 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11266 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11267 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11268 as typed (default t).
11269 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11270 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11271
11272 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11273 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11274
11275 \(fn)" t nil)
11276
11277 ;;;***
11278 \f
11279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (21291 53104 431149
11280 ;;;;;; 0))
11281 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11282
11283 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11284 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11285
11286 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11287 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11288
11289 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11290
11291 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11292 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11293
11294 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11295 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11296
11297 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11298
11299 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11300 Compile fortune file.
11301
11302 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11303 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11304
11305 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11306
11307 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11308 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11309
11310 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11311 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11312 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11313 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11314
11315 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11316
11317 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11318 Display a fortune cookie.
11319 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11320 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11321 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11322 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11323
11324 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11325
11326 ;;;***
11327 \f
11328 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (21300 58261 85827
11329 ;;;;;; 0))
11330 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11331
11332 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11333 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11334 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11335
11336 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11337 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11338 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11339
11340 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11341 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11342
11343 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11344 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11345
11346 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11347 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11348 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11349 intend to modify existing values, do
11350
11351 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11352
11353 before changing anything.
11354
11355 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11356 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11357
11358 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11359 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11360 to restore the frame.
11361
11362 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11363 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11364 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11365
11366 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11367 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11368 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11369 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11370 FILTER A filter function.
11371
11372 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11373 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11374
11375 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11376
11377 where
11378
11379 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11380 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11381 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11382 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11383 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11384 before restoring it.
11385 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11386
11387 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11388 It must return:
11389 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11390 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11391 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11392
11393 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11394 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11395
11396 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11397 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11398 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11399 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11400 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11401 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11402 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11403
11404 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11405
11406 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11407 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11408
11409 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11410
11411 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11412 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11413 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11414 If nil, check all live frames.
11415
11416 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11417
11418 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11419 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11420 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11421 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11422 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11423 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11424 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11425 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11426 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11427 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11428 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11429
11430 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11431
11432 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11433 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11434
11435 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11436 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11437 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11438 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11439 and window-state is not restored.
11440
11441 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11442 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11443
11444 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11445 t All existing frames can be reused.
11446 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11447 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11448 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11449 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11450
11451 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11452 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11453 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11454 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11455 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11456 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11457 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11458 be created from that parameter alist.
11459
11460 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11461 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11462 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11463 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11464 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11465 - the live frame just restored,
11466 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11467 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11468 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11469
11470 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows to \"clean up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11471 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11472 nil Keep all frames.
11473 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11474 - FRAME, a live frame.
11475 - ACTION, which can be one of
11476 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11477 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11478 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11479 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11480 Return value is ignored.
11481
11482 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11483 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11484 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11485 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11486 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11487
11488 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11489
11490 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11491
11492 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11493 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11494 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11495
11496 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11497
11498 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11499 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11500 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11501 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11502
11503 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11504
11505 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11506
11507 ;;;***
11508 \f
11509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (21291 53104
11510 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11511 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11512 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11513
11514 ;;;***
11515 \f
11516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (21346 62196
11517 ;;;;;; 327729 0))
11518 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11519
11520 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11521 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11522 See the command `gdb-enable-debug' for a description of this minor mode.")
11523
11524 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11525
11526 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11527 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11528 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11529 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11530 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11531 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11532 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11533
11534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11535
11536 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11537 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11538 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11539 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11540
11541 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11542 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11543 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11544 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11545 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11546
11547 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11548 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11549 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11550 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11551
11552 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11553 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11554 shown in some of the buffers.
11555
11556 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11557
11558 The following commands help control operation :
11559
11560 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11561 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11562
11563 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11564 detailed description of this mode.
11565
11566
11567 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11568 | GDB Toolbar |
11569 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11570 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11571 | | |
11572 | | |
11573 | | |
11574 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11575 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11576 | | (comint-mode) |
11577 | | |
11578 | | |
11579 | | |
11580 | | |
11581 | | |
11582 | | |
11583 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11584 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11585 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11586 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11587 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11588 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11589
11590 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11591
11592 ;;;***
11593 \f
11594 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (21291 53104
11595 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11596 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11597
11598 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11599 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11600 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11601 instead (which see).")
11602
11603 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11604 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11605
11606 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11607 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11608 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11609 documentation string instead.
11610
11611 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11612 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11613 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11614 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11615 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11616 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11617 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11618 enders are actually possible.
11619
11620 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11621 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11622
11623 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11624 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11625 `font-lock-keywords'.
11626
11627 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11628 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11629 runs the macro expansion.
11630
11631 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11632 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11633 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11634
11635 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11636
11637 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11638
11639 (put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11640
11641 (put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11642
11643 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11644 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11645
11646 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11647
11648 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11649 Enter generic mode MODE.
11650
11651 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11652 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11653 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11654
11655 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11656 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11657
11658 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11659
11660 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11661 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11662 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11663 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11664 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11665 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11666 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11667 `font-lock-keywords'.
11668
11669 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11670
11671 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11672
11673 ;;;***
11674 \f
11675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (21291 53104
11676 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11677 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11678
11679 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11680 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11681 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11682 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11683 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11684 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11685
11686 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11687
11688 ;;;***
11689 \f
11690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (21291 53104
11691 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11693
11694 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11695 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11696 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11697
11698 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11699
11700 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11701 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11702
11703 Guideline for numbers:
11704 1 - error messages
11705 3 - non-serious error messages
11706 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11707 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11708 9 - messages inside loops.
11709
11710 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11711
11712 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11713 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11714 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11715
11716 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11717
11718 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11719 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11720
11721 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11722
11723 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11724 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11725
11726 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11727 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11728 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11729 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11730 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11731 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11732
11733 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11734 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11735 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11736 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11737 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11738
11739 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11740
11741 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11742
11743 ;;;***
11744 \f
11745 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
11746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11747 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11748 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11749 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11750
11751 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11752 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11753
11754 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11755
11756 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
11757 Read network news.
11758 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
11759 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
11760 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
11761 name of an NNTP server to use.
11762 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
11763 server.
11764
11765 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
11766
11767 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
11768 Read news as a slave.
11769
11770 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11771
11772 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
11773 Pop up a frame to read news.
11774 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
11775 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
11776 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
11777 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
11778 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
11779 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
11780 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
11781 current display is used.
11782
11783 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
11784
11785 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
11786 Read network news.
11787 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
11788 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
11789 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
11790
11791 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
11792
11793 ;;;***
11794 \f
11795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (21291 53104
11796 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11797 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
11798
11799 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11800 Start Gnus unplugged.
11801
11802 \(fn)" t nil)
11803
11804 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
11805 Start Gnus plugged.
11806
11807 \(fn)" t nil)
11808
11809 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
11810 Read news as a slave unplugged.
11811
11812 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11813
11814 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
11815 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
11816
11817 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
11818 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
11819 customize gnus-agent to nil.
11820
11821 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
11822 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
11823 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
11824
11825 \(fn)" t nil)
11826
11827 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
11828 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
11829
11830 \(fn)" nil nil)
11831
11832 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
11833 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11834 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11835 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11836 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11837 supported.
11838
11839 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11840
11841 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
11842 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
11843 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
11844 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
11845 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11846 supported.
11847
11848 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11849
11850 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
11851 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
11852
11853 \(fn)" nil nil)
11854
11855 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
11856 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
11857 downloaded into the agent.
11858
11859 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
11860
11861 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
11862 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
11863 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
11864 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
11865
11866 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11867
11868 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
11869 Start Gnus and fetch session.
11870
11871 \(fn)" t nil)
11872
11873 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
11874 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
11875
11876 \(fn)" t nil)
11877
11878 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
11879 Regenerate all agent covered files.
11880 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
11881
11882 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
11883
11884 ;;;***
11885 \f
11886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (21291 53104
11887 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11888 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
11889
11890 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
11891 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
11892
11893 \(fn)" nil nil)
11894
11895 ;;;***
11896 \f
11897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (21291
11898 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
11899 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
11900
11901 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
11902 Set a bookmark for this article.
11903
11904 \(fn)" t nil)
11905
11906 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
11907 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
11908
11909 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
11910
11911 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
11912 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
11913 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
11914 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
11915 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
11916
11917 \(fn)" t nil)
11918
11919 ;;;***
11920 \f
11921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (21291 53104
11922 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
11924
11925 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
11926 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
11927
11928 Usage:
11929 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
11930
11931 \(fn)" t nil)
11932
11933 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
11934 Generate the cache active file.
11935
11936 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
11937
11938 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
11939 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
11940
11941 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11942
11943 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
11944 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
11945 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11946 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
11947 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
11948 supported.
11949
11950 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
11951
11952 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
11953 Delete GROUP from the cache.
11954 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
11955 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
11956 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
11957 supported.
11958
11959 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
11960
11961 ;;;***
11962 \f
11963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (21291 53104
11964 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
11965 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
11966
11967 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
11968 Delay this article by some time.
11969 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
11970
11971 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
11972 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
11973
11974 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
11975 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
11976
11977 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
11978 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
11979
11980 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
11981
11982 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
11983 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
11984
11985 \(fn)" t nil)
11986
11987 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
11988 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
11989 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
11990 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
11991
11992 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
11993 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
11994
11995 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
11996
11997 ;;;***
11998 \f
11999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (21291 53104
12000 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12001 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12002
12003 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12004
12005
12006 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12007
12008 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12009
12010
12011 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12012
12013 ;;;***
12014 \f
12015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (21291 53104
12016 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12017 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12018
12019 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12020 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12021
12022 \(fn)" t nil)
12023
12024 ;;;***
12025 \f
12026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (21291 53104
12027 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12028 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12029
12030 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12031 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12032
12033 \(fn)" t nil)
12034
12035 ;;;***
12036 \f
12037 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (21352 23381
12038 ;;;;;; 760641 862000))
12039 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12040
12041 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12042 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12043
12044 \(fn)" t nil)
12045
12046 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12047 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12048
12049 \(fn)" t nil)
12050
12051 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12052 Insert an X-Face header based on an image file.
12053
12054 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12055 different input formats.
12056
12057 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12058
12059 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12060 Return a Face header based on an image file.
12061
12062 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12063 different input formats.
12064
12065 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12066
12067 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12068 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12069 The PNG is returned as a string.
12070
12071 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12072
12073 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12074 Convert FILE to a Face.
12075 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12076 726 bytes.
12077
12078 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12079
12080 ;;;***
12081 \f
12082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (21291
12083 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
12084 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12085
12086 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12087 Display gravatar in the From header.
12088 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12089
12090 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12091
12092 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12093 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12094 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12095
12096 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12097
12098 ;;;***
12099 \f
12100 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (21291 53104
12101 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12102 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12103
12104 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12105 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12106 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12107 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12108
12109 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12110
12111 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12112 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12113
12114 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12115
12116 ;;;***
12117 \f
12118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (21291 53104
12119 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12120 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12121
12122 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12123
12124
12125 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12126
12127 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12128
12129
12130 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12131
12132 ;;;***
12133 \f
12134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (21291 53104
12135 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12136 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12137
12138 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12139
12140 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12141 Run batched scoring.
12142 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12143
12144 \(fn)" t nil)
12145
12146 ;;;***
12147 \f
12148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (21291 53104 431149
12149 ;;;;;; 0))
12150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12151
12152 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12153
12154
12155 \(fn)" nil nil)
12156
12157 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12158 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12159 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12160
12161 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12162
12163 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12164 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12165
12166 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12167
12168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12169
12170 ;;;***
12171 \f
12172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (21291 53104
12173 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12174 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12175
12176 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12177 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12178 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12179 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12180 group parameters.
12181
12182 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12183 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12184 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12185 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12186
12187 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12188 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12189 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12190 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12191 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12192 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12193 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12194 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12195 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12196 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12197
12198 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12199
12200 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12201 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12202 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12203 nil CATCH-ALL).
12204
12205 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12206 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12207
12208 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12209
12210 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12211 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12212 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12213
12214 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12215
12216 \(fn)" nil nil)
12217
12218 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12219 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12220 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12221
12222 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12223
12224 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12225 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12226 existing groups are considered.
12227
12228 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12229 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12230 returned.
12231
12232 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12233 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12234 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12235 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12236 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12237 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12238 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12239 clauses will be generated.
12240
12241 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12242 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12243 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12244 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
12245 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12246 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
12247
12248 For example, given the following group parameters:
12249
12250 nnml:mail.bar:
12251 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12252 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12253 nnml:mail.foo:
12254 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12255 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12256 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12257 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12258 nnml:mail.others:
12259 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12260
12261 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12262
12263 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12264 \"mail.bar\")
12265 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12266 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12267 \"mail.others\")
12268
12269 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12270
12271 ;;;***
12272 \f
12273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (21291 53104
12274 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12276
12277 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12278 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12279 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12280 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12281 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12282 instead.
12283
12284 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12285
12286 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12287 Mail to ADDRESS.
12288
12289 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12290
12291 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12292 Like `message-reply'.
12293
12294 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12295
12296 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12297
12298 ;;;***
12299 \f
12300 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12301 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
12302 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12303
12304 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12305 Send a notification on new message.
12306 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12307 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12308 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12309
12310 This is typically a function to add in
12311 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12312
12313 \(fn)" nil nil)
12314
12315 ;;;***
12316 \f
12317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (21291 53104
12318 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12319 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12320
12321 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12322 Display picons in the From header.
12323 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12324
12325 \(fn)" t nil)
12326
12327 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12328 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12329 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12330
12331 \(fn)" t nil)
12332
12333 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12334 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12335 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12336
12337 \(fn)" t nil)
12338
12339 ;;;***
12340 \f
12341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (21291 53104
12342 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12343 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12344
12345 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12346 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12347 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12348 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12349
12350 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12351
12352 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12353 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12354 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12355 LIST1 is modified.
12356
12357 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12358
12359 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12360 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12361 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12362
12363 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12364
12365 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12366
12367
12368 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12369
12370 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12371 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12372 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12373
12374 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12375
12376 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12377 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12378 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12379
12380 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12381
12382 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12383
12384 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12385 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12386 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12387
12388 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12389
12390 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12391 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12392 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12393
12394 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12395
12396 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12397 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12398 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12399
12400 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12401
12402 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12403 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12404
12405 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12406
12407 ;;;***
12408 \f
12409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (21346
12410 ;;;;;; 62196 327729 0))
12411 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12412
12413 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12414 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12415
12416 \(fn)" t nil)
12417
12418 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12419 Install the registry hooks.
12420
12421 \(fn)" t nil)
12422
12423 ;;;***
12424 \f
12425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (21291 53104
12426 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12427 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12428
12429 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12430 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12431 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12432 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12433 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12434 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12435
12436 \(fn)" t nil)
12437
12438 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12439 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12440 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12441 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12442 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12443
12444 \(fn)" t nil)
12445
12446 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12447
12448
12449 \(fn)" t nil)
12450
12451 ;;;***
12452 \f
12453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (21291 53104
12454 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12455 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12456
12457 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12458 Update the format specification near point.
12459
12460 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12461
12462 ;;;***
12463 \f
12464 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (21291 53104
12465 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12466 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12467
12468 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12469 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12470
12471 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12472
12473 ;;;***
12474 \f
12475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (21291 53104
12476 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12477 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12478
12479 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12480 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12481 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12482
12483 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12484
12485 ;;;***
12486 \f
12487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (21291 53104
12488 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12489 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12490
12491 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12492 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12493
12494 \(fn)" t nil)
12495
12496 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12497 Install the sync hooks.
12498
12499 \(fn)" t nil)
12500
12501 ;;;***
12502 \f
12503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (21291 53104
12504 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12505 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12506
12507 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12508 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12509
12510 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12511
12512 ;;;***
12513 \f
12514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (21291 53104 431149
12515 ;;;;;; 0))
12516 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12517
12518 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12519 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12520 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12521 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12522 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12523 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12524
12525 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12526
12527 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12528
12529 ;;;***
12530 \f
12531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (21291 53104 431149
12532 ;;;;;; 0))
12533 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12534
12535 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12536 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12537
12538 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12539 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12540 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12541
12542 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12543 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12544 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12545
12546 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12547 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12548
12549 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12550 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12551
12552 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12553
12554 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12555
12556 ;;;***
12557 \f
12558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (21291 53104
12559 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12560 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12561
12562 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12563
12564 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12565 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12566 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12567 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12568 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12569
12570 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12571
12572 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12573 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12574 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12575 or to send e-mail.
12576 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12577 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12578
12579 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12580 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12581
12582 \(fn)" t nil)
12583 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12584
12585 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12586 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12588 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12589 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12590
12591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12592
12593 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12594 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12595
12596 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12597
12598 ;;;***
12599 \f
12600 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (21291 53104
12601 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12602 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12603
12604 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12605 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12606 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12607
12608 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12609
12610 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12611 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12612
12613 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12614
12615 ;;;***
12616 \f
12617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (21291 53104 431149
12618 ;;;;;; 0))
12619 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12620
12621 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12622 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12623
12624 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12625
12626 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12627 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12628 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12629 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12630 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12631
12632 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12633 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12634 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12635
12636 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12637
12638 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12639 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12640 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12641 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12642 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12643
12644 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12645
12646 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12647 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12648
12649 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12650
12651 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.+?\\)\\(:[ ]*\\)\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)\\2" 1 3 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12652 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12653
12654 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12655 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12656 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12657
12658 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12659 The default find program.
12660 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12661 and others.")
12662
12663 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12664 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12665 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12666 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12667
12668 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12669 How to invoke find and grep.
12670 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12671 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12672 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12673 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12674
12675 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12676
12677 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12678 History list for grep.")
12679
12680 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12681 History list for grep-find.")
12682
12683 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12684 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12685 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12686
12687 \(fn)" nil nil)
12688
12689 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12690
12691
12692 \(fn)" nil nil)
12693
12694 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12695 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12696
12697 \(fn)" nil nil)
12698
12699 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12700 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
12701 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12702 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where grep found
12703 matches. To kill the grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12704
12705 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12706 `grep' in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12707
12708 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12709 can easily repeat a grep command.
12710
12711 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
12712 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
12713 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12714 list is empty).
12715
12716 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12717
12718 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12719 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12720 Collect output in a buffer.
12721 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12722 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12723
12724 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12725 easily repeat a find command.
12726
12727 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12728
12729 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12730
12731 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
12732 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
12733 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12734 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12735 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12736
12737 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12738 before it is executed.
12739 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
12740
12741 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
12742 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12743 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
12744
12745 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
12746
12747 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12748
12749 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
12750 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
12751 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
12752 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
12753 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
12754
12755 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
12756 before it is executed.
12757 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
12758
12759 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
12760 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
12761 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
12762 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12763
12764 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
12765
12766 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
12767 to specify a command to run.
12768
12769 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
12770
12771 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
12772 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
12773 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
12774 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
12775
12776 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM GREP-FIND-TEMPLATE)" t nil)
12777
12778 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
12779
12780 ;;;***
12781 \f
12782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
12783 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
12784
12785 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
12786 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
12787 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
12788 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
12789 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
12790
12791 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
12792
12793 ;;;***
12794 \f
12795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (21291 53104 431149
12796 ;;;;;; 0))
12797 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
12798
12799 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
12800 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12801 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
12802 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
12803
12804 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12805
12806 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
12807 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12808 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12809 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12810
12811 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12812
12813 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
12814 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12815 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12816 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12817
12818 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12819
12820 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
12821 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12822 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12823 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12824
12825 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
12826 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
12827
12828 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12829
12830 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
12831 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
12832 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12833 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12834
12835 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12836
12837 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
12838 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
12839 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
12840 and source-file directory for your debugger.
12841
12842 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12843
12844 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
12845 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
12846 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
12847 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
12848 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
12849
12850 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
12851 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
12852 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
12853 original source file access method.
12854
12855 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
12856 gud, see `gud-mode'.
12857
12858 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
12859
12860 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
12861 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
12862
12863 \(fn)" t nil)
12864
12865 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
12866 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
12867 See the command `gud-tooltip-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
12868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
12870 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
12871
12872 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
12873
12874 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
12875 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
12876 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
12877 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
12878 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
12879
12880 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12881
12882 ;;;***
12883 \f
12884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (21291 53104 431149
12885 ;;;;;; 0))
12886 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
12887
12888 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
12889 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
12890 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
12891 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
12892 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
12893 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
12894 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
12895 set it to.
12896 DO must return an Elisp expression.
12897
12898 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
12899
12900 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
12901 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
12902 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
12903 of PLACE.
12904 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
12905 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
12906 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
12907 and SETTER.
12908 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
12909 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
12910
12911 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
12912
12913 (put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12914
12915 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
12916 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
12917 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
12918 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
12919 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
12920
12921 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
12922
12923 (put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
12924
12925 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
12926
12927
12928 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
12929
12930 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)) defun-declarations-alist))
12931
12932 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
12933
12934 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
12935 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12936 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12937 well for simple place forms.
12938 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
12939 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
12940 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
12941 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
12942 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
12943 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
12944 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) `(aset ,a ,i ,v))
12945
12946 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
12947
12948 (put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
12949
12950 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
12951 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
12952 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
12953 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
12954 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
12955
12956 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
12957 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
12958 (let ((temp VAL))
12959 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
12960 temp)
12961 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
12962
12963 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
12964
12965 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
12966 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
12967 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
12968 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
12969 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
12970 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
12971
12972 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
12973
12974 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
12975
12976 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
12977 Return a reference to PLACE.
12978 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
12979 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
12980 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol 'foo) which will also work in dynamic
12981 binding mode.
12982
12983 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
12984
12985 ;;;***
12986 \f
12987 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (21291 53104
12988 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
12989 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
12990
12991 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
12992 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
12993 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
12994 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
12995
12996 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
12997 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
12998 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
12999 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13000
13001 \(fn)" t nil)
13002
13003 ;;;***
13004 \f
13005 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (21291 53104 431149
13006 ;;;;;; 0))
13007 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13008
13009 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13010 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13011
13012 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13013
13014 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13015 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13016 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13017 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13018
13019 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13020
13021 \(fn)" t nil)
13022
13023 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13024 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13025 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13026 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13027 to be updated.
13028
13029 \(fn)" t nil)
13030
13031 ;;;***
13032 \f
13033 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (21291 53104
13034 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13035 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13036
13037 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13038 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13039
13040 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13041
13042 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13043 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13044 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13045
13046 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13047
13048 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13049 Verify a hashcash payment
13050
13051 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13052
13053 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13054 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13055 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13056 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13057 `mail-add-payment-async').
13058
13059 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13060
13061 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13062 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13063 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13064 Calculation is asynchronous.
13065
13066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13067
13068 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13069 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13070 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13071
13072 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13073
13074 ;;;***
13075 \f
13076 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (21291 53104 431149
13077 ;;;;;; 0))
13078 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13079
13080 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13081 Return the help-echo string at point.
13082 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13083 property, or nil, is returned.
13084 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13085 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13086 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13087
13088 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13089
13090 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13091 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13092 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13093 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13094 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13095
13096 \(fn)" nil nil)
13097
13098 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13099 Display local help in the echo area.
13100 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13101 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13102 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13103 printed instead.
13104
13105 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13106 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13107 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13108
13109 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13110
13111 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13112 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13113 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13114
13115 \(fn)" t nil)
13116
13117 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13118 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13119 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13120
13121 \(fn)" t nil)
13122
13123 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13124 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13125 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13126 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13127 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13128 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13129 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13130 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13131 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13132 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13133 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13134
13135 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13136 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13137 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13138 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13139 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13140
13141 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13142 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13143 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13144 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13145 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13146 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13147 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13148 The default is `never'.")
13149
13150 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13151
13152 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13153 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13154 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13155 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13156 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13157 considered different regions.
13158
13159 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13160 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13161 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13162 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13163 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13164 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13165 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13166 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13167 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13168
13169 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13170
13171 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13172 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13173 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13174 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13175 different regions.
13176
13177 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13178 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13179 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13180 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13181 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13182 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13183 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13184 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13185
13186 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13187 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13188 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13189 rarely happens in practice.
13190
13191 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13192
13193 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13194 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13195 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13196 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13197 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13198 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13199
13200 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13201
13202 ;;;***
13203 \f
13204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (21352 23356 888479
13205 ;;;;;; 0))
13206 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13207
13208 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13209 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13210
13211 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13212
13213 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13214 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13215 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13216
13217 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13218
13219 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13220 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13221 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13222 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13223 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13224 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13225 If TYPE is the value returned by `symbol-function' for a function symbol,
13226 search for a function definition.
13227
13228 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13229 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13230 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13231 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13232 suitable file is found, return nil.
13233
13234 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13235
13236 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13237
13238
13239 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13240
13241 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13242 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13243 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13244 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13245
13246 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13247
13248 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13249 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13250 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13251 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13252 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13253 it is displayed along with the global value.
13254
13255 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13256
13257 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13258 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13259 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13260 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13261
13262 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13263
13264 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13265 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13266 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13267 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13268 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13269
13270 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13271
13272 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13273 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13274
13275 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13276
13277 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13278 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13279
13280 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13281
13282 ;;;***
13283 \f
13284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (21291 53104 431149
13285 ;;;;;; 0))
13286 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13287
13288 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13289 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13290 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13291 window listing and describing the options.
13292 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13293 gives the window that lists the options.")
13294
13295 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13296
13297 ;;;***
13298 \f
13299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
13300 ;;;;;; 0))
13301 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13302
13303 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13304 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13305 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13306 Commands:
13307 \\{help-mode-map}
13308
13309 \(fn)" t nil)
13310
13311 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13312
13313
13314 \(fn)" nil nil)
13315
13316 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13317
13318
13319 \(fn)" nil nil)
13320
13321 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13322 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13323
13324 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13325 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13326 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13327 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13328
13329 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13330 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13331 restore it properly when going back.
13332
13333 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13334
13335 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13336 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13337 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13338 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13339 from `help-mode'.
13340 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13341 it does not already exist.
13342
13343 \(fn)" nil nil)
13344
13345 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13346 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13347
13348 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13349 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13350 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13351 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13352 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13353 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13354 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13355 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13356
13357 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13358 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13359 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13360 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13361
13362 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13363 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13364 that.
13365
13366 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13367
13368 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13369 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13370 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13371 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13372 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13373 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13374
13375 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13376
13377 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13378 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13379 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13380 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13381 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13382
13383 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13384
13385 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13386 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13387
13388 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13389
13390 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13391 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13392 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13393 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13394
13395 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13396
13397 ;;;***
13398 \f
13399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (21291 53104
13400 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13401 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13402
13403 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13404 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13405
13406 \(fn)" t nil)
13407
13408 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13409 Provide help for current mode.
13410
13411 \(fn)" t nil)
13412
13413 ;;;***
13414 \f
13415 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
13416 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13417
13418 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13419 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13420 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13421 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13422 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13423
13424 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13425 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13426
13427 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13428 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13429 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13430 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13431
13432 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13433 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13434 periods.
13435
13436 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13437 in hexl format.
13438
13439 A sample format:
13440
13441 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
13442 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13443 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13444 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13445 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13446 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13447 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13448 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13449 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13450 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13451 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13452 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13453 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13454 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13455 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13456
13457 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13458 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13459 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13460
13461 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13462 also supported.
13463
13464 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13465
13466 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13467 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13468 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13469
13470 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13471 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13472 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13473
13474 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13475 into the buffer at the current point.
13476
13477 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13478 into the buffer at the current point.
13479
13480 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13481 into the buffer at the current point.
13482
13483 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13484
13485 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13486 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13487
13488 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13489
13490 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13491
13492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13493
13494 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13495 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13496 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13497 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13498
13499 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13500
13501 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13502 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13503 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13504
13505 \(fn)" t nil)
13506
13507 ;;;***
13508 \f
13509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (21291 53104 431149
13510 ;;;;;; 0))
13511 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13512
13513 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13514 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13515 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13516 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13517 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13518
13519 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13520 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13521 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13522 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13523
13524 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13525 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13526 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13527 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13528
13529 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13530 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13531 which can be called interactively, are:
13532
13533 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13534 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13535
13536 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13537 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13538 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13539 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13540
13541 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13542 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13543
13544 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13545 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13546 available face automatically.
13547
13548 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13549 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13550
13551 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13552 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13553 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13554 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13555 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13556 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13557 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13558 'ask and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13559 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13560 function returns t.
13561
13562 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13563 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13564
13565 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13566 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13567 form:
13568 Hi-lock: FOO
13569
13570 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13571 position (number of characters into buffer)
13572 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13573 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13574 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13575
13576 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13577
13578 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13579 Non-nil if Global-Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13580 See the command `global-hi-lock-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13582 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13583 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13584
13585 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13586
13587 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13588 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13589 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13590 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13591 ARG is omitted or nil.
13592
13593 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13594 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13595 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13596
13597 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13598
13599 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13600
13601 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13602 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13603 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13604 Use the global history list for FACE.
13605
13606 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13607 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13608 highlighting will not update as you type.
13609
13610 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13611
13612 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13613
13614 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13615 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13616 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13617 Use the global history list for FACE.
13618
13619 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13620 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13621 highlighting will not update as you type.
13622
13623 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13624
13625 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13626
13627 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13628 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13629 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13630 Use the global history list for FACE.
13631
13632 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13633 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13634 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13635
13636 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13637 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13638 highlighting will not update as you type.
13639
13640 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13641
13642 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13643
13644 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13645 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13646 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13647 unless you use a prefix argument.
13648 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13649
13650 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13651 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13652
13653 \(fn)" t nil)
13654
13655 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13656
13657 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13658 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13659 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13660 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13661 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13662 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13663
13664 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13665
13666 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13667 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13668
13669 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13670 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13671 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13672
13673 \(fn)" t nil)
13674
13675 ;;;***
13676 \f
13677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (21291 53104
13678 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13679 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13680
13681 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13682 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13683 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13684 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13685 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13686
13687 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13688 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13689 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13690 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13691
13692 `hide-ifdef-env'
13693 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13694 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13695 is used.
13696
13697 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13698 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13699 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13700 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13701 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13702
13703 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13704 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13705 #endif lines when hiding.
13706
13707 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13708 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
13709 is activated.
13710
13711 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
13712 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
13713 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
13714
13715 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
13716
13717 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13718
13719 ;;;***
13720 \f
13721 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (21291 53104
13722 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
13723 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
13724
13725 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
13726 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
13727 Each element has the form
13728 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
13729
13730 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
13731 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
13732
13733 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
13734 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
13735
13736 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
13737 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
13738 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
13739 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
13740 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
13741 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
13742
13743 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
13744 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
13745
13746 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
13747 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
13748
13749 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
13750 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
13751 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
13752
13753 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
13754 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
13755 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
13756 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
13757 if ARG is omitted or nil.
13758
13759 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
13760 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
13761 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
13762
13763 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
13764 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
13765 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
13766
13767 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
13768 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
13769
13770 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
13771
13772 Key bindings:
13773 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
13774
13775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13776
13777 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
13778 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
13779
13780 \(fn)" nil nil)
13781
13782 ;;;***
13783 \f
13784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (21291 53104 431149
13785 ;;;;;; 0))
13786 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
13787
13788 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13789 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
13790 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
13791 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
13792 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13793
13794 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
13795 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
13796 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
13797 this on and off.
13798
13799 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
13800 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
13801 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
13802 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
13803 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
13804 through various faces.
13805 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
13806 buffer with the contents of a file
13807 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
13808
13809 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13810
13811 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13812 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
13813 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
13814 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
13815 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13816
13817 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
13818 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
13819 in a distinctive face.
13820
13821 The default value can be customized with variable
13822 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
13823
13824 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
13825
13826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13827
13828 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
13829 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
13830 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
13831
13832 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
13833
13834 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
13835 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13836
13837 \(fn)" t nil)
13838
13839 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
13840 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
13841
13842 \(fn)" t nil)
13843
13844 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
13845 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
13846
13847 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
13848 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
13849 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
13850 shown in the last face in the list.
13851
13852 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
13853 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
13854 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
13855
13856 (add-hook 'write-file-functions 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
13857
13858 \(fn)" t nil)
13859
13860 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
13861 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
13862
13863 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
13864
13865 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
13866 to save the file.
13867
13868 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
13869 written to a temporary file for comparison.
13870
13871 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13872 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13873 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13874
13875 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
13876
13877 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
13878 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
13879
13880 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
13881 this function is called interactively.
13882
13883 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
13884 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
13885 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
13886
13887 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
13888 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
13889 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
13890
13891 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
13892
13893 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
13894 Non-nil if Global-Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
13895 See the command `global-highlight-changes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13896 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13897 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13898 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
13899
13900 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
13901
13902 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
13903 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
13904 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
13905 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13906 ARG is omitted or nil.
13907
13908 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
13909 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
13910 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
13911
13912 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13913
13914 ;;;***
13915 \f
13916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (21291 53104 431149
13917 ;;;;;; 0))
13918 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
13919 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
13920
13921 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
13922 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
13923 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
13924 or insert functions in this list.")
13925
13926 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
13927
13928 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
13929 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
13930 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
13931 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
13932 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
13933 expansions.
13934 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
13935 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
13936 undoes the expansion.
13937
13938 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13939
13940 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
13941 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
13942 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
13943 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
13944
13945 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
13946
13947 ;;;***
13948 \f
13949 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (21291 53104 431149
13950 ;;;;;; 0))
13951 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
13952
13953 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13954 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
13955 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13956 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13957 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13958
13959 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
13960 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13961 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
13962 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
13963 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
13964 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
13965
13966 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
13967 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
13968 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
13969 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
13970
13971 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13972
13973 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
13974 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
13975 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
13976 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13977 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13978 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
13979
13980 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
13981
13982 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
13983 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
13984 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
13985 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13986 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13987
13988 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
13989 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
13990 windows.
13991
13992 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
13993 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
13994
13995 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13996
13997 ;;;***
13998 \f
13999 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (21291 53104
14000 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
14001 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14002
14003 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'general-holidays 'holiday-general-holidays "23.1")
14004
14005 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14006 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14007 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14008
14009 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14010
14011 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14012
14013 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'oriental-holidays 'holiday-oriental-holidays "23.1")
14014
14015 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14016 Oriental holidays.
14017 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14018
14019 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14020
14021 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14022
14023 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'local-holidays 'holiday-local-holidays "23.1")
14024
14025 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14026 Local holidays.
14027 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14028
14029 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14030
14031 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14032
14033 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'other-holidays 'holiday-other-holidays "23.1")
14034
14035 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14036 User defined holidays.
14037 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14038
14039 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14040
14041 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14042
14043 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-julian 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) year) (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (setq year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21)) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))) "\
14044 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14045
14046 (put 'hebrew-holidays-1 'risky-local-variable t)
14047
14048 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 10 10 h-year)) 7)) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))) "\
14049 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14050
14051 (put 'hebrew-holidays-2 'risky-local-variable t)
14052
14053 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (mapcar 'purecopy '((if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (h-year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y 1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y)))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= 6 (% (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 7 1 h-year)) 7)) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-hebrew-to-absolute (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (calendar-extract-day s-s))) day) "Shabbat Shirah")))) "\
14054 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14055
14056 (put 'hebrew-holidays-3 'risky-local-variable t)
14057
14058 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (and calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year (progn (calendar-increment-month m y -1) (calendar-extract-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y))))))) (= 21 (% year 28))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av)))) "\
14059 Component of the old default value of `holiday-hebrew-holidays'.")
14060
14061 (put 'hebrew-holidays-4 'risky-local-variable t)
14062
14063 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'hebrew-holidays 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "23.1")
14064
14065 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14066 Jewish holidays.
14067 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14068
14069 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14070
14071 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14072
14073 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'christian-holidays 'holiday-christian-holidays "23.1")
14074
14075 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14076 Christian holidays.
14077 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14078
14079 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14080
14081 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14082
14083 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'islamic-holidays 'holiday-islamic-holidays "23.1")
14084
14085 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14086 Islamic holidays.
14087 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14088
14089 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14090
14091 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14092
14093 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'bahai-holidays 'holiday-bahai-holidays "23.1")
14094
14095 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá'u'lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá'u'lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu'l-Bahá"))))) "\
14096 Bahá'í holidays.
14097 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14098
14099 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14100
14101 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14102
14103 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'solar-holidays 'holiday-solar-holidays "23.1")
14104
14105 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14106 Sun-related holidays.
14107 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14108
14109 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14110
14111 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14112
14113 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14114
14115 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14116 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14117 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14118 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14119
14120 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14121
14122 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14123 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14124 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14125 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14126 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14127
14128 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14129 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14130
14131 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14132 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14133
14134 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14135 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14136 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14137 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14138 of a holiday list.
14139
14140 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14141
14142 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14143
14144 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14145
14146 ;;;***
14147 \f
14148 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (21291 53104
14149 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
14150 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14151
14152 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14153 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14154
14155 \(fn)" t nil)
14156
14157 ;;;***
14158 \f
14159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (21341 23900
14160 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
14161 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14162 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14163
14164 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14165 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14166 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14167 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14168 as possible.
14169
14170 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14171 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14172 fontified display.
14173
14174 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14175 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14176
14177 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14178 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14179 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14180
14181 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14182
14183 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14184 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14185 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14186
14187 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14188
14189 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14190
14191 ;;;***
14192 \f
14193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (21291 53104 431149
14194 ;;;;;; 0))
14195 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14196
14197 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14198 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14199
14200 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14201 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14202 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14203
14204 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14205 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14206 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14207 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14208 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14209 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14210
14211 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14212 title of the column.
14213
14214 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14215 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14216 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14217 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14218 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14219
14220 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14221
14222 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14223 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14224 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14225 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14226 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14227
14228 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14229 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14230 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14231
14232 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14233
14234 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14235 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14236 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14237 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14238 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14239 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14240
14241 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14242 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14243 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14244 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14245 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14246 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14247 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14248 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14249 values are:
14250 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14251 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14252 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14253 buffer's modification flag.
14254 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14255 prompted before performing this operation.
14256 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14257 operation is complete, in the form:
14258 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14259 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14260 confirmation message, in the form:
14261 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14262 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14263 macro for exactly what it does.
14264
14265 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14266
14267 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14268 Define a filter named NAME.
14269 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14270 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14271 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14272
14273 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14274 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14275 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14276 bound to the current value of the filter.
14277
14278 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil (quote macro))
14279
14280 ;;;***
14281 \f
14282 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (21291 53104 431149
14283 ;;;;;; 0))
14284 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14285
14286 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14287 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14288 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14289 buffers which are visiting a file.
14290
14291 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14292
14293 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14294 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14295 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14296 buffers which are visiting a file.
14297
14298 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14299
14300 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14301 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14302 Type 'h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14303
14304 All arguments are optional.
14305 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14306 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14307 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14308 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14309 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14310 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14311 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14312 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14313 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14314 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14315 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14316 that value locally in this buffer.
14317
14318 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14319
14320 ;;;***
14321 \f
14322 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (21291
14323 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
14324 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14325 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14326
14327 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14328 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14329 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14330 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14331
14332 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14333
14334 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14335 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14336 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14337 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14338 ICAL-FILENAME.
14339 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14340 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14341 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14342
14343 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14344
14345 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14346 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14347 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14348 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14349 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14350 non-marking or not.
14351
14352 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14353
14354 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14355 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14356
14357 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14358 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14359 DIARY-FILE.
14360
14361 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14362 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14363 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14364
14365 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14366 non-marking.
14367
14368 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14369 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14370 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14371
14372 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14373
14374 ;;;***
14375 \f
14376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (21291 53104 431149
14377 ;;;;;; 0))
14378 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14379
14380 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14381 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14382 See the command `icomplete-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
14383 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14384 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14385 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14386
14387 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14388
14389 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14390 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14391 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14392 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14393 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14394
14395 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14396 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14397 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14398 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14399
14400 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14401 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14402
14403 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14404 completions:
14405
14406 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14407
14408 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14409
14410 ;;;***
14411 \f
14412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (21291 53104 431149
14413 ;;;;;; 0))
14414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14415
14416 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14417 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14418 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14419 Tab indents for Icon code.
14420 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14421 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14422 \\{icon-mode-map}
14423 Variables controlling indentation style:
14424 icon-tab-always-indent
14425 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14426 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14427 icon-auto-newline
14428 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14429 inserted in Icon code.
14430 icon-indent-level
14431 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14432 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14433 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14434 icon-continued-statement-offset
14435 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14436 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14437 icon-continued-brace-offset
14438 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14439 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14440 icon-brace-offset
14441 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14442 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14443 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14444 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14445
14446 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14447 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14448
14449 \(fn)" t nil)
14450
14451 ;;;***
14452 \f
14453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (21291
14454 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
14455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14456
14457 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14458 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14459 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14460 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14461
14462 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14463 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14464 separate frames.
14465
14466 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14467 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14468
14469 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14470 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14471 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14472
14473 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14474
14475 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14476
14477 ;;;***
14478 \f
14479 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (21341 23900
14480 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
14481 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14482 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14483
14484 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14485 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14486
14487 The main features of this mode are
14488
14489 1. Indentation and Formatting
14490 --------------------------
14491 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14492 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14493
14494 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14495 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14496 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14497 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14498
14499 Comments are indented as follows:
14500
14501 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14502 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14503 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14504
14505 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14506
14507 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14508 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14509 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14510 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14511 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14512 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14513
14514 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14515 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14516 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14517 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14518
14519 2. Routine Info
14520 ------------
14521 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14522 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14523 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14524 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14525 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14526 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14527 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14528 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14529 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14530 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14531
14532 3. Online IDL Help
14533 ---------------
14534
14535 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14536 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14537 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14538 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14539
14540 4. Completion
14541 ----------
14542 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14543 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14544 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14545 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14546 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14547 upper case.
14548
14549 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14550 --------------------------------
14551 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14552 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples:
14553
14554 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14555 \\fu FUNCTION template
14556 \\c CASE statement template
14557 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14558 \\f FOR loop template
14559 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14560 \\w WHILE loop template
14561 \\i IF statement template
14562 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14563 \\b BEGIN
14564
14565 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14566 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14567
14568 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14569 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14570 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14571 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14572
14573 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14574 -------------------------
14575 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14576 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14577
14578 7. Automatic END completion
14579 ------------------------
14580 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14581 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14582
14583 8. Hooks
14584 -----
14585 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14586 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14587
14588 9. Documentation and Customization
14589 -------------------------------
14590 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14591 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14592 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14593 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL `http://idlwave.org'.
14594 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14595
14596 10.Keybindings
14597 -----------
14598 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14599 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14600 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14601
14602 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14603
14604 \(fn)" t nil)
14605
14606 ;;;***
14607 \f
14608 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14609 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14610
14611 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14612 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14613 The following values are possible:
14614 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14615 displaying...)
14616 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14617 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14618 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14619
14620 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14621 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14622
14623 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14624
14625 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14626 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14627 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14628 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14629 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14630 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14631 However, if ARG arg equals 'files, remap only commands for files, or
14632 if it equals 'buffers, remap only commands for buffer switching.
14633 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14634
14635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14636
14637 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14638 Switch to another buffer.
14639 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14640 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14641 in another frame.
14642
14643 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14644 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14645 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14646 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14647 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14648
14649 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14650 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14651
14652 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14653
14654 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14655 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14656 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14657 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14658 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14659 in a separate window.
14660 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14661 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14662 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14663 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14664 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14665 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14666 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14667 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14668 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14669
14670 \(fn)" t nil)
14671
14672 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14673 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14674 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14675 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14676
14677 \(fn)" t nil)
14678
14679 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14680 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14681 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14682 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14683
14684 \(fn)" t nil)
14685
14686 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14687 Kill a buffer.
14688 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14689 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14690
14691 \(fn)" t nil)
14692
14693 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14694 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14695 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14696 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14697
14698 \(fn)" t nil)
14699
14700 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14701 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14702 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14703 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14704
14705 \(fn)" t nil)
14706
14707 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14708 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14709
14710 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14711
14712 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14713 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14714 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14715 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14716 in another frame.
14717
14718 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14719 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14720 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14721 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14722 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14723 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14724
14725 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
14726 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
14727
14728 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14729
14730 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14731 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14732 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14733 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
14734 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
14735 in a separate window.
14736 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
14737 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
14738 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
14739 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
14740 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
14741 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
14742 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
14743 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
14744 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
14745 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
14746 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
14747 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
14748 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14749 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14750 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
14751 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
14752 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
14753 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
14754
14755 \(fn)" t nil)
14756
14757 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
14758 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14759 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14760 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14761
14762 \(fn)" t nil)
14763
14764 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
14765 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
14766 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14767 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14768
14769 \(fn)" t nil)
14770
14771 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
14772 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
14773 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14774 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14775
14776 \(fn)" t nil)
14777
14778 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
14779 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
14780 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14781 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14782
14783 \(fn)" t nil)
14784
14785 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
14786 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
14787 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14788 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14789
14790 \(fn)" t nil)
14791
14792 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
14793 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
14794 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14795 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14796
14797 \(fn)" t nil)
14798
14799 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
14800 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
14801 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14802 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14803
14804 \(fn)" t nil)
14805
14806 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
14807 Write current buffer to a file.
14808 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14809 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14810
14811 \(fn)" t nil)
14812
14813 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
14814 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
14815 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14816 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14817
14818 \(fn)" t nil)
14819
14820 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
14821 Call `dired' the Ido way.
14822 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14823 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
14824
14825 \(fn)" t nil)
14826
14827 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
14828 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
14829 Return the name of a buffer selected.
14830 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
14831 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
14832 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
14833
14834 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH)" nil nil)
14835
14836 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
14837 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
14838 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14839 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
14840
14841 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
14842
14843 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
14844 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
14845 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
14846 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
14847
14848 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
14849
14850 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
14851 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
14852 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
14853 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
14854 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
14855 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
14856 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
14857 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
14858 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
14859 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
14860 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
14861 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
14862 with point positioned at the end.
14863 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
14864 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
14865
14866 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
14867
14868 ;;;***
14869 \f
14870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14871 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
14872
14873 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
14874 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
14875 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
14876 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
14877
14878 \(fn)" t nil)
14879
14880 ;;;***
14881 \f
14882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
14884
14885 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
14886
14887 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
14888 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
14889 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
14890 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14891 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
14892 \\{iimage-mode-map}
14893
14894 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14895
14896 ;;;***
14897 \f
14898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
14899 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
14900
14901 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
14902 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
14903 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14904 be determined.
14905
14906 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
14907
14908 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
14909 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
14910 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
14911 be determined.
14912
14913 \(fn)" nil nil)
14914
14915 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
14916 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
14917 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14918 be determined.
14919
14920 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14921
14922 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
14923 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
14924 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
14925 be determined.
14926
14927 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
14928
14929 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
14930 Determine and return image type.
14931 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
14932 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14933 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14934 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
14935 use its file extension as image type.
14936 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
14937
14938 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
14939
14940 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
14941 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
14942 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
14943
14944 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
14945
14946 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
14947 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
14948 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
14949
14950 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
14951 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
14952 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
14953 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
14954 must be available.
14955
14956 \(fn)" nil nil)
14957
14958 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
14959 Create an image.
14960 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
14961 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
14962 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
14963 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
14964 use its file extension as image type.
14965 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
14966 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
14967 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
14968 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
14969
14970 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
14971
14972 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
14973 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
14974 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
14975
14976 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
14977
14978 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
14979 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
14980 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
14981 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
14982 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
14983 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
14984 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
14985 POS may be an integer or marker.
14986 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14987 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
14988 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
14989 means display it in the right marginal area.
14990
14991 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
14992
14993 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
14994 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
14995 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
14996 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
14997 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
14998 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
14999 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15000 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15001 means display it in the right marginal area.
15002 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15003 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15004 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15005 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15006 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15007
15008 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15009
15010 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15011 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15012 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15013 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15014 STRING is a single space.
15015 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15016 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15017 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15018 means display it in the right marginal area.
15019 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15020
15021 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15022
15023 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15024 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15025 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15026 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15027
15028 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15029
15030 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15031 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15032
15033 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15034
15035 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15036 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15037 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15038 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15039 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15040 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15041 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15042 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15043 satisfied.
15044
15045 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15046
15047 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15048
15049 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15050
15051 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15052 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15053
15054 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15055 documentation string.
15056
15057 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15058 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15059 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15060 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15061 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15062 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15063 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15064 define SYMBOL.
15065
15066 Example:
15067
15068 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15069 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15070
15071 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15072
15073 (put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15074
15075 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15076 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15077 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15078 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15079
15080 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15081 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15082 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15083 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15084
15085 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15086
15087 \(fn)" nil nil)
15088
15089 ;;;***
15090 \f
15091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (21291 53104
15092 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15093 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15094 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15095
15096 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15097 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15098 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15099 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15100 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15101 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15102
15103 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15104
15105 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15106 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15107
15108 Convenience command that:
15109
15110 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15111 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15112 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15113
15114 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15115 image files in dired and type
15116 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15117
15118 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15119
15120 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15121 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15122
15123 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15124
15125 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15126 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15127 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15128 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15129 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15130 another one).
15131
15132 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15133 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15134 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15135
15136 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15137 instead of erasing it first.
15138
15139 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15140 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15141 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15142 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15143 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15144 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15145
15146 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15147
15148 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15149 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15150 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15151 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15152 displayed.
15153
15154 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15155
15156 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15157
15158 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15159
15160 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15161 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15162
15163 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15164
15165 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15166 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15167 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15168
15169 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15170
15171 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15172 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15173
15174 \(fn)" t nil)
15175
15176 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15177 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15178 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15179 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15180
15181 \(fn)" t nil)
15182
15183 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15184 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15185
15186 \(fn)" t nil)
15187
15188 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15189 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15190
15191 \(fn)" t nil)
15192
15193 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15194 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15195
15196 \(fn)" t nil)
15197
15198 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15199 Display current image file.
15200 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15201 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15202
15203 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15204
15205 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15206 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15207
15208 \(fn)" t nil)
15209
15210 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15211 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15212 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15213 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15214 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15215 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15216 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15217
15218 \(fn)" t nil)
15219
15220 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15221 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15222 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15223 easy-to-use form.
15224
15225 \(fn)" t nil)
15226
15227 ;;;***
15228 \f
15229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
15230 ;;;;;; 0))
15231 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15232
15233 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15234 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15235 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15236 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15237
15238 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15239 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15240 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15241 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15242
15243 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15244
15245 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15246 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15247 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15248 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15249
15250 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15251 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15252 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15253 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15254
15255 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15256
15257 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15258 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15259
15260 \(fn)" nil nil)
15261
15262 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15263 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15264 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15265 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15266
15267 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15268
15269 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15270 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15271 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
15272 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15273 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15274 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15275
15276 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15277
15278 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15279 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15280 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15281 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15282 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15283
15284 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15285 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15286 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15287
15288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15289
15290 ;;;***
15291 \f
15292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
15293 ;;;;;; 0))
15294 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15295
15296 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15297 Major mode for image files.
15298 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15299 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15300
15301 Key bindings:
15302 \\{image-mode-map}
15303
15304 \(fn)" t nil)
15305
15306 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15307 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15308 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15309 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15310 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15311
15312 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15313 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15314 actual image.
15315
15316 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15317
15318 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15319 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15320 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15321 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15322 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15323 to display an image file as the actual image.
15324
15325 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15326 to display an image file as text initially.
15327
15328 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15329 on these modes.
15330
15331 \(fn)" t nil)
15332
15333 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15334
15335
15336 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15337
15338 ;;;***
15339 \f
15340 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
15341 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15342
15343 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15344 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15345
15346 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15347
15348 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15349 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15350 in the buffer.
15351
15352 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15353
15354 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15355 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15356 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15357
15358 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15359
15360 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15361 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15362 Each element of this list should have the form
15363
15364 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15365
15366 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15367 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15368 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15369 matches are put).
15370 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15371 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15372 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15373 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15374 another element.
15375 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15376 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15377 the menu item.
15378 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15379 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15380 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15381 the ARGUMENTS.
15382
15383 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15384 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15385 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15386
15387 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15388 create a buffer index.
15389
15390 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15391 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15392 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15393 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15394 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15395
15396 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15397
15398 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15399 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15400
15401 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15402 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15403 called within a `save-excursion'.
15404
15405 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15406
15407 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15408
15409 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15410 Function for finding the next index position.
15411
15412 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15413 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15414 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15415 file.
15416
15417 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15418 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15419
15420 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15421
15422 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15423 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15424
15425 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15426 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15427 It should return the name for that index item.")
15428
15429 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15430
15431 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15432 Function to compare string with index item.
15433
15434 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15435 non-nil if they match.
15436
15437 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15438 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15439 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15440 arguments match\".")
15441
15442 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15443
15444 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15445 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15446 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15447
15448 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15449 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15450
15451 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15452
15453 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15454
15455 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15456 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15457 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15458 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15459
15460 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15461
15462 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15463 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15464
15465 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15466
15467 \(fn)" t nil)
15468
15469 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15470 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15471 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15472 for more information.
15473
15474 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15475
15476 ;;;***
15477 \f
15478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (21291 53104
15479 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15480 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15481
15482 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15483 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15484
15485 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15486
15487 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15488
15489
15490 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15491
15492 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15493
15494
15495 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15496
15497 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15498
15499
15500 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15501
15502 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15503 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15504
15505 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15506
15507 ;;;***
15508 \f
15509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (21291 53104
15510 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15511 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15512
15513 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15514 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15515 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15516 to that buffer.
15517 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15518 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15519 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15520 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15521
15522 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15523
15524 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15525
15526 ;;;***
15527 \f
15528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
15529 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15530
15531 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15532 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15533 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15534 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15535 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15536 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15537 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15538 first in this list.
15539
15540 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15541 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15542 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15543 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15544 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15545
15546 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15547 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15548 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15549
15550 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15551 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15552
15553 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15554 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15555
15556 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15557 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15558 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15559 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15560 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15561 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15562 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15563 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15564 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15565 with the top-level Info directory.
15566
15567 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15568 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15569
15570 A numeric prefix argument N selects an Info buffer named
15571 \"*info*<%s>\".
15572
15573 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15574 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15575 in all the directories in that path.
15576
15577 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15578
15579 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15580
15581 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15582 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15583
15584 \(fn)" t nil)
15585
15586 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15587 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15588
15589 \(fn)" t nil)
15590
15591 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15592 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15593 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15594 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15595
15596 \(fn)" nil nil)
15597
15598 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15599 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15600 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15601 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15602
15603 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15604
15605 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15606 Go to the Info directory node.
15607
15608 \(fn)" t nil)
15609
15610 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15611 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15612 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15613 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15614 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15615 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15616
15617 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15618
15619 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15620 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15621 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15622
15623 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15624
15625 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15626 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15627 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15628 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15629 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15630
15631 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15632
15633 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15634 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15635 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15636 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15637 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15638
15639 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15640 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15641
15642 Selecting other nodes:
15643 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15644 Follow a node reference you click on.
15645 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15646 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15647 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15648 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15649 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15650 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15651 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15652 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15653 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15654 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15655 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15656 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15657 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15658 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15659 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15660 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15661 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15662 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15663 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15664 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15665
15666 Moving within a node:
15667 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15668 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15669 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15670 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15671 move up to the parent node.
15672 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15673 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15674 if there is none.
15675 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15676
15677 Advanced commands:
15678 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15679 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15680 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15681 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15682 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15683 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15684 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15685 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15686 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15687 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15688 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15689 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15690 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15691 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15692 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15693 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15694
15695 \(fn)" t nil)
15696 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15697
15698 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15699 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15700 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15701 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15702 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15703 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15704
15705 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15706 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15707
15708 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15709 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15710 KEY is a string.
15711 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15712 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15713 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15714 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15715
15716 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15717
15718 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15719 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15720 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15721
15722 \(fn)" t nil)
15723
15724 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15725 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
15726 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
15727
15728 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15729
15730 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
15731 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
15732 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
15733 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer.
15734
15735 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
15736
15737 ;;;***
15738 \f
15739 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (21291 53104 431149
15740 ;;;;;; 0))
15741 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
15742
15743 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
15744 Throw away all cached data.
15745 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
15746 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
15747 system.
15748
15749 \(fn)" t nil)
15750 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
15751
15752 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
15753 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
15754 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
15755 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
15756 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
15757 one found at point.
15758
15759 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
15760
15761 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
15762 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
15763
15764 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
15765 Display the documentation of a file.
15766 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
15767 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
15768 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
15769 The default file name is the one found at point.
15770
15771 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
15772
15773 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
15774
15775 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
15776 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
15777
15778 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15779
15780 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
15781 Perform completion on file preceding point.
15782
15783 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
15784
15785 ;;;***
15786 \f
15787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (21291 53104 431149
15788 ;;;;;; 0))
15789 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
15790 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15791
15792 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
15793 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
15794 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
15795 current info file is the default.
15796
15797 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
15798 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
15799 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
15800 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
15801 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
15802
15803 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
15804 validate node references within it. A message is given for
15805 missing target files once per source document. It could be
15806 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
15807 mistake in the reference.
15808
15809 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
15810 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
15811 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
15812
15813 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
15814 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
15815 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
15816 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
15817
15818 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
15819
15820 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
15821 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
15822 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
15823 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
15824 checked.
15825
15826 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
15827 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
15828 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
15829 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
15830 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
15831 should be harmless.
15832
15833 \(fn)" t nil)
15834
15835 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
15836 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
15837 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
15838 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
15839
15840 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
15841 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
15842 and can take a long time.
15843
15844 \(fn)" t nil)
15845
15846 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
15847 Check docstring info node references in source files.
15848 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
15849
15850 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
15851
15852 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
15853 as per `info-xref-check' does.
15854
15855 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
15856 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
15857 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
15858 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
15859 all builtins).
15860
15861 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
15862 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
15863 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
15864 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
15865 the sources handy.
15866
15867 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
15868
15869 ;;;***
15870 \f
15871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (21291 53104 431149
15872 ;;;;;; 0))
15873 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
15874
15875 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
15876 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
15877
15878 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
15879
15880 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
15881 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
15882
15883 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
15884
15885 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
15886 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
15887 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
15888 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
15889
15890 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
15891 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
15892 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
15893
15894 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
15895 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
15896 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
15897 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
15898
15899 \(fn)" t nil)
15900
15901 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
15902 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
15903 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
15904
15905 \(fn)" t nil)
15906
15907 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
15908 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
15909 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
15910 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
15911 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
15912
15913 \(fn)" nil nil)
15914
15915 ;;;***
15916 \f
15917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (21291 53104
15918 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
15919 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
15920 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
15921
15922 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
15923 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
15924 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
15925
15926 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
15927
15928 ;;;***
15929 \f
15930 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (21291
15931 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
15932 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
15933
15934 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15935 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
15936
15937 \(fn)" t nil)
15938
15939 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
15940 Toggle input method in interactive search.
15941
15942 \(fn)" t nil)
15943
15944 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
15945
15946
15947 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
15948
15949 ;;;***
15950 \f
15951 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (21291 53104 431149
15952 ;;;;;; 0))
15953 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
15954 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
15955
15956 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
15957 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
15958 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
15959 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
15960 accessed via isearchb.
15961
15962 \(fn)" t nil)
15963
15964 ;;;***
15965 \f
15966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (21291
15967 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
15968 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
15969
15970 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
15971 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
15972 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15973 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
15974 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15975
15976 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15977
15978 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
15979 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
15980 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
15981 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
15982 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15983
15984 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15985
15986 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
15987 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
15988 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15989 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
15990 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15991
15992 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
15993
15994 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
15995 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
15996 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
15997 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
15998 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
15999
16000 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16001
16002 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16003 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16004 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16005 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16006 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16007
16008 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16009
16010 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16011 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16012 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16013 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16014 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16015
16016 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16017
16018 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16019 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16020 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16021 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16022 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16023
16024 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16025
16026 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16027 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16028 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16029 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16030
16031 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16032
16033 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16034 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16035 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16036 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16037
16038 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16039
16040 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16041 Warn that format is read-only.
16042
16043 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16044
16045 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16046 Warn that format is write-only.
16047
16048 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16049
16050 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16051 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16052
16053 \(fn)" t nil)
16054
16055 ;;;***
16056 \f
16057 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16058 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
16059 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16060 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16061 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16062
16063 ;;;***
16064 \f
16065 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (21291 53104
16066 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16067 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16068
16069 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16070
16071 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16072 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16073 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16074 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16075 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16076
16077 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16078
16079 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16080
16081 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16082 Key map for ispell menu.")
16083
16084 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16085 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16086 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16087 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16088
16089 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16090
16091 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16092
16093 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16094
16095 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16096
16097 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage")) (,(purecopy "\\(--+\\|_+\\|\\(/\\w\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_~=?&]\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
16098 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16099 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16100 Valid forms include:
16101 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16102 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16103 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16104 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16105
16106 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16107 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16108 First list is used raw.
16109 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16110
16111 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16112 for skipping in latex mode.")
16113
16114 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16115 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16116 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16117 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16118 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16119 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16120 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16121
16122 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16123 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16124 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16125 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16126
16127 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16128 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16129 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16130 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16131 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16132
16133 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16134 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16135
16136 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16137 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16138
16139 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16140 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16141
16142 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16143 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16144
16145 Return values:
16146 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16147 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16148 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16149 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16150 quit spell session exited.
16151
16152 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16153
16154 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16155 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16156 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16157
16158 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16159
16160 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16161 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16162
16163 Selections are:
16164
16165 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16166 SPC: Accept word this time.
16167 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16168 `a': Accept word for this session.
16169 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16170 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16171 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16172 `?': Show these commands.
16173 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16174 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16175 the aborted check to be completed later.
16176 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16177 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16178 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16179 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16180 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16181 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16182 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16183
16184 \(fn)" nil nil)
16185
16186 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16187 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16188 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16189 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16190
16191 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16192
16193 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16194 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16195 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16196 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16197
16198 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16199
16200 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16201
16202 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16203 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16204 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16205 amount for last line processed.
16206
16207 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16208
16209 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16210 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16211
16212 \(fn)" t nil)
16213
16214 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16215 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16216
16217 \(fn)" t nil)
16218
16219 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16220 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16221 Use APPEND to append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16222
16223 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16224
16225 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16226 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16227
16228 \(fn)" t nil)
16229
16230 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16231 Try to complete the word before or under point.
16232 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
16233 sequence inside of a word.
16234
16235 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16236
16237 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16238
16239 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16240 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16241
16242 \(fn)" t nil)
16243
16244 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16245 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16246 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16247 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16248
16249 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16250 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16251 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16252 available on the net.
16253
16254 \(fn)" t nil)
16255
16256 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16257 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16258 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16259 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16260 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16261
16262 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16263 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16264 spelled.
16265
16266 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16267 read them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16268 SPC.
16269
16270 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16271 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16272
16273 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16274
16275 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16276 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16277 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16278 Don't check included messages.
16279
16280 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16281 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16282 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16283
16284 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16285 in your init file:
16286 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16287 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16288 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
16289 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
16290
16291 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16292 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16293 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))
16294
16295 \(fn)" t nil)
16296
16297 ;;;***
16298 \f
16299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (21291
16300 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16301 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16302
16303 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16304
16305
16306 \(fn)" nil nil)
16307
16308 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16309 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16310 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16311 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16312 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16313 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16314 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16315 necessary to represent OBJ.
16316
16317 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16318
16319 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16320 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16321 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16322 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16323
16324 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16325
16326 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16327 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16328 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16329 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16330 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16331
16332 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16333
16334 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16335 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16336 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16337 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16338
16339 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16340
16341 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16342 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16343 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16344 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16345
16346 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16347
16348 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16349 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16350
16351 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16352
16353 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16354 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16355 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16356 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16357 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16358
16359 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16360
16361 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16362 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16363 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16364 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16365 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16366
16367 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16368
16369 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16370 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16371 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16372
16373 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16374
16375 ;;;***
16376 \f
16377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (21291 53104 431149
16378 ;;;;;; 0))
16379 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16380
16381 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16382 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16383 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16384 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16385
16386 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16387
16388
16389 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16390
16391 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16392 Uninstall jka-compr.
16393 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16394 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16395 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16396
16397 \(fn)" nil nil)
16398
16399 ;;;***
16400 \f
16401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (21346 62196 327729
16402 ;;;;;; 0))
16403 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16404 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16405
16406 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16407 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16408
16409 \(fn)" t nil)
16410 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16411
16412 ;;;***
16413 \f
16414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16415 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16416 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16417
16418 ;;;***
16419 \f
16420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (21291 53104
16421 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16422 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16423
16424 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16425 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16426 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16427 decimal key must be specified.")
16428
16429 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16430
16431 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16432 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16433 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16434 decimal key must be specified.")
16435
16436 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16437
16438 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16439 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16440 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16441 decimal key must be specified.")
16442
16443 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16444
16445 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16446 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16447 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16448 decimal key must be specified.")
16449
16450 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16451
16452 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16453 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16454 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16455 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16456 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16457 keys are bound.
16458
16459 Setup Binding
16460 -------------------------------------------------------------
16461 'prefix Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16462 'S-cursor Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16463 'cursor Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16464 'numeric Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16465 'none Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16466 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16467 in the global and local keymaps.
16468
16469 If SETUP is 'numeric and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16470 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16471
16472 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16473
16474 ;;;***
16475 \f
16476 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (21291
16477 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16478 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16479
16480 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16481 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16482 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16483
16484 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16485 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16486 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16487 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16488 shorter.
16489
16490 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16491 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16492 the context of text formatting.
16493
16494 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16495
16496 ;;;***
16497 \f
16498 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (21291 53104 431149
16499 ;;;;;; 0))
16500 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16501
16502 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16503 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16504 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16505 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16506 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16507 positions that contains the current selection.")
16508
16509 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16510 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16511 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16512 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16513 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16514 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16515 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16516
16517 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16518
16519 ;;;***
16520 \f
16521 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16522 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16523 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16524 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16525 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16526 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16527 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16528 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16529 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16530
16531 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16532 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16533 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16534
16535 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16536
16537 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16538 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16539 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16540 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16541 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16542
16543 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16544
16545 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16546 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16547 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16548
16549 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16550 defining the macro.
16551
16552 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16553 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16554 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16555
16556 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16557 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16558
16559 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16560
16561 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16562 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16563 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16564 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16565 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16566 under that name.
16567
16568 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16569 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16570 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16571
16572 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16573
16574 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16575 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16576 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16577 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16578
16579 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16580 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16581 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16582 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16583
16584 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16585 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16586
16587 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16588
16589 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16590 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16591 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16592
16593 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16594 macro.
16595
16596 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16597 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16598
16599 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16600 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16601 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16602
16603 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16604 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16605
16606 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16607
16608 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16609 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16610 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16611 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16612
16613 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16614
16615 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16616 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16617 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16618 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16619
16620 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16621 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16622
16623 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16624
16625 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16626 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16627 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16628
16629 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16630
16631 ;;;***
16632 \f
16633 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (21291
16634 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16635 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16636
16637 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16638 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16639 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16640
16641 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16642
16643
16644 \(fn)" nil nil)
16645
16646 ;;;***
16647 \f
16648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "landmark" "play/landmark.el" (21291 53104
16649 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16650 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
16651
16652 (defalias 'landmark-repeat 'landmark-test-run)
16653
16654 (autoload 'landmark-test-run "landmark" "\
16655 Run 100 Landmark games, each time saving the weights from the previous game.
16656
16657 \(fn)" t nil)
16658
16659 (autoload 'landmark "landmark" "\
16660 Start or resume an Landmark game.
16661 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
16662 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
16663
16664 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
16665 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
16666 none / 1 | yes | no
16667 2 | yes | yes
16668 3 | no | yes
16669 4 | no | no
16670
16671 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[landmark-start-robot],
16672 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
16673 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
16674
16675 \(fn PARG)" t nil)
16676
16677 ;;;***
16678 \f
16679 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (21291 53104
16680 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
16681 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16682
16683 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16684
16685
16686 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16687
16688 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16689 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16690 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16691 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16692 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16693 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16694
16695 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16696 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16697
16698 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16699
16700 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16701 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16702
16703 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16704
16705 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16706
16707
16708 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16709
16710 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16711
16712
16713 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16714
16715 ;;;***
16716 \f
16717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (21291
16718 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16719 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16720
16721 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16722 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16723 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16724 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
16725
16726 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
16727
16728 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16729 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
16730 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
16731
16732 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
16733
16734 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
16735 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
16736 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
16737
16738 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
16739
16740 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
16741 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
16742 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
16743 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
16744
16745 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
16746
16747 ;;;***
16748 \f
16749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
16750 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
16751 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
16752
16753 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
16754 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
16755 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
16756 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
16757 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
16758 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
16759 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
16760 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
16761
16762 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
16763 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
16764
16765 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16766 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16767
16768 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
16769
16770 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
16771 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
16772 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
16773 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
16774 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
16775 `latin1-display-setup'.
16776
16777 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
16778
16779 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
16780 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
16781 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
16782 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
16783
16784 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16785 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
16786
16787 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
16788
16789 ;;;***
16790 \f
16791 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (21291
16792 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
16793 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
16794
16795 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
16796 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
16797
16798 \(fn)" t nil)
16799
16800 ;;;***
16801 \f
16802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16803 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
16804
16805 (autoload 'life "life" "\
16806 Run Conway's Life simulation.
16807 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
16808 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
16809 generations (this defaults to 1).
16810
16811 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
16812
16813 ;;;***
16814 \f
16815 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16816 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
16817 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
16818
16819 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
16820 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
16821 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
16822 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
16823 if ARG is omitted or nil.
16824
16825 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
16826
16827 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16828
16829 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
16830 Non-nil if Global-Linum mode is enabled.
16831 See the command `global-linum-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
16832 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16833 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
16834 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
16835
16836 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
16837
16838 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
16839 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
16840 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Linum mode if ARG is positive;
16841 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
16842 ARG is omitted or nil.
16843
16844 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
16845 `linum-on' would do it.
16846 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
16847
16848 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16849
16850 ;;;***
16851 \f
16852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (21291 53104 431149
16853 ;;;;;; 0))
16854 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
16855
16856 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
16857 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
16858 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
16859 is nil, raise an error.
16860
16861 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
16862 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
16863 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
16864 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
16865 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
16866 defined by the library.
16867
16868 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
16869 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
16870 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
16871 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
16872 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
16873 proceeds.
16874
16875 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
16876 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
16877 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
16878 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
16879
16880 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
16881
16882 ;;;***
16883 \f
16884 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16885 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
16886
16887 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
16888 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
16889 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
16890
16891 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
16892
16893 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
16894 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
16895 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
16896 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
16897
16898 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
16899 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
16900 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
16901 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
16902 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
16903 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
16904 the version.)
16905
16906 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
16907 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
16908
16909 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
16910 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
16911
16912 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
16913 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
16914
16915 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
16916
16917 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
16918 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
16919 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
16920 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
16921 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
16922 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
16923 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
16924 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
16925 to constrain a big search.
16926
16927 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
16928
16929 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
16930 except that FILTER is not optional.
16931
16932 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
16933
16934 ;;;***
16935 \f
16936 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (21291 53104 431149
16937 ;;;;;; 0))
16938 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
16939
16940 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
16941 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
16942 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
16943 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
16944 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
16945 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
16946 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
16947 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
16948 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
16949 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
16950
16951 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
16952 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
16953 associated values:
16954 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
16955 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
16956 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
16957 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
16958 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
16959
16960 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
16961 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
16962 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
16963
16964 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
16965
16966 ;;;***
16967 \f
16968 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (21291 53104 431149
16969 ;;;;;; 0))
16970 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
16971
16972 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
16973 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
16974
16975 \(fn)" t nil)
16976
16977 ;;;***
16978 \f
16979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
16980 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
16981
16982 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
16983 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
16984
16985 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
16986 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
16987
16988 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
16989 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
16990 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
16991
16992 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
16993 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
16994
16995 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
16996 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
16997 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
16998 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
16999 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17000 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17001 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17002
17003 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17004
17005 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17006 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17007 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17008 switch on this list.
17009 See `lpr-command'.")
17010
17011 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17012
17013 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17014 Name of program for printing a file.
17015
17016 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17017 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17018 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17019 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17020 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17021 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17022 argument.")
17023
17024 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17025
17026 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17027 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17028 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17029 for customization of the printer command.
17030
17031 \(fn)" t nil)
17032
17033 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17034 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17035
17036 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17037 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17038 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17039 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17040
17041 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17042 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17043
17044 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17045 for further customization of the printer command.
17046
17047 \(fn)" t nil)
17048
17049 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17050 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17051 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17052 for customization of the printer command.
17053
17054 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17055
17056 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17057 Paginate and print the region contents.
17058
17059 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17060 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17061 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17062 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17063
17064 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17065 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17066
17067 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17068 for further customization of the printer command.
17069
17070 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17071
17072 ;;;***
17073 \f
17074 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (21291 53104 431149
17075 ;;;;;; 0))
17076 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17077
17078 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17079 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17080 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17081
17082 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17083
17084 ;;;***
17085 \f
17086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (21291 53104 431149
17087 ;;;;;; 0))
17088 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17089
17090 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17091 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17092 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17093 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17094
17095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17096
17097 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'phases-of-moon 'lunar-phases "23.1")
17098
17099 ;;;***
17100 \f
17101 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (21291 53104
17102 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17103 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17104
17105 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17106 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17107
17108 \(fn)" t nil)
17109
17110 ;;;***
17111 \f
17112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17113 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17114
17115 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17116 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17117 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17118 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17119 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17120
17121 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17122
17123 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17124 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17125 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17126 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17127 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17128
17129 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17130 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17131 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17132 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17133 bindings.
17134
17135 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17136 use this command, and then save the file.
17137
17138 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17139
17140 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17141 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17142 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17143 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17144 each time the macro executes.
17145 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17146 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17147 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17148 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17149 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17150 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17151 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17152
17153 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17154
17155 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17156 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17157 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17158 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17159
17160 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17161 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17162 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17163 execute.
17164
17165 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17166 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17167
17168 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17169 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17170 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17171 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17172 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17173
17174 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17175 looked like this:
17176
17177 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17178 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17179 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17180
17181 You could enter the names in this format:
17182
17183 foo
17184 bar
17185 baz
17186
17187 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17188
17189 \\C-x (
17190 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17191 \\C-x )
17192
17193 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17194 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17195
17196 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17197 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17198
17199 ;;;***
17200 \f
17201 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (21291 53104
17202 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17203 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17204
17205 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17206 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17207 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17208 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17209 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17210 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17211
17212 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17213 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17214 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17215 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17216 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17217
17218 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17219 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17220 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17221 consing a string.)
17222
17223 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17224
17225 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17226 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17227
17228 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17229
17230 ;;;***
17231 \f
17232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (21291 53104
17233 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17234 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17235
17236 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17237 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17238
17239 \(fn)" nil nil)
17240
17241 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17242
17243
17244 \(fn)" nil nil)
17245
17246 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17247 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17248
17249 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17250
17251 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17252 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17253 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17254 message.
17255
17256 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17257
17258 \(fn)" nil nil)
17259
17260 ;;;***
17261 \f
17262 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (21291 53104
17263 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17264 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17265
17266 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17267 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17268 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17269 often correct parser.")
17270
17271 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17272
17273 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17274 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17275 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17276 a value which excludes your own email address.
17277
17278 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17279 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17280
17281 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17282
17283 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17284 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17285
17286 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17287
17288 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17289 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17290 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17291 we return it unconverted.
17292
17293 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17294 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17295
17296 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17297
17298 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17299 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17300 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17301 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17302
17303 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17304
17305 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17306 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17307 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17308 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17309
17310 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17311
17312 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17313 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17314 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17315 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17316 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17317 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17318 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17319 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17320 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17321 as Rmail does.
17322
17323 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17324
17325 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17326 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17327 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17328 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17329 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17330 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17331 matches may be returned from the message body.
17332
17333 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17334
17335 ;;;***
17336 \f
17337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (21291 53104
17338 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17339 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17340
17341 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17342 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17343 See the command `mail-abbrevs-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17344 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17345 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17346 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17347
17348 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17349
17350 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17351 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17352 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17353 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17354 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17355
17356 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17357 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17358 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17359 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17360
17361 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17362
17363 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17364 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17365
17366 \(fn)" nil nil)
17367
17368 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17369 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17370 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17371
17372 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17373
17374 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17375 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17376 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17377
17378 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17379 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17380 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17381 double-quotes.
17382
17383 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17384
17385 ;;;***
17386 \f
17387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (21291 53104
17388 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17389 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17390
17391 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17392 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17393 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
17394 king@grassland.com
17395 If `parens', they look like:
17396 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17397 If `angles', they look like:
17398 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17399
17400 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17401
17402 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17403 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17404 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17405 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17406 their `Resent-' variants.
17407
17408 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17409 removed from alias expansions.
17410
17411 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17412
17413 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17414 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17415 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17416
17417 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17418 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17419 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17420 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17421
17422 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17423
17424 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17425 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17426 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17427
17428 \(fn)" nil nil)
17429
17430 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17431 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17432 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17433 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17434
17435 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17436
17437 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17438
17439 ;;;***
17440 \f
17441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (21291 53104
17442 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17443 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17444
17445 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17446 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17447 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17448 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17449
17450 \(fn)" nil nil)
17451
17452 ;;;***
17453 \f
17454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (21291
17455 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
17456 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17457
17458 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17459 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17460
17461 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17462 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17463 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17464 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17465 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17466 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17467
17468 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17469 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17470 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17471 dependency, despite the colon.
17472
17473 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17474
17475 In the browser, use the following keys:
17476
17477 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17478
17479 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17480
17481 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17482 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17483
17484 `makefile-target-colon':
17485 The string that gets appended to all target names
17486 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17487 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17488
17489 `makefile-macro-assign':
17490 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17491 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17492 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17493 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17494 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17495 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17496
17497 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17498 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17499 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17500
17501 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17502 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17503
17504 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17505 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17506 up or down in the browser.
17507
17508 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17509 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17510
17511 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17512 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17513
17514 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17515 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17516 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17517 has been selected in the browser.
17518
17519 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17520 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17521 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17522 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17523 filenames are omitted.
17524
17525 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17526 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17527 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17528 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17529 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17530 the backslash itself intact.
17531 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17532 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17533
17534 `makefile-browser-hook':
17535 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17536 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17537
17538 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17539 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17540 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17541 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17542
17543 \(fn)" t nil)
17544
17545 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17546 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17547
17548 \(fn)" t nil)
17549
17550 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17551 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17552
17553 \(fn)" t nil)
17554
17555 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17556 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17557
17558 \(fn)" t nil)
17559
17560 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17561 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17562
17563 \(fn)" t nil)
17564
17565 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17566 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17567
17568 \(fn)" t nil)
17569
17570 ;;;***
17571 \f
17572 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (21291 53104 431149
17573 ;;;;;; 0))
17574 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17575
17576 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17577 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17578 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17579
17580 \(fn)" t nil)
17581
17582 ;;;***
17583 \f
17584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17585 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17586
17587 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17588
17589 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17590 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17591 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It
17592 runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17593 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17594 buffer. See variable `Man-notify-method' for what happens when
17595 the buffer is ready. If a buffer already exists for this man
17596 page, it will display immediately.
17597
17598 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17599 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17600 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17601
17602 cat(1)
17603 1 cat
17604
17605 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17606 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17607 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17608 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17609
17610 -a chmod
17611
17612 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17613 otherwise look like a page name.
17614
17615 /my/file/name.1.gz
17616 -l somefile.1
17617
17618 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17619 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17620 \"egrep\" style regexp.
17621
17622 -k pattern
17623
17624 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17625
17626 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17627 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17628
17629 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17630
17631 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17632 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17633
17634 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17635
17636 ;;;***
17637 \f
17638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17639 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17640 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17641
17642 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17643 Toggle Master mode.
17644 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17645 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17646 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17647
17648 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17649 using the following commands:
17650
17651 \\{master-mode-map}
17652
17653 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17654 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17655 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17656
17657 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17658
17659 ;;;***
17660 \f
17661 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (21291 53104 431149
17662 ;;;;;; 0))
17663 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17664
17665 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17666 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17667 See the command `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
17668 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17669 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17670 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17671
17672 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17673
17674 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17675 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
17676 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
17677 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
17678 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17679
17680 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
17681 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
17682 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
17683 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
17684
17685 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17686
17687 ;;;***
17688 \f
17689 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
17690 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
17691 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17692
17693 ;;;***
17694 \f
17695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (21291 53104 431149
17696 ;;;;;; 0))
17697 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
17698
17699 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
17700
17701 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
17702 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
17703 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
17704 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
17705 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
17706 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
17707 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
17708 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
17709 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
17710 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
17711 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
17712 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
17713 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
17714 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
17715 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
17716 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
17717 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
17718 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
17719 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
17720 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
17721 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
17722 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
17723 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
17724 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
17725 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
17726 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
17727 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
17728 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
17729 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
17730 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
17731 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
17732 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
17733 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
17734 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
17735 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
17736 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
17737 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
17738 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
17739
17740 \(fn)" t nil)
17741
17742 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
17743 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
17744 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
17745 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
17746 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
17747
17748 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
17749
17750 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
17751 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17752
17753 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17754
17755 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
17756 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
17757
17758 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
17759
17760 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
17761 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
17762
17763 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
17764
17765 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
17766 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
17767 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
17768
17769 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
17770
17771 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
17772 Cancel an article you posted.
17773 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
17774
17775 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17776
17777 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
17778 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
17779 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
17780 header line with the old Message-ID.
17781
17782 \(fn)" t nil)
17783
17784 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
17785 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
17786
17787 \(fn)" t nil)
17788
17789 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
17790 Forward the current message via mail.
17791 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
17792 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
17793
17794 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
17795
17796 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
17797
17798
17799 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
17800
17801 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
17802
17803
17804 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
17805
17806 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
17807 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
17808
17809 \(fn)" t nil)
17810
17811 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
17812 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
17813
17814 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
17815
17816 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
17817 Re-mail the current message.
17818 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
17819 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
17820 you.
17821
17822 \(fn)" t nil)
17823
17824 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
17825 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
17826
17827 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17828
17829 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
17830 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
17831
17832 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
17833
17834 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
17835 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17836
17837 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17838
17839 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
17840 Start editing a news article to be sent.
17841
17842 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
17843
17844 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
17845 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
17846 Works by overstriking characters.
17847 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17848 which specify the range to operate on.
17849
17850 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17851
17852 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
17853 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
17854 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17855 which specify the range to operate on.
17856
17857 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17858
17859 ;;;***
17860 \f
17861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (21291
17862 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
17863 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
17864 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17865
17866 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
17867 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
17868
17869 \(fn)" t nil)
17870
17871 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
17872 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
17873
17874 \(fn)" t nil)
17875
17876 ;;;***
17877 \f
17878 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (21291 53104
17879 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
17880 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
17881
17882 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
17883 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17884 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
17885
17886 \(fn)" t nil)
17887
17888 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
17889 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
17890 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17891 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17892 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17893 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17894 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
17895
17896 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17897
17898 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
17899 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
17900 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17901 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17902 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17903 means current).
17904 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17905 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17906
17907 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17908
17909 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
17910 Process current region through 'metamail'.
17911 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
17912 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
17913 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
17914 means current).
17915 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
17916 redisplayed as output is inserted.
17917
17918 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
17919
17920 ;;;***
17921 \f
17922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (21291 53104 431149
17923 ;;;;;; 0))
17924 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
17925
17926 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
17927 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17928 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17929
17930 \(fn)" t nil)
17931
17932 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
17933 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
17934 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
17935
17936 \(fn)" t nil)
17937
17938 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
17939 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
17940
17941 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
17942 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
17943 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
17944
17945 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
17946 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
17947
17948 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
17949 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
17950
17951 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17952
17953 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
17954
17955 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
17956 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
17957 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
17958 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
17959 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
17960 as `compose-mail'.
17961
17962 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
17963 initial Subject field, respectively.
17964
17965 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
17966 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
17967 are strings.
17968
17969 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
17970 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
17971
17972 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
17973
17974 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
17975 Save draft and send message.
17976
17977 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
17978 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
17979 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
17980 Mail Delivery*\".
17981
17982 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
17983 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
17984 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
17985
17986 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
17987 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
17988 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
17989 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
17990 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
17991 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
17992
17993 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
17994 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
17995
17996 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
17997 message and scan line.
17998
17999 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18000
18001 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18002 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18003
18004 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18005 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18006 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18007 delete the draft message.
18008
18009 \(fn)" t nil)
18010
18011 ;;;***
18012 \f
18013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18014 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18015 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 5 -4)) package--builtin-versions)
18016
18017 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18018
18019 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18020
18021 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18022
18023 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18024 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18025
18026 \(fn)" t nil)
18027
18028 ;;;***
18029 \f
18030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (21291 53104
18031 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18033
18034 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18035 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18036 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18037
18038 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18039 the MH mail system.
18040
18041 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18042
18043 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18044 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18045 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18046
18047 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18048 the MH mail system.
18049
18050 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18051
18052 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18053 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18054
18055 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18056 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18057 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18058 separate command.
18059
18060 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18061 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18062 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18063 format.
18064
18065 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18066
18067 Ranges
18068 ======
18069 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18070 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18071 can be used in several ways.
18072
18073 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18074 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18075 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18076 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18077 page):
18078
18079 <num1>-<num2>
18080 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18081 The range must be nonempty.
18082
18083 <num>:N
18084 <num>:+N
18085 <num>:-N
18086 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18087 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18088 last.
18089
18090 first:N
18091 prev:N
18092 next:N
18093 last:N
18094 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18095
18096 all
18097 All of the messages.
18098
18099 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18100 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18101
18102 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18103 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18104 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18105
18106 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18107
18108 \(fn)" t nil)
18109
18110 ;;;***
18111 \f
18112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (21291 53104 431149
18113 ;;;;;; 0))
18114 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18115
18116 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18117 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18118 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18119 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18120 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18121 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18122 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18123 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18124 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18125 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18126 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18127
18128 \(fn)" t nil)
18129
18130 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18131 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18132 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18133 to its second argument TM.
18134
18135 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18136
18137 ;;;***
18138 \f
18139 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (21291 53104
18140 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18141 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18142
18143 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18144 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18145 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18146 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18147 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18148 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18149
18150 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18151
18152 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18153 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18154 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18155 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18156 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18157
18158 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18159 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18160 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18161 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18162 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18163 is modified to remove the default indication.
18164
18165 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18166
18167 ;;;***
18168 \f
18169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18170 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18171
18172 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18173 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18174 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18175 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18176 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18177 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18178 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18179 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18180 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18181
18182 \(fn)" t nil)
18183
18184 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18185 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18186 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18187 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18188 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18189 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18190 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18191 The return value is always nil.
18192
18193 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18194
18195 ;;;***
18196 \f
18197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (21291 53104 431149
18198 ;;;;;; 0))
18199 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18200 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18201
18202 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18203 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18204
18205 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18206 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18207 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18208 next occurrence.
18209
18210 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18211 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18212 end of the search space).
18213
18214 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18215 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18216 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18217 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18218 should return the previous buffer to search.
18219
18220 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18221 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18222 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18223
18224 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18225 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18226 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18227 Isearch starts.")
18228
18229 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18230 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18231 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18232
18233 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18234 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18235 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18236
18237 \(fn)" nil nil)
18238
18239 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18240 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18241 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18242 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18243 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18244 whose names match the specified regexp.
18245
18246 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18247
18248 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18249 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18250 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18251 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18252 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18253 whose names match the specified regexp.
18254
18255 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18256
18257 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18258 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18259 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18260 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18261 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18262 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18263 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18264
18265 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18266
18267 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18268 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18269 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18270 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18271 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18272 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18273 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18274
18275 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18276
18277 ;;;***
18278 \f
18279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (21291
18280 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18281 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18282 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18283
18284 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18285 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18286
18287 \(fn)" t nil)
18288
18289 ;;;***
18290 \f
18291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (21291 53104
18292 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18293 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18294
18295 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18296 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18297
18298 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18299
18300 ;;;***
18301 \f
18302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (21291 53104
18303 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18304 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18305
18306 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18307 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18308
18309 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18310
18311 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18312 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18313 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18314 the entire message.
18315 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18316
18317 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18318
18319 ;;;***
18320 \f
18321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (21291 53104
18322 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18323 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18324
18325 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18326 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18327 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18328 the entire message.
18329 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18330
18331 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18332
18333 ;;;***
18334 \f
18335 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (21291 53104 431149
18336 ;;;;;; 0))
18337 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18338
18339 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18340 Insert file contents of URL.
18341 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18342
18343 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18344
18345 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18346 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18347
18348 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18349
18350 ;;;***
18351 \f
18352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (21291 53104 431149
18353 ;;;;;; 0))
18354 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18355
18356 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18357 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18358 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18359 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18360 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18361
18362 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18363
18364 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18365 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18366 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18367
18368 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18369
18370 ;;;***
18371 \f
18372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18373 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18374
18375 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18376 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18377
18378 \(fn)" nil nil)
18379
18380 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18381 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18382 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18383 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18384 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18385
18386 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18387 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18388 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18389 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18390 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18391 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18392
18393 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18394
18395 ;;;***
18396 \f
18397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (21291 53104 431149
18398 ;;;;;; 0))
18399 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18400
18401 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18402
18403
18404 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18405
18406 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18407
18408
18409 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18410
18411 ;;;***
18412 \f
18413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (21291 53104 431149
18414 ;;;;;; 0))
18415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18416
18417 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18418
18419
18420 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18421
18422 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18423
18424
18425 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18426
18427 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18428
18429
18430 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18431
18432 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18433
18434
18435 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18436
18437 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18438
18439
18440 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18441
18442 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18443
18444
18445 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18446
18447 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18448
18449
18450 \(fn)" nil nil)
18451
18452 ;;;***
18453 \f
18454 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (21291 53104
18455 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18456 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18457
18458 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18459
18460 ;;;***
18461 \f
18462 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (21291 53104
18463 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18464 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18465
18466 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18467
18468 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18469 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18470 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18471 followed by the first character of the construct.
18472 \\<m2-mode-map>
18473 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18474 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18475 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18476 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18477 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18478 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18479 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18480 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18481 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18482 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18483 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18484 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18485 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18486 \\[m2-link] link
18487
18488 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18489 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18490 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18491
18492 \(fn)" t nil)
18493
18494 ;;;***
18495 \f
18496 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (21291 53104 431149
18497 ;;;;;; 0))
18498 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18499
18500 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18501 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18502
18503 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18504
18505 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18506 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18507
18508 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18509
18510 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18511 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18512
18513 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18514
18515 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18516 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18517
18518 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18519
18520 ;;;***
18521 \f
18522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (21291 53104 431149
18523 ;;;;;; 0))
18524 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18525
18526 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18527 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18528
18529 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18530 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18531 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18532
18533 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18534 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18535 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18536
18537 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18538 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18539
18540 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18541 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18542 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18543 hemisphere you're in.)
18544
18545 To test this function, evaluate:
18546 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-throw)
18547
18548 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18549
18550 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18551 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18552
18553 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18554 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18555
18556 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18557 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18558 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18559
18560 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18561 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18562
18563 To test this function, evaluate:
18564 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] 'mouse-drag-drag)
18565
18566 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18567
18568 ;;;***
18569 \f
18570 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (21346 62196 327729 0))
18571 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18572
18573 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18574 Main entry point for MPC.
18575
18576 \(fn)" t nil)
18577
18578 ;;;***
18579 \f
18580 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18581 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18582
18583 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18584 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18585
18586 \(fn)" t nil)
18587
18588 ;;;***
18589 \f
18590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
18591 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18592
18593 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18594 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18595 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
18596 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18597 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18598 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18599
18600 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18601
18602 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18603 Toggle Msb mode.
18604 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18605 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18606 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18607
18608 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18609 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18610
18611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18612
18613 ;;;***
18614 \f
18615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (21291
18616 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18617 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18618
18619 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18620 Display a list of all character sets.
18621
18622 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18623 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18624 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18625 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18626 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18627
18628 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18629 but still shows the full information.
18630
18631 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18632
18633 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18634 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18635 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18636
18637 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18638 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18639 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18640 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18641 meanings of these arguments.
18642
18643 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18644
18645 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18646 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18647
18648 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18649
18650 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18651 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
18652
18653 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18654
18655 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18656 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
18657
18658 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
18659
18660 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
18661 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
18662
18663 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
18664 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
18665 in place of `..':
18666 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18667 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
18668 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
18669 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
18670 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
18671 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
18672 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18673 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
18674 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18675 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
18676 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18677 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
18678 `default-process-coding-system' for read
18679 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
18680 `default-process-coding-system' for write
18681 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
18682
18683 \(fn)" t nil)
18684
18685 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
18686 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
18687
18688 \(fn)" t nil)
18689
18690 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
18691 Display a list of all coding systems.
18692 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
18693
18694 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18695 but still contains full information about each coding system.
18696
18697 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18698
18699 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
18700 Display a list of all coding categories.
18701
18702 \(fn)" nil nil)
18703
18704 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
18705 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
18706 The font must be already used by Emacs.
18707
18708 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
18709
18710 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
18711 Display information about FONTSET.
18712 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
18713
18714 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
18715
18716 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
18717 Display a list of all fontsets.
18718 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
18719 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
18720 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
18721
18722 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18723
18724 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
18725 Display information about all input methods.
18726
18727 \(fn)" t nil)
18728
18729 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
18730 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
18731
18732 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
18733 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
18734 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
18735 system which uses fontsets).
18736
18737 \(fn)" t nil)
18738
18739 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
18740 Show log of font listing and opening.
18741 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
18742 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
18743
18744 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
18745
18746 ;;;***
18747 \f
18748 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (21291
18749 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18750 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
18751
18752 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
18753 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
18754
18755 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
18756 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
18757
18758 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
18759 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
18760
18761 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
18762
18763 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
18764 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
18765 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
18766 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
18767 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
18768 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
18769 buffer; see also `char-width'.
18770
18771 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
18772 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
18773 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
18774 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
18775 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
18776 middle of a character in STR.
18777
18778 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
18779 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
18780
18781 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
18782 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
18783 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
18784 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
18785 defaults to \"...\".
18786
18787 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
18788
18789 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
18790 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
18791
18792 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
18793 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
18794 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
18795
18796 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
18797 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
18798 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
18799
18800 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18801 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
18802 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
18803 are considered.
18804 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
18805 longer than KEYSEQ.
18806 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
18807
18808 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
18809
18810 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
18811 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
18812 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
18813 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
18814 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
18815 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
18816 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
18817 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
18818 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
18819 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
18820 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
18821
18822 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
18823
18824 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
18825 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
18826
18827 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18828
18829 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
18830 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
18831
18832 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18833
18834 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
18835 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
18836
18837 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18838
18839 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
18840 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
18841
18842 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
18843
18844 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
18845 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
18846 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
18847 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
18848 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
18849
18850 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
18851 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
18852
18853 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
18854 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
18855 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
18856 coding systems ordered by priority.
18857
18858 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
18859
18860 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
18861
18862 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
18863 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
18864 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
18865 language environment LANG-ENV.
18866
18867 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
18868
18869 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
18870 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
18871 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
18872 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
18873 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
18874 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
18875
18876 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
18877
18878 ;;;***
18879 \f
18880 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (21291 53104
18881 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
18882 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
18883
18884 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
18885 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
18886
18887 \(fn)" t nil)
18888
18889 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
18890 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
18891
18892 \(fn)" t nil)
18893
18894 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
18895 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
18896
18897 \(fn)" t nil)
18898
18899 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
18900 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
18901
18902 \(fn)" t nil)
18903
18904 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
18905 Run route and display diagnostic output.
18906
18907 \(fn)" t nil)
18908
18909 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
18910 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
18911
18912 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
18913
18914 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
18915 Ping HOST.
18916 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
18917 `ping-program-options'.
18918
18919 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18920
18921 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
18922 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
18923
18924 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18925
18926 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
18927 Run nslookup program.
18928
18929 \(fn)" t nil)
18930
18931 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
18932 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
18933
18934 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18935
18936 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
18937 Run dig program.
18938
18939 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18940
18941 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
18942 Run ftp program.
18943
18944 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
18945
18946 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
18947 Finger USER on HOST.
18948
18949 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
18950
18951 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
18952 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
18953 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
18954 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
18955
18956 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
18957
18958 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
18959
18960
18961 \(fn)" t nil)
18962
18963 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
18964 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
18965
18966 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
18967
18968 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
18969 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
18970
18971 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
18972
18973 ;;;***
18974 \f
18975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (21291 53104 431149
18976 ;;;;;; 0))
18977 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
18978
18979 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
18980 Return a user name/password pair.
18981 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
18982 listed in the PORTS list.
18983
18984 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
18985
18986 ;;;***
18987 \f
18988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (21291
18989 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
18990 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
18991
18992 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
18993 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
18994 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
18995 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
18996 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
18997 closes it.
18998
18999 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19000 make it unique.
19001 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19002 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19003 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19004 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19005 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19006 a port number to connect to.
19007
19008 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19009 values:
19010
19011 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19012 nil or `network'
19013 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19014 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19015 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19016 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19017 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19018 an unencrypted connection.
19019 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19020 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19021 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19022 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19023 returned object is a killed process.
19024 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19025 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19026 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19027
19028 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19029 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19030 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19031 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19032 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19033 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19034 or nil if none could be found.
19035 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19036 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19037
19038 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19039
19040 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19041 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19042 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19043
19044 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19045 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19046 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19047
19048 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19049 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19050 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19051
19052 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19053 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19054 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19055 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19056
19057 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19058 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19059
19060 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19061 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19062 element is the certificate file name itself, or `t', which
19063 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19064 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19065 or STARTTLS connections.
19066
19067 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19068 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19069
19070 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19071 a greeting from the server.
19072
19073 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19074 asynchronously, if possible.
19075
19076 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19077
19078 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19079
19080 ;;;***
19081 \f
19082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (21291
19083 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19084 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19085
19086 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19087 Check whether newsticker is running.
19088 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19089 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19090
19091 \(fn)" nil nil)
19092
19093 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19094 Start the newsticker.
19095 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19096 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19097 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19098 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19099
19100 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19101
19102 ;;;***
19103 \f
19104 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19105 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
19106 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19107
19108 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19109 Start newsticker plainview.
19110
19111 \(fn)" t nil)
19112
19113 ;;;***
19114 \f
19115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (21291
19116 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19117 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19118
19119 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19120 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19121
19122 \(fn)" t nil)
19123
19124 ;;;***
19125 \f
19126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (21291
19127 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19128 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19129
19130 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19131 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19132 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19133 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19134 empty.
19135
19136 \(fn)" nil nil)
19137
19138 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19139 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19140 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19141 running already.
19142
19143 \(fn)" t nil)
19144
19145 ;;;***
19146 \f
19147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (21291
19148 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19149 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19150
19151 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19152 Start newsticker treeview.
19153
19154 \(fn)" t nil)
19155
19156 ;;;***
19157 \f
19158 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newsticker" "net/newsticker.el" (21291 53104
19159 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19160 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newsticker.el
19161 (push (purecopy '(newsticker 1 99)) package--builtin-versions)
19162
19163 ;;;***
19164 \f
19165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (21291 53104 431149
19166 ;;;;;; 0))
19167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19168
19169 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19170 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19171
19172 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19173
19174 ;;;***
19175 \f
19176 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (21291 53104 431149
19177 ;;;;;; 0))
19178 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19179
19180 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19181 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19182 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19183 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19184 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19185 symbol in the alist.
19186
19187 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19188
19189 ;;;***
19190 \f
19191 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (21291 53104
19192 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19193 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19194
19195 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19196 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19197 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19198
19199 \(fn)" t nil)
19200
19201 ;;;***
19202 \f
19203 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19205
19206 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19207 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19208
19209 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19210
19211 ;;;***
19212 \f
19213 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19214 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19215
19216 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19217
19218 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19219 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19220 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19221
19222 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19223
19224
19225 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19226
19227 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19228 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19229 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19230 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19231 to future sessions.
19232
19233 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19234
19235 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19236 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19237 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19238 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19239 future sessions.
19240
19241 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19242
19243 ;;;***
19244 \f
19245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (21291
19246 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
19247 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19248
19249 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19250 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19251 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19252 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19253 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19254 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19255
19256 \(fn)" t nil)
19257
19258 ;;;***
19259 \f
19260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
19261 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19262 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19263
19264 ;;;***
19265 \f
19266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (21291 57968
19267 ;;;;;; 313602 751000))
19268 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19269
19270 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19271 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19272 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19273 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19274
19275 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19276
19277 ;;;***
19278 \f
19279 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (21341 23900
19280 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
19281 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19282
19283 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19284 Major mode for editing XML.
19285
19286 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19287 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19288 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19289 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19290 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19291 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19292 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19293
19294 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19295
19296 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19297 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19298
19299 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19300 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19301 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19302 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19303 instead of C-c.
19304
19305 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19306 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19307 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19308 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19309 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19310 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19311
19312 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19313 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19314 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19315
19316 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19317 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19318 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19319
19320 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19321 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19322 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19323 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19324 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19325 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19326 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19327 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19328 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19329
19330 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19331
19332 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19333 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19334
19335 \(fn)" t nil)
19336
19337 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19338
19339 ;;;***
19340 \f
19341 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (21291 57968
19342 ;;;;;; 313602 751000))
19343 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19344
19345 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19346 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19347 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19348 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19349
19350 \(fn)" t nil)
19351
19352 ;;;***
19353 \f
19354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (21321 34341
19355 ;;;;;; 175457 0))
19356 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19357
19358 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19359 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19360
19361 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19362 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19363 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19364 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19365
19366 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19367
19368 Key bindings:
19369 \\{octave-mode-map}
19370
19371 \(fn)" t nil)
19372
19373 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19374 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19375 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19376
19377 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19378
19379 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19380 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19381
19382 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19383 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19384 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19385
19386 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19387
19388 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19389
19390 ;;;***
19391 \f
19392 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (21291 53104
19393 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
19394 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19395
19396 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19397
19398 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19399 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19400 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19401 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19402 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19403
19404 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19405
19406 Customization:
19407
19408 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19409 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19410 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19411 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19412 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19413 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19414 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19415 Directories to search when finding external units.
19416 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19417 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19418
19419 Coloring:
19420
19421 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19422 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19423
19424 \(fn)" t nil)
19425
19426 ;;;***
19427 \f
19428 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (21341 23900 988149 0))
19429 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19430
19431 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19432 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19433
19434 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19435
19436 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19437 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19438 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19439 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19440 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19441 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19442
19443 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19444
19445 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19446 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19447 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19448 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19449 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19450
19451 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19452
19453 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19454 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19455
19456 \(fn)" nil nil)
19457
19458 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19459 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19460
19461 \(fn)" nil nil)
19462
19463 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19464 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19465 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19466
19467 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19468 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19469 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19470 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19471 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19472 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19473 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19474 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19475 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19476 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19477
19478 The following commands are available:
19479
19480 \\{org-mode-map}
19481
19482 \(fn)" t nil)
19483
19484 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19485 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19486
19487 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19488 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19489 in special contexts.
19490
19491 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19492 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19493 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19494 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19495 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19496 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19497 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19498 properties in the buffer.
19499 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19500 including any drawers.
19501
19502 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19503
19504 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19505 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19506 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19507 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19508 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19509 and zoom in further.
19510 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19511 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19512
19513 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19514 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19515 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19516 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19517 times right after creating a new headline.
19518
19519 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19520 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19521 is negative, go up that many levels.
19522
19523 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19524 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19525 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19526
19527 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19528 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19529 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19530 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19531
19532 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19533
19534 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19535 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19536 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19537 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19538
19539 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19540 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19541
19542 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19543 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19544 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19545 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19546 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19547 defined by Org-mode).
19548
19549 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19550
19551 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19552 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19553
19554 \(fn)" nil nil)
19555
19556 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19557 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19558
19559 \(fn)" nil nil)
19560
19561 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19562 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19563 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19564 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19565 call CMD.
19566
19567 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19568
19569 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19570 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19571 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19572 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19573
19574 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19575 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19576 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19577
19578 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19579 part of Org's core.
19580
19581 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19582 active region.
19583
19584 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19585
19586 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19587 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19588 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19589
19590 \(fn)" t nil)
19591
19592 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19593 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19594 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19595 Org-mode syntax.
19596
19597 \(fn)" t nil)
19598
19599 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19600 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19601
19602 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19603
19604 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19605 Switch between Org buffers.
19606 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19607 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19608
19609 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19610 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19611
19612 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19613
19614 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19615
19616 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19617
19618 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19619 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19620 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19621 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19622
19623 \(fn)" t nil)
19624
19625 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19626 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19627
19628 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
19629
19630 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
19631 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
19632 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
19633
19634 \(fn)" t nil)
19635
19636 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
19637 Reload all org lisp files.
19638 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
19639
19640 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
19641
19642 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
19643 Call the customize function with org as argument.
19644
19645 \(fn)" t nil)
19646
19647 ;;;***
19648 \f
19649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (21341 23900
19650 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
19651 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
19652
19653 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19654 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
19655
19656 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19657
19658 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19659 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
19660 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
19661 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
19662
19663 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
19664 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
19665 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
19666 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
19667 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
19668 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
19669 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
19670 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
19671 e Export views to associated files.
19672 s Search entries for keywords.
19673 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
19674 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
19675 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19676 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
19677 Press several times to get the desired effect.
19678 > Remove a previous restriction.
19679 # List \"stuck\" projects.
19680 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
19681 C Configure custom agenda commands.
19682
19683 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
19684 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
19685 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
19686
19687 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
19688 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
19689 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
19690 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
19691 \(if active).
19692
19693 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
19694
19695 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19696 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19697 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19698 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19699 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19700 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19701 before running the agenda command.
19702
19703 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19704
19705 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
19706 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
19707 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
19708 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
19709 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
19710 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
19711 before running the agenda command.
19712
19713 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
19714 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
19715
19716 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
19717
19718 category The category of the item
19719 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
19720 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
19721 todo selected in TODO match
19722 tagsmatch selected in tags match
19723 diary imported from diary
19724 deadline a deadline on given date
19725 scheduled scheduled on given date
19726 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
19727 closed entry was closed on given date
19728 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
19729 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
19730 block entry has date block including g. date
19731 todo The todo keyword, if any
19732 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
19733 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
19734 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
19735 extra Sting with extra planning info
19736 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
19737 priority-n The computed numerical priority
19738 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
19739
19740 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19741
19742 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19743 Store agenda views.
19744
19745 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
19746
19747 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
19748 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
19749
19750 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
19751
19752 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
19753 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
19754 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
19755 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
19756
19757 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
19758 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
19759 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
19760
19761 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
19762 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
19763
19764 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
19765 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
19766
19767 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
19768
19769 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
19770 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
19771
19772 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
19773 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
19774 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
19775 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
19776 EDIT-AT.
19777
19778 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
19779 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
19780 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
19781 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
19782 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
19783 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
19784
19785 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
19786 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
19787 including newlines.
19788
19789 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
19790 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
19791 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
19792 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
19793 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
19794 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
19795 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
19796
19797 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
19798 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
19799 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
19800 as a whole, to include whitespace.
19801
19802 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
19803 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
19804 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
19805 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
19806 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
19807 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
19808 Boolean search must match as full words.
19809
19810 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
19811 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
19812
19813 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
19814
19815 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
19816 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
19817 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
19818 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
19819 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
19820 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
19821
19822 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19823
19824 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
19825 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
19826 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
19827
19828 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
19829
19830 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
19831 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
19832 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
19833 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
19834 `org-stuck-projects'.
19835
19836 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
19837
19838 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
19839 Return diary information from org files.
19840 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
19841 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
19842 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
19843 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
19844 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
19845
19846 The call in the diary file should look like this:
19847
19848 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
19849
19850 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
19851 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
19852
19853 &%%(org-diary)
19854
19855 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
19856 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
19857 So the example above may also be written as
19858
19859 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
19860
19861 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
19862 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
19863 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
19864
19865 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
19866
19867 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
19868 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
19869
19870 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
19871
19872 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
19873 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
19874 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if type is the
19875 universal prefix '(4), or if the cursor is before the first headline
19876 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
19877
19878 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
19879
19880 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
19881 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
19882 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
19883
19884 \(fn)" t nil)
19885
19886 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
19887 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
19888 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
19889 appointments.
19890
19891 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
19892 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
19893
19894 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
19895 for filtering entries out.
19896
19897 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
19898 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
19899 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
19900
19901 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
19902 either 'headline or 'category. For example:
19903
19904 '((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
19905 (category \"Work\"))
19906
19907 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
19908 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
19909
19910 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
19911 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
19912 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
19913 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
19914 details and examples.
19915
19916 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
19917 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
19918
19919 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
19920
19921 ;;;***
19922 \f
19923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (21341 23900
19924 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
19925 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
19926
19927 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
19928 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
19929
19930 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
19931
19932 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
19933 Capture something.
19934 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
19935 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
19936 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
19937 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
19938 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
19939 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
19940
19941 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
19942 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
19943 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
19944 stored.
19945
19946 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
19947
19948 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
19949 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
19950 will be bypassed.
19951
19952 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
19953 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
19954 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
19955 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
19956
19957 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
19958
19959 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
19960 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
19961
19962 \(fn)" t nil)
19963
19964 ;;;***
19965 \f
19966 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (21341 23900
19967 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
19968 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
19969
19970 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
19971 Remove all currently active column overlays.
19972
19973 \(fn)" t nil)
19974
19975 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
19976
19977
19978 \(fn)" nil nil)
19979
19980 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
19981 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
19982 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
19983
19984 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
19985
19986 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
19987 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
19988
19989 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
19990
19991 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
19992 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
19993
19994 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
19995
19996 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
19997 Write the column view table.
19998 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
19999
20000 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20001 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20002 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20003 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20004 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20005 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20006 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20007 using `org-id-find'.
20008 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20009 a hline before each level <= that number.
20010 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20011 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20012 :skip-empty-rows
20013 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20014 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20015
20016 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20017
20018 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20019 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20020
20021 \(fn)" t nil)
20022
20023 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20024 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20025
20026 \(fn)" t nil)
20027
20028 ;;;***
20029 \f
20030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (21341 23900
20031 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
20032 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20033
20034 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20035 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20036
20037 \(fn)" nil t)
20038
20039 ;;;***
20040 \f
20041 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (21291 53104 431149
20042 ;;;;;; 0))
20043 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20044
20045 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20046 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20047
20048 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20049
20050 ;;;***
20051 \f
20052 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (21341 23900
20053 ;;;;;; 988149 0))
20054 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20055
20056 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20057 The release version of org-mode.
20058 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20059
20060 \(fn)" nil nil)
20061
20062 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20063 The Git version of org-mode.
20064 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20065
20066 \(fn)" nil nil)
20067
20068 ;;;***
20069 \f
20070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (21291 53104 431149
20071 ;;;;;; 0))
20072 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20073 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20074 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20075
20076 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20077 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20078 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20079 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20080
20081 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20082 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20083 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20084 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20085
20086 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
20087 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
20088 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
20089 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
20090 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
20091 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
20092
20093 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
20094 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
20095 \\[hide-sublevels] make only the first N levels of headers visible.
20096
20097 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
20098 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
20099 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
20100 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
20101 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
20102 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
20103 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
20104 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
20105 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
20106 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
20107 The subheadings remain visible.
20108 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
20109
20110 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20111 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20112 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20113
20114 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20115 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20116
20117 \(fn)" t nil)
20118
20119 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20120 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20121 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20122 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20123 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20124
20125 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20126
20127 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20128 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20129
20130 ;;;***
20131 \f
20132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (21354 63937
20133 ;;;;;; 745361 0))
20134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20135 (push (purecopy '(package 1 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
20136
20137 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20138 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20139 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20140 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20141 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20142
20143 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20144 activate the package system at any time.")
20145
20146 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20147
20148 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20149 Install the package PKG.
20150 PKG can be a package-desc or the package name of one the available packages
20151 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20152
20153 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20154
20155 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20156 Install a package from the current buffer.
20157 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file that follows the
20158 packaging guidelines; see info node `(elisp)Packaging'.
20159 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20160
20161 \(fn)" t nil)
20162
20163 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20164 Install a package from a file.
20165 The file can either be a tar file or an Emacs Lisp file.
20166
20167 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20168
20169 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20170 Import keys from FILE.
20171
20172 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20173
20174 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20175 Download the ELPA archive description if needed.
20176 This informs Emacs about the latest versions of all packages, and
20177 makes them available for download.
20178
20179 \(fn)" t nil)
20180
20181 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20182 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20183 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20184 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20185
20186 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20187
20188 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20189 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20190
20191 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20192
20193 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20194 Display a list of packages.
20195 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20196 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20197 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20198
20199 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20200
20201 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20202
20203 ;;;***
20204 \f
20205 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20206 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20207
20208 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20209 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20210 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
20211 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20212 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20213 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20214
20215 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20216
20217 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20218 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20219 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20220 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20221 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20222
20223 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20224 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20225 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20226
20227 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20228
20229 ;;;***
20230 \f
20231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (21291
20232 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
20233 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20234 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20235
20236 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20237 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20238 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20239 unknown are returned as nil.
20240
20241 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20242
20243 ;;;***
20244 \f
20245 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (21319 19378
20246 ;;;;;; 69506 0))
20247 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20248
20249 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20250 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20251 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20252
20253 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20254 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20255
20256 Other useful functions are:
20257
20258 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20259 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20260 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20261 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20262 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20263 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20264 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20265 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20266 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20267
20268 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20269
20270 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20271 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20272 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20273 Indentation for case statements.
20274 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20275 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20276 mark after an end.
20277 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20278 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20279 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20280 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20281 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20282 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20283 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20284 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20285 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20286 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20287
20288 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20289 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20290
20291 \(fn)" t nil)
20292
20293 ;;;***
20294 \f
20295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (21291
20296 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
20297 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20298
20299 (defvar password-cache t "\
20300 Whether to cache passwords.")
20301
20302 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20303
20304 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20305 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20306 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20307
20308 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20309
20310 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20311 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20312
20313 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20314
20315 ;;;***
20316 \f
20317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (21291 53104
20318 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20319 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20320
20321 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20322 Perform ML-style pattern matching on EXP.
20323 CASES is a list of elements of the form (UPATTERN CODE...).
20324
20325 UPatterns can take the following forms:
20326 _ matches anything.
20327 SELFQUOTING matches itself. This includes keywords, numbers, and strings.
20328 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20329 (or UPAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20330 (and UPAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20331 `QPAT matches if the QPattern QPAT matches.
20332 (pred PRED) matches if PRED applied to the object returns non-nil.
20333 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20334 (let UPAT EXP) matches if EXP matches UPAT.
20335 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern (i.e. the pattern is
20336 \"non-linear\"), then the second occurrence is turned into an `eq'uality test.
20337
20338 QPatterns can take the following forms:
20339 (QPAT1 . QPAT2) matches if QPAT1 matches the car and QPAT2 the cdr.
20340 ,UPAT matches if the UPattern UPAT matches.
20341 STRING matches if the object is `equal' to STRING.
20342 ATOM matches if the object is `eq' to ATOM.
20343 QPatterns for vectors are not implemented yet.
20344
20345 PRED can take the form
20346 FUNCTION in which case it gets called with one argument.
20347 (FUN ARG1 .. ARGN) in which case it gets called with an N+1'th argument
20348 which is the value being matched.
20349 A PRED of the form FUNCTION is equivalent to one of the form (FUNCTION).
20350 PRED patterns can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20351 E.g. you can match pairs where the cdr is larger than the car with a pattern
20352 like `(,a . ,(pred (< a))) or, with more checks:
20353 `(,(and a (pred numberp)) . ,(and (pred numberp) (pred (< a))))
20354
20355 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20356
20357 (put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20358
20359 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20360 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20361 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20362 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20363
20364 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20365
20366 (put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20367
20368 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20369 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20370 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20371 of the form (UPAT EXP).
20372
20373 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20374
20375 (put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20376
20377 ;;;***
20378 \f
20379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (21291 53104 431149
20380 ;;;;;; 0))
20381 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20382
20383 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20384 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20385
20386 \(fn)" nil nil)
20387
20388 ;;;***
20389 \f
20390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (21291 53104 431149
20391 ;;;;;; 0))
20392 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20393
20394 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20395 Completion for `gzip'.
20396
20397 \(fn)" nil nil)
20398
20399 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20400 Completion for `bzip2'.
20401
20402 \(fn)" nil nil)
20403
20404 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20405 Completion for GNU `make'.
20406
20407 \(fn)" nil nil)
20408
20409 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20410 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20411
20412 \(fn)" nil nil)
20413
20414 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20415
20416 ;;;***
20417 \f
20418 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (21291 53104
20419 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20420 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20421
20422 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20423 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20424
20425 \(fn)" nil nil)
20426
20427 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20428 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20429
20430 \(fn)" nil nil)
20431
20432 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20433 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20434
20435 \(fn)" nil nil)
20436
20437 ;;;***
20438 \f
20439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (21291 53104 431149
20440 ;;;;;; 0))
20441 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20442
20443 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20444 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20445
20446 \(fn)" nil nil)
20447
20448 ;;;***
20449 \f
20450 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (21291 53104 431149
20451 ;;;;;; 0))
20452 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20453
20454 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20455 Completion for `cd'.
20456
20457 \(fn)" nil nil)
20458
20459 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20460
20461 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20462 Completion for `rmdir'.
20463
20464 \(fn)" nil nil)
20465
20466 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20467 Completion for `rm'.
20468
20469 \(fn)" nil nil)
20470
20471 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20472 Completion for `xargs'.
20473
20474 \(fn)" nil nil)
20475
20476 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20477
20478 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20479 Completion for `which'.
20480
20481 \(fn)" nil nil)
20482
20483 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20484 Completion for the `chown' command.
20485
20486 \(fn)" nil nil)
20487
20488 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20489 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20490
20491 \(fn)" nil nil)
20492
20493 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20494 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20495
20496 \(fn)" nil nil)
20497
20498 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20499 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20500 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20501
20502 \(fn)" nil nil)
20503
20504 ;;;***
20505 \f
20506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (21291 53104 431149
20507 ;;;;;; 0))
20508 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20509
20510 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20511 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20512
20513 \(fn)" nil nil)
20514
20515 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20516 Completion for the `ack' command.
20517 Start an argument with '-' to complete short options and '--' for
20518 long options.
20519
20520 \(fn)" nil nil)
20521
20522 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20523
20524 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20525 Completion for the `ag' command.
20526
20527 \(fn)" nil nil)
20528
20529 ;;;***
20530 \f
20531 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (21291 53104 431149
20532 ;;;;;; 0))
20533 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20534
20535 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20536 Support extensible programmable completion.
20537 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20538 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20539
20540 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
20541
20542 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
20543 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
20544
20545 \(fn)" t nil)
20546
20547 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
20548 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20549 This will modify the current buffer.
20550
20551 \(fn)" t nil)
20552
20553 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
20554 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
20555
20556 \(fn)" t nil)
20557
20558 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
20559 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
20560 This will modify the current buffer.
20561
20562 \(fn)" t nil)
20563
20564 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
20565 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
20566
20567 \(fn)" t nil)
20568
20569 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
20570 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
20571
20572 \(fn)" t nil)
20573
20574 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
20575 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
20576 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
20577 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
20578 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
20579
20580 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
20581
20582 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
20583 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
20584
20585 \(fn)" nil nil)
20586
20587 ;;;***
20588 \f
20589 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20590 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
20591
20592 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
20593 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
20594 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
20595 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20596
20597 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
20598
20599 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
20600
20601 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
20602 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
20603 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20604 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20605 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20606 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20607 FLAGS is ignored.
20608
20609 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
20610
20611 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
20612 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
20613 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
20614 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20615 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20616 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20617 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20618 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20619
20620 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20621
20622 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
20623 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20624 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20625 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
20626 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20627 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20628 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
20629 passed to cvs.
20630
20631 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
20632
20633 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
20634 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
20635 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
20636 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
20637 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
20638 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
20639 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
20640
20641 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
20642
20643 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
20644 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
20645 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
20646
20647 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
20648
20649 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
20650 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
20651 A value of nil means never do it.
20652 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
20653 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
20654 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
20655
20656 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
20657
20658 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
20659 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
20660 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
20661
20662 ;;;***
20663 \f
20664 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (21291 53104
20665 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20666 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
20667
20668 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
20669 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
20670
20671 ;;;***
20672 \f
20673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (21341
20674 ;;;;;; 23900 988149 0))
20675 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
20676 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20677 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20678 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20679 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20680 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20681 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
20682
20683 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
20684 Major mode for editing Perl code.
20685 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
20686 Tab indents for Perl code.
20687 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
20688 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
20689 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20690 \\{perl-mode-map}
20691 Variables controlling indentation style:
20692 `perl-tab-always-indent'
20693 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
20694 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20695 `perl-tab-to-comment'
20696 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
20697 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
20698 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
20699 `perl-nochange'
20700 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
20701 `perl-indent-level'
20702 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
20703 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
20704 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
20705 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
20706 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
20707 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
20708 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
20709 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
20710 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
20711 `perl-brace-offset'
20712 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
20713 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
20714 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
20715 this far to the right of the start of its line.
20716 `perl-label-offset'
20717 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
20718 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
20719 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
20720
20721 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
20722 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
20723 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
20724 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
20725 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
20726 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
20727 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
20728
20729 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
20730
20731 \(fn)" t nil)
20732
20733 ;;;***
20734 \f
20735 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (21291 53104
20736 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
20737 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
20738
20739 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
20740 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
20741 \\<picture-mode-map>
20742 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
20743 afterwards settable by these commands:
20744
20745 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
20746 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
20747 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
20748 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
20749
20750 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
20751 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
20752 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
20753 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
20754
20755 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
20756 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
20757 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
20758 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
20759
20760 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
20761 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
20762 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
20763 with these commands:
20764
20765 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
20766 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
20767 Move to column following last
20768 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
20769 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
20770 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
20771 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
20772 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
20773 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
20774
20775 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
20776
20777 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
20778 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
20779 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
20780 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
20781 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
20782 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
20783
20784 You can manipulate text with these commands:
20785 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
20786 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
20787 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
20788 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
20789 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
20790 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
20791
20792 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
20793 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
20794 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
20795 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
20796 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
20797 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
20798 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
20799 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
20800
20801 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
20802 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
20803 by supplying an argument.
20804
20805 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
20806
20807 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
20808 they are not by default assigned to keys.
20809
20810 \(fn)" t nil)
20811
20812 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
20813
20814 ;;;***
20815 \f
20816 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (21291 53104 431149
20817 ;;;;;; 0))
20818 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
20819
20820 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
20821 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
20822
20823 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20824
20825 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
20826 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
20827
20828 \(fn)" t nil)
20829
20830 ;;;***
20831 \f
20832 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (21291 53104 431149
20833 ;;;;;; 0))
20834 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
20835
20836 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
20837 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
20838 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
20839
20840 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
20841
20842 ;;;***
20843 \f
20844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
20846
20847 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
20848 Play pong and waste time.
20849 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
20850 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
20851
20852 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
20853
20854 \\{pong-mode-map}
20855
20856 \(fn)" t nil)
20857
20858 ;;;***
20859 \f
20860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
20861 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
20862
20863 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
20864 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
20865 Use streaming commands.
20866
20867 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
20868
20869 ;;;***
20870 \f
20871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (21291 53104 431149
20872 ;;;;;; 0))
20873 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
20874
20875 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
20876 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
20877 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
20878 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
20879
20880 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
20881
20882 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
20883 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
20884
20885 \(fn)" nil nil)
20886
20887 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
20888 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
20889 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
20890 can handle, whenever this is possible.
20891 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
20892
20893 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
20894
20895 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
20896 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20897 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
20898
20899 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20900
20901 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
20902 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
20903
20904 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
20905
20906 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
20907 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
20908 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20909 Ignores leading comment characters.
20910
20911 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20912
20913 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
20914 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
20915 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
20916 Ignores leading comment characters.
20917
20918 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
20919
20920 ;;;***
20921 \f
20922 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (21358 40001 706245
20923 ;;;;;; 561000))
20924 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
20925 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
20926
20927 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
20928 Activate the printing interface buffer.
20929
20930 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
20931
20932 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
20933
20934 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
20935
20936 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
20937 Preview directory using ghostview.
20938
20939 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20940 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20941 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20942 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20943
20944 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20945 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20946 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20947 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20948 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20949 file name.
20950
20951 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20952
20953 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20954
20955 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
20956 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
20957
20958 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20959 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20960 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20961 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20962
20963 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20964 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20965 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20966 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20967 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20968 file name.
20969
20970 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20971
20972 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20973
20974 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
20975 Print directory using PostScript printer.
20976
20977 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20978 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
20979 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
20980 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
20981
20982 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
20983 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
20984 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
20985 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
20986 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
20987 file name.
20988
20989 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
20990
20991 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
20992
20993 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
20994 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
20995
20996 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
20997
20998 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
20999 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21000 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21001 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21002
21003 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21004 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21005 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21006 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21007 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21008 file name.
21009
21010 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21011
21012 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21013
21014 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21015 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21016
21017 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21018 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21019 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21020
21021 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21022 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21023 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21024 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21025
21026 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21027
21028 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21029 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21030
21031 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21032 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21033 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21034
21035 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21036 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21037 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21038 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21039
21040 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21041
21042 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21043 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21044
21045 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21046 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21047 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21048
21049 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21050 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21051 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21052 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21053
21054 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21055
21056 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21057 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21058
21059 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21060
21061 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21062 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21063 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21064
21065 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21066 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21067 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21068 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21069
21070 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21071
21072 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21073 Preview region using ghostview.
21074
21075 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21076
21077 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21078
21079 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21080 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21081
21082 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21083
21084 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21085
21086 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21087 Print region using PostScript printer.
21088
21089 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21090
21091 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21092
21093 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21094 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21095
21096 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21097
21098 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21099
21100 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21101 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21102
21103 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21104
21105 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21106
21107 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21108 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21109
21110 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21111
21112 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21113
21114 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21115 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21116
21117 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21118
21119 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21120
21121 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21122 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21123
21124 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21125
21126 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21127
21128 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21129 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21130 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21131 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21132
21133 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21134 matching.
21135
21136 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21137 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21138
21139 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21140
21141 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21142
21143 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21144 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21145 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21146 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21147
21148 \(fn)" t nil)
21149
21150 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21151 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21152 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21153 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21154
21155 \(fn)" t nil)
21156
21157 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21158 Print directory using text printer.
21159
21160 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21161 matching.
21162
21163 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21164 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21165
21166 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21167
21168 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21169
21170 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21171 Print buffer using text printer.
21172
21173 \(fn)" t nil)
21174
21175 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21176 Print region using text printer.
21177
21178 \(fn)" t nil)
21179
21180 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21181 Print major mode using text printer.
21182
21183 \(fn)" t nil)
21184
21185 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21186 Preview spooled PostScript.
21187
21188 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21189 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21190 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21191
21192 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21193 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21194 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21195
21196 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21197
21198 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21199 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21200
21201 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21202 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21203 instead of sending it to the printer.
21204
21205 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21206 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21207 image in a file with that name.
21208
21209 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21210
21211 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21212 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21213
21214 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21215 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21216 instead of sending it to the printer.
21217
21218 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21219 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21220 image in a file with that name.
21221
21222 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21223
21224 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21225 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21226
21227 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21228 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21229 instead of sending it to the printer.
21230
21231 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21232 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21233 image in a file with that name.
21234
21235 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21236
21237 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21238 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21239
21240 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21241
21242 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21243 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21244
21245 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21246
21247 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21248 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21249
21250 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21251
21252 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21253 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21254
21255 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21256
21257 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21258 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21259
21260 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21261
21262 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21263 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21264
21265 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21266 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21267 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21268 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21269
21270 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21271 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21272 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21273 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21274 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21275 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21276 file name.
21277
21278 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21279
21280 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21281 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21282
21283 \(fn)" t nil)
21284
21285 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21286 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21287
21288 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21289 right.
21290 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21291 bottom.
21292
21293 \(fn)" t nil)
21294
21295 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21296 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21297
21298 \(fn)" t nil)
21299
21300 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21301 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21302
21303 \(fn)" t nil)
21304
21305 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21306 Toggle printing with faces.
21307
21308 \(fn)" t nil)
21309
21310 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21311 Toggle spooling.
21312
21313 \(fn)" t nil)
21314
21315 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21316 Toggle duplex.
21317
21318 \(fn)" t nil)
21319
21320 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21321 Toggle tumble.
21322
21323 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21324 right.
21325 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21326 bottom.
21327
21328 \(fn)" t nil)
21329
21330 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21331 Toggle landscape.
21332
21333 \(fn)" t nil)
21334
21335 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21336 Toggle upside-down.
21337
21338 \(fn)" t nil)
21339
21340 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21341 Toggle line number.
21342
21343 \(fn)" t nil)
21344
21345 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21346 Toggle zebra stripes.
21347
21348 \(fn)" t nil)
21349
21350 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21351 Toggle printing header.
21352
21353 \(fn)" t nil)
21354
21355 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21356 Toggle printing header frame.
21357
21358 \(fn)" t nil)
21359
21360 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21361 Toggle menu lock.
21362
21363 \(fn)" t nil)
21364
21365 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21366 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21367
21368 \(fn)" t nil)
21369
21370 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21371 Toggle auto mode.
21372
21373 \(fn)" t nil)
21374
21375 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21376 Customization of the `printing' group.
21377
21378 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21379
21380 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21381 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21382
21383 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21384
21385 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21386 Help for the printing package.
21387
21388 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21389
21390 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21391 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21392
21393 \(fn)" t nil)
21394
21395 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21396 Interactively select a text printer.
21397
21398 \(fn)" t nil)
21399
21400 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21401 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21402
21403 \(fn)" t nil)
21404
21405 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21406 Show current ps-print settings.
21407
21408 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21409
21410 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21411 Show current printing settings.
21412
21413 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21414
21415 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21416 Show current lpr settings.
21417
21418 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21419
21420 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21421 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21422
21423 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21424 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21425 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21426 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21427
21428
21429 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21430
21431 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21432 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21433 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21434
21435 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21436 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21437 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21438 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21439 current active printer.
21440
21441 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21442 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21443 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21444 printer.
21445
21446 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21447 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21448 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21449 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21450 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21451
21452
21453 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21454 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21455
21456 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21457
21458 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21459 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21460 be done using the new current active printer.
21461
21462 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21463 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21464 printer.
21465
21466 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21467 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21468 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21469 instead of sending it to the printer.
21470
21471 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21472 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21473 printer.
21474
21475 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21476
21477
21478 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21479 are both set to t.
21480
21481 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21482
21483 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21484 Fast fire function for text printing.
21485
21486 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21487 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21488 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21489 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21490
21491 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21492 user for a new active text printer.
21493
21494 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21495
21496 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21497
21498 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21499 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21500 printer.
21501
21502 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21503
21504 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21505 are both set to t.
21506
21507 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21508
21509 ;;;***
21510 \f
21511 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21512 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21513
21514 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21515 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21516 \\<proced-mode-map>
21517 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21518 the process information.
21519
21520 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21521
21522 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
21523 Proced buffers.
21524
21525 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
21526
21527 ;;;***
21528 \f
21529 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (21291 53104 431149
21530 ;;;;;; 0))
21531 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
21532
21533 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
21534 Start/restart profilers.
21535 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
21536 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
21537 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
21538
21539 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
21540
21541 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
21542 Open profile FILENAME.
21543
21544 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21545
21546 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
21547 Open profile FILENAME.
21548
21549 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21550
21551 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
21552 Open profile FILENAME.
21553
21554 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21555
21556 ;;;***
21557 \f
21558 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (21346 62196
21559 ;;;;;; 327729 0))
21560 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
21561
21562 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
21563 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
21564
21565 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
21566 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
21567
21568 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
21569
21570 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
21571 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
21572
21573 Commands:
21574 \\{prolog-mode-map}
21575
21576 \(fn)" t nil)
21577
21578 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
21579 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
21580 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
21581
21582 \(fn)" t nil)
21583
21584 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
21585 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
21586 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
21587
21588 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21589
21590 ;;;***
21591 \f
21592 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21593 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
21594
21595 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
21596 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
21597 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
21598
21599 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
21600
21601 ;;;***
21602 \f
21603 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (21291 53104
21604 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
21605 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
21606 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
21607
21608 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
21609 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
21610
21611 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
21612
21613 The following variables hold user options, and can
21614 be set through the `customize' command:
21615
21616 `ps-mode-auto-indent'
21617 `ps-mode-tab'
21618 `ps-mode-paper-size'
21619 `ps-mode-print-function'
21620 `ps-run-prompt'
21621 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
21622 `ps-run-x'
21623 `ps-run-dumb'
21624 `ps-run-init'
21625 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
21626 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
21627
21628 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
21629
21630
21631 \\{ps-mode-map}
21632
21633
21634 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
21635 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
21636 The keymap for this second window is:
21637
21638 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
21639
21640
21641 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
21642 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
21643 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
21644 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
21645 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
21646
21647 \(fn)" t nil)
21648
21649 ;;;***
21650 \f
21651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (21358 40055 584873
21652 ;;;;;; 719000))
21653 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
21654 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
21655
21656 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
21657 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
21658 See `ps-paper-type'.")
21659
21660 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
21661
21662 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
21663 Specify the size of paper to format for.
21664 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
21665 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
21666
21667 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
21668
21669 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
21670 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
21671
21672 Valid values are:
21673
21674 nil Do not print colors.
21675
21676 t Print colors.
21677
21678 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
21679 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
21680
21681 Any other value is treated as t.")
21682
21683 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
21684
21685 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
21686 Customization of ps-print group.
21687
21688 \(fn)" t nil)
21689
21690 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
21691 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21692
21693 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21694 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
21695 sending it to the printer.
21696
21697 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21698 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21699 image in a file with that name.
21700
21701 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21702
21703 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21704 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
21705 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21706 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21707 so it has a way to determine color values.
21708
21709 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21710
21711 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
21712 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21713 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
21714
21715 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21716
21717 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21718 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
21719 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21720 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21721 so it has a way to determine color values.
21722
21723 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21724
21725 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
21726 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21727 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
21728 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
21729
21730 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21731
21732 \(fn)" t nil)
21733
21734 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21735 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
21736 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
21737 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
21738 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
21739
21740 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21741
21742 \(fn)" t nil)
21743
21744 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
21745 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21746 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
21747
21748 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21749
21750 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21751
21752 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
21753 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
21754 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
21755 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
21756 so it has a way to determine color values.
21757
21758 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
21759
21760 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
21761
21762 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
21763 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21764
21765 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
21766 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21767 instead of sending it to the printer.
21768
21769 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21770 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21771 image in a file with that name.
21772
21773 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21774
21775 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
21776 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
21777 Done using the current ps-print setup.
21778 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
21779 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head
21780
21781 \(fn)" t nil)
21782
21783 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
21784 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
21785 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21786
21787 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21788
21789 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
21790 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
21791 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
21792
21793 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
21794
21795 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
21796 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
21797
21798 \(fn)" nil nil)
21799
21800 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
21801 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21802
21803 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
21804 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21805
21806 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21807 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21808
21809 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
21810
21811 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
21812
21813 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21814
21815 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
21816 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
21817
21818 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
21819 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
21820
21821 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
21822 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
21823
21824 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
21825
21826 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
21827
21828 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
21829
21830 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
21831 foreground and background colors respectively.
21832
21833 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
21834 bold - use bold font.
21835 italic - use italic font.
21836 underline - put a line under text.
21837 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
21838 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
21839 shadow - text will have a shadow.
21840 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
21841 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
21842
21843 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
21844
21845 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
21846
21847 ;;;***
21848 \f
21849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (21291 53104 431149
21850 ;;;;;; 0))
21851 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
21852 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
21853
21854 ;;;***
21855 \f
21856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (21313 59928
21857 ;;;;;; 109370 0))
21858 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
21859 (push (purecopy '(python 0 24 2)) package--builtin-versions)
21860
21861 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.py\\'") 'python-mode))
21862
21863 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
21864
21865 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
21866 Run an inferior Python process.
21867 Input and output via buffer named after
21868 `python-shell-buffer-name'. If there is a process already
21869 running in that buffer, just switch to it.
21870
21871 With argument, allows you to define CMD so you can edit the
21872 command used to call the interpreter and define DEDICATED, so a
21873 dedicated process for the current buffer is open. When numeric
21874 prefix arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
21875
21876 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
21877 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
21878 process buffer for a list of commands.)
21879
21880 \(fn CMD &optional DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
21881
21882 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
21883 Major mode for editing Python files.
21884
21885 \\{python-mode-map}
21886
21887 \(fn)" t nil)
21888
21889 ;;;***
21890 \f
21891 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
21892 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
21893
21894 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
21895 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
21896 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
21897 coding-system.
21898
21899 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
21900 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
21901
21902 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
21903 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
21904 them into characters should be done separately.
21905
21906 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
21907
21908 ;;;***
21909 \f
21910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (21291 53104
21911 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
21912 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
21913
21914 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
21915 Return the title of the current Quail package.
21916
21917 \(fn)" nil nil)
21918
21919 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
21920 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
21921 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
21922
21923 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
21924 `quail-activate', which see.
21925
21926 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
21927
21928 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
21929 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
21930 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
21931 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
21932 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
21933 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
21934 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
21935
21936 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
21937 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
21938 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
21939 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
21940 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
21941 shown.
21942 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
21943
21944 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
21945 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
21946 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
21947 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
21948 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
21949 list of candidates.
21950
21951 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
21952 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
21953 command to be called.
21954
21955 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
21956 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
21957 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
21958 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
21959
21960 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
21961 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
21962 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
21963 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
21964 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
21965 to t.
21966
21967 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
21968 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
21969 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
21970 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
21971
21972 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
21973 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
21974 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
21975 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
21976 defines no translations for single character keys.
21977
21978 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
21979 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
21980 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
21981 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
21982 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
21983 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
21984
21985 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
21986 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
21987 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
21988 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
21989 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
21990 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
21991
21992 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
21993 covers Quail translation region.
21994
21995 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
21996 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
21997 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
21998 for it) is inserted.
21999
22000 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22001 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22002 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22003
22004 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22005 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22006 non-Quail commands.
22007
22008 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22009
22010 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22011 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22012
22013 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22014 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22015 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22016 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22017 you type is correctly handled.
22018
22019 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22020
22021 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22022 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22023
22024 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22025 keyboard type.
22026
22027 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22028
22029 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22030 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22031 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22032 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22033 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22034 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22035 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22036 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22037 for the translation.
22038 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22039
22040 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22041 it is used to handle KEY.
22042
22043 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22044 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22045 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22046 the following annotation types are supported.
22047
22048 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22049 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22050
22051 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22052 candidate list.
22053
22054 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22055 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22056 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22057 inserted.
22058
22059 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22060 generated for the following translations.
22061
22062 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22063
22064 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22065 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22066
22067 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22068 which to install MAP.
22069
22070 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22071
22072 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22073
22074 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22075 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22076
22077 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22078 which to install MAP.
22079
22080 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22081
22082 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22083
22084 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22085 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22086 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22087 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22088 a function, or a cons.
22089 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22090 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22091 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22092 for the translation.
22093 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22094 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22095 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22096 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22097 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22098
22099 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22100 it is used to handle KEY.
22101
22102 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22103 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22104 current Quail package.
22105
22106 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22107 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22108
22109 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22110
22111 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22112 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22113
22114 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22115 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22116
22117 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22118
22119 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22120 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22121
22122 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22123
22124 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22125 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22126 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22127 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22128 of the Emacs source tree.
22129
22130 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22131 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22132
22133 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22134 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22135 of each directory.
22136
22137 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22138
22139 ;;;***
22140 \f
22141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (21291
22142 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22143 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22144
22145 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22146 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22147 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22148 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22149
22150 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22151
22152 ;;;***
22153 \f
22154 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22155 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22156 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22157
22158 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22159 Activate UCS input method.
22160 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22161
22162 While this input method is active, the variable
22163 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22164
22165 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22166
22167 ;;;***
22168 \f
22169 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (21291 53104 431149
22170 ;;;;;; 0))
22171 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22172
22173 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22174 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22175 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22176 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22177
22178 To make use of this do something like:
22179
22180 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22181
22182 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22183
22184 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22185 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22186
22187 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22188 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22189 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22190
22191 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22192
22193 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22194 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22195
22196 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22197
22198 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22199 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22200
22201 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22202 is decided.
22203
22204 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22205
22206 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22207 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22208
22209 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22210 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22211 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22212
22213 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22214
22215 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22216 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22217
22218 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22219
22220 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22221 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22222
22223 \(fn)" t nil)
22224
22225 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22226 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22227
22228 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22229
22230 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22231
22232 \(fn)" t nil)
22233
22234 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22235 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22236
22237 \(fn)" t nil)
22238
22239 ;;;***
22240 \f
22241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (21291 53104 431149
22242 ;;;;;; 0))
22243 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22244
22245 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22246 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22247
22248 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22249
22250 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22251
22252 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22253
22254 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22255
22256 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22257
22258
22259 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22260
22261 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22262 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22263 See the command `rcirc-track-minor-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22264 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22265 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22266 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22267
22268 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22269
22270 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22271 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22272 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22273 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22274 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22275
22276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22277
22278 ;;;***
22279 \f
22280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (21291
22281 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22283
22284 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22285
22286 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22287 Construct a regexp interactively.
22288 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22289 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22290 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22291
22292 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22293 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22294
22295 \(fn)" t nil)
22296
22297 ;;;***
22298 \f
22299 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (21291 53104 431149
22300 ;;;;;; 0))
22301 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22302
22303 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22304 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22305 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22306 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22307 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22308 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22309
22310 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22311
22312 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22313 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22314 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22315 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22316 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22317
22318 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22319 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22320 were operated on recently.
22321
22322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22323
22324 ;;;***
22325 \f
22326 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22327 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22328
22329 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22330 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22331 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22332 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22333 ends.
22334
22335 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22336 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22337 to be deleted.
22338
22339 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22340
22341 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22342 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22343 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22344
22345 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22346 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22347 deleted.
22348
22349 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22350
22351 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22352 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22353 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22354
22355 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22356
22357 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22358 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22359
22360 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22361 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22362
22363 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22364 deleted.
22365
22366 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22367 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22368 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22369 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22370 even beep.)
22371
22372 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22373
22374 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22375 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22376
22377 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22378
22379 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22380 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22381
22382 \(fn)" t nil)
22383
22384 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22385 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22386 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22387 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22388 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22389 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22390 and point is at the lower right corner.
22391
22392 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22393
22394 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22395 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22396
22397 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22398 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22399
22400 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22401 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22402 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22403
22404 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22405
22406 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22407
22408 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22409 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22410 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22411 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22412 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22413
22414 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22415 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22416
22417 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22418
22419 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22420 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22421 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22422
22423 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22424
22425 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22426
22427 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22428
22429 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22430 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22431
22432 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22433 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22434 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22435
22436 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22437
22438 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22439 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22440 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22441
22442 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22443 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22444 rectangle which were empty.
22445
22446 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22447
22448 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22449 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22450
22451 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22452 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22453 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22454 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22455
22456 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22457
22458 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22459 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22460 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22461
22462 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22463
22464 ;;;***
22465 \f
22466 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (21291 53104
22467 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22468 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
22469
22470 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
22471 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
22472 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
22473 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22474 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22475
22476 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
22477 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
22478 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
22479 auto-filling.
22480
22481 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
22482
22483 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22484
22485 ;;;***
22486 \f
22487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (21291 53104
22488 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22489 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
22490
22491 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
22492 Turn on RefTeX mode.
22493
22494 \(fn)" nil nil)
22495
22496 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
22497 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
22498
22499 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
22500 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
22501
22502 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
22503 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
22504 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
22505 \\ref macro.
22506
22507 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
22508 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
22509 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
22510
22511 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
22512 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
22513 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
22514
22515 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
22516 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
22517
22518 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
22519 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
22520
22521 \\{reftex-mode-map}
22522 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
22523 on the menu bar.
22524
22525 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
22526
22527 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22528
22529 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
22530 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
22531 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
22532
22533 \(fn)" nil nil)
22534
22535 ;;;***
22536 \f
22537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" (21291
22538 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22539 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
22540
22541 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" "\
22542 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
22543 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
22544 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
22545 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
22546 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
22547
22548 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
22549
22550 FORMAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
22551
22552 When called with a `C-u' prefix, prompt for optional arguments in
22553 cite macros. When called with a numeric prefix, make that many
22554 citations. When called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite'
22555 command, it will add another key, ignoring the value of
22556 `reftex-cite-format'.
22557
22558 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
22559 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
22560 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
22561 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files.
22562
22563 \(fn &optional NO-INSERT FORMAT-KEY)" t nil)
22564
22565 ;;;***
22566 \f
22567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-global" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
22568 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22569 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-global.el
22570
22571 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" "\
22572 When on, isearch searches the whole document, not only the current file.
22573 This minor mode allows isearch to search through all the files of
22574 the current TeX document.
22575
22576 With no argument, this command toggles
22577 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode'. With a prefix argument ARG, turn
22578 `reftex-isearch-minor-mode' on if ARG is positive, otherwise turn it off.
22579
22580 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22581
22582 ;;;***
22583 \f
22584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
22585 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
22586 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
22587
22588 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" "\
22589 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
22590 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
22591
22592 To insert new phrases, use
22593 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
22594 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
22595
22596 To index phrases use one of:
22597
22598 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
22599 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
22600 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
22601 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
22602 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
22603
22604 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
22605 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
22606
22607 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
22608
22609 Here are all local bindings.
22610
22611 \\{reftex-index-phrases-mode-map}
22612
22613 \(fn)" t nil)
22614
22615 ;;;***
22616 \f
22617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-parse" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el"
22618 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 327729 0))
22619 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-parse.el
22620
22621 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse" "\
22622 Return a list of all files belonging to the current document.
22623 When RELATIVE is non-nil, give file names relative to directory
22624 of master file.
22625
22626 \(fn &optional RELATIVE)" nil nil)
22627
22628 ;;;***
22629 \f
22630 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (21291
22631 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22632 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
22633 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22634 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
22635 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
22636 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
22637
22638 ;;;***
22639 \f
22640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (21291
22641 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
22642 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
22643
22644 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
22645 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
22646 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
22647 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
22648 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
22649 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
22650
22651 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
22652 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
22653
22654 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22655 by \\=\\< and \\>.
22656 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
22657 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
22658
22659 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
22660
22661 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
22662 Return the depth of REGEXP.
22663 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
22664 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
22665
22666 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
22667
22668 ;;;***
22669 \f
22670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (21291 53104 431149
22671 ;;;;;; 0))
22672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
22673 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
22674
22675 ;;;***
22676 \f
22677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (21291 53104
22678 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22679 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
22680 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22681
22682 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
22683 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
22684 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
22685 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
22686
22687 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
22688
22689 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22690
22691 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
22692 Call `remember' in another frame.
22693
22694 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
22695
22696 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
22697 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
22698 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
22699
22700 \(fn)" t nil)
22701
22702 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
22703 Extract diary entries from the region.
22704
22705 \(fn)" nil nil)
22706
22707 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
22708 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
22709 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
22710 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
22711
22712 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
22713
22714 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
22715 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
22716 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
22717 minor mode.
22718
22719 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
22720
22721 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
22722 Return the buffer.
22723
22724 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
22725 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
22726 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
22727
22728 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
22729
22730 ;;;***
22731 \f
22732 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22733 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
22734 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
22735
22736 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
22737 Repeat most recently executed command.
22738 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
22739 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
22740 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
22741
22742 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
22743 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
22744 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
22745 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
22746
22747 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
22748 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
22749 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
22750
22751 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
22752
22753 ;;;***
22754 \f
22755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (21291 53104
22756 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
22757 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
22758
22759 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
22760 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
22761
22762 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
22763 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
22764 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
22765 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
22766 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
22767 and point is left after the salutation.
22768
22769 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
22770 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
22771 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
22772 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
22773 left after that text.
22774
22775 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
22776 is non-nil.
22777
22778 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
22779 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
22780 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
22781 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
22782
22783 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
22784
22785 ;;;***
22786 \f
22787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (21291 53104 431149
22788 ;;;;;; 0))
22789 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
22790
22791 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
22792 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
22793 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
22794 visibility of comments that precede it.
22795 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
22796 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
22797 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
22798 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
22799 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
22800 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
22801 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
22802 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
22803 the comment lines.
22804 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
22805 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
22806 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
22807 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
22808 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
22809
22810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22811
22812 ;;;***
22813 \f
22814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
22815 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
22816
22817 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22818 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
22819 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
22820 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22821 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22822
22823 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
22824 reveals invisible text around point.
22825
22826 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22827
22828 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
22829 Non-nil if Global-Reveal mode is enabled.
22830 See the command `global-reveal-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
22831 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22832 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22833 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
22834
22835 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
22836
22837 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
22838 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
22839 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
22840
22841 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
22842 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22843 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22844
22845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22846
22847 ;;;***
22848 \f
22849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (21291 53104 431149
22850 ;;;;;; 0))
22851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
22852
22853 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
22854 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
22855
22856 \(fn X)" nil nil)
22857
22858 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
22859 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
22860
22861 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
22862
22863 ;;;***
22864 \f
22865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (21291 53104 431149
22866 ;;;;;; 0))
22867 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
22868
22869 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
22870 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
22871 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
22872 other arguments for `rlogin'.
22873
22874 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
22875
22876 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
22877 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
22878 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
22879 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
22880
22881 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
22882 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
22883
22884 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
22885 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
22886
22887 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
22888 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
22889 INPUT-ARGS.
22890
22891 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
22892 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
22893 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
22894 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
22895 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
22896
22897 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
22898 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
22899 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
22900 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
22901
22902 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
22903 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
22904 variable.
22905
22906 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
22907
22908 ;;;***
22909 \f
22910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (21349 10841 977368
22911 ;;;;;; 0))
22912 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
22913
22914 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
22915 Name of user's primary mail file.")
22916
22917 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
22918
22919 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
22920
22921 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
22922 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
22923 Its name should end with a slash.")
22924
22925 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
22926 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
22927
22928 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
22929 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
22930 Currently known variants are 'emacs and 'mailutils.
22931
22932 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
22933
22934 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
22935 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
22936 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
22937 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
22938 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
22939 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
22940 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
22941
22942 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
22943 sent by you under different user names.
22944 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
22945
22946 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
22947
22948 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
22949
22950 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22951
22952 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
22953 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
22954 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
22955 explicitly.")
22956
22957 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
22958
22959 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
22960 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
22961 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
22962 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
22963 which normally happens once for each message,
22964 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
22965 To make a change in this variable take effect
22966 for a message that you have already viewed,
22967 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
22968
22969 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22970
22971 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
22972 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
22973 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
22974 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
22975
22976 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
22977
22978 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
22979 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
22980
22981 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
22982
22983 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
22984 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
22985 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
22986
22987 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
22988
22989 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
22990 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
22991 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
22992 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
22993 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
22994 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
22995
22996 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
22997
22998 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
22999 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23000
23001 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23002
23003 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23004 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23005
23006 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23007
23008 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23009 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23010
23011 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23012 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23013
23014 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23015
23016 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23017 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23018
23019 This is set to nil by default.")
23020
23021 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23022 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23023 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23024 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23025 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23026 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23027 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23028
23029 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23030 Read and edit incoming mail.
23031 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23032 file in RMAIL Mode.
23033 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23034
23035 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23036 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23037 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23038 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23039
23040 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23041
23042 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23043
23044 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23045 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23046 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23047 Instead, these commands are available:
23048
23049 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23050 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23051 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23052 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23053 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23054 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23055 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23056 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23057 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23058 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23059 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23060 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23061 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23062 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23063 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23064 till a deleted message is found.
23065 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23066 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23067 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23068 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23069 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23070 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23071 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23072 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23073 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23074 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23075 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23076 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23077 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23078 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23079 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23080 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23081 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23082 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23083 (label defaults to last one specified).
23084 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23085 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23086 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23087 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23088 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23089 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23090 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23091 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23092 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23093
23094 \(fn)" t nil)
23095
23096 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23097 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23098
23099 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23100
23101 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23102 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23103
23104 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23105
23106 ;;;***
23107 \f
23108 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (21291 53104
23109 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23110 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23111 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23112
23113 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23114 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23115 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23116 case it writes Babyl.
23117
23118 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23119 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23120 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23121 `rmail-default-file'.
23122
23123 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23124 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23125 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23126
23127 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23128 the header display is currently pruned.
23129
23130 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23131 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23132 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23133 messages after output.
23134
23135 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23136 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23137 message (if writing a file directly).
23138
23139 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23140 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23141
23142 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23143
23144 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23145 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23146 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23147 i) the header is output as currently seen
23148 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23149 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23150
23151 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23152 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23153 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23154
23155 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23156
23157 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23158 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23159 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23160 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23161 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23162 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23163 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23164
23165 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23166 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23167 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23168
23169 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23170
23171 ;;;***
23172 \f
23173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (21319 19378
23174 ;;;;;; 69506 0))
23175 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23176
23177 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23178 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23179 Return a pattern.
23180
23181 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23182
23183 ;;;***
23184 \f
23185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (21291 57968
23186 ;;;;;; 317602 643000))
23187 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23188
23189 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23190 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23191 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23192 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23193
23194 \(fn)" t nil)
23195
23196 ;;;***
23197 \f
23198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (21291 57968
23199 ;;;;;; 317602 643000))
23200 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23201
23202 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23203 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23204
23205 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23206 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23207 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23208 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23209 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23210 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23211 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23212 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23213 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23214 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23215
23216 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23217 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23218 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23219 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23220 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23221 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23222 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23223 to use for finding the schema.
23224
23225 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23226
23227 ;;;***
23228 \f
23229 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (21291 57968 317602
23230 ;;;;;; 643000))
23231 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23232
23233 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23234
23235 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23236 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23237 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23238 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23239 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23240 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23241 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23242 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23243 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23244 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23245 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23246 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23247 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23248 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23249 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23250 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23251 must be equal.
23252
23253 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23254
23255 ;;;***
23256 \f
23257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (20627 28607
23258 ;;;;;; 829638 0))
23259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23260
23261 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23262 Define a robin package.
23263
23264 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23265 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23266 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23267 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23268
23269 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23270 one replaces the old one.
23271
23272 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23273
23274 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23275 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23276
23277 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23278 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23279 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23280
23281 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23282
23283 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23284 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23285
23286 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23287
23288 ;;;***
23289 \f
23290 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
23291 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23292
23293 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23294 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23295
23296 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23297
23298 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23299 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23300
23301 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23302
23303 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23304 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23305
23306 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23307
23308 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23309 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23310 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23311
23312 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23313 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23314 in ROT13.
23315
23316 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23317
23318 \(fn)" t nil)
23319
23320 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23321 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23322
23323 \(fn)" t nil)
23324
23325 ;;;***
23326 \f
23327 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (21343 47921 549108
23328 ;;;;;; 0))
23329 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23330 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23331
23332 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23333 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23334 \\<rst-mode-map>
23335
23336 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23337 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23338 highlighting.
23339
23340 \\{rst-mode-map}
23341
23342 \(fn)" t nil)
23343
23344 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23345 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23346 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23347 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23348 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23349
23350 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23351 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23352 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23353
23354 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23355
23356 ;;;***
23357 \f
23358 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (21352
23359 ;;;;;; 23356 888479 0))
23360 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23361 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23362
23363 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23364 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23365
23366 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23367
23368 \(fn)" t nil)
23369
23370 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\." "rb\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23371
23372 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23373
23374 ;;;***
23375 \f
23376 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
23377 ;;;;;; 0))
23378 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23379 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23380
23381 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23382 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23383 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23384
23385 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23386 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23387 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23388 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23389 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23390
23391 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23392
23393 ;;;***
23394 \f
23395 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (21291 53104 431149
23396 ;;;;;; 0))
23397 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23398
23399 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23400 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23401 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23402 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23403
23404 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23405
23406 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23407 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23408 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23409
23410 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23411 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23412 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23413
23414 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23415 notation.
23416
23417 STRING
23418 matches string STRING literally.
23419
23420 CHAR
23421 matches character CHAR literally.
23422
23423 `not-newline', `nonl'
23424 matches any character except a newline.
23425
23426 `anything'
23427 matches any character
23428
23429 `(any SET ...)'
23430 `(in SET ...)'
23431 `(char SET ...)'
23432 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23433 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23434 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23435
23436 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23437 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23438 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23439 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23440
23441 `(not (any SET ...))'
23442 matches any character not in SET ...
23443
23444 `line-start', `bol'
23445 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23446 in the text being matched
23447
23448 `line-end', `eol'
23449 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23450
23451 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23452 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23453 string being matched against.
23454
23455 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23456 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23457 string being matched against.
23458
23459 `buffer-start'
23460 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23461 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23462
23463 `buffer-end'
23464 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23465 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23466
23467 `point'
23468 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23469
23470 `word-start', `bow'
23471 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23472
23473 `word-end', `eow'
23474 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23475
23476 `word-boundary'
23477 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23478 word.
23479
23480 `(not word-boundary)'
23481 `not-word-boundary'
23482 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23483 word.
23484
23485 `symbol-start'
23486 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23487
23488 `symbol-end'
23489 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23490
23491 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23492 matches 0 through 9.
23493
23494 `control', `cntrl'
23495 matches ASCII control characters.
23496
23497 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23498 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23499
23500 `blank'
23501 matches space and tab only.
23502
23503 `graphic', `graph'
23504 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
23505 space, and DEL.
23506
23507 `printing', `print'
23508 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
23509 and DEL.
23510
23511 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23512 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23513 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23514
23515 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23516 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23517 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
23518
23519 `ascii'
23520 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23521
23522 `nonascii'
23523 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23524
23525 `lower', `lower-case'
23526 matches anything lower-case.
23527
23528 `upper', `upper-case'
23529 matches anything upper-case.
23530
23531 `punctuation', `punct'
23532 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23533 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23534
23535 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23536 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23537
23538 `word', `wordchar'
23539 matches anything that has word syntax.
23540
23541 `not-wordchar'
23542 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23543
23544 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23545 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23546 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23547 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23548
23549 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23550 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23551 `word' (\\sw)
23552 `symbol' (\\s_)
23553 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
23554 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
23555 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
23556 `string-quote' (\\s\")
23557 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
23558 `escape' (\\s\\)
23559 `character-quote' (\\s/)
23560 `comment-start' (\\s<)
23561 `comment-end' (\\s>)
23562 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
23563 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
23564
23565 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
23566 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
23567
23568 `(category CATEGORY)'
23569 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
23570 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
23571
23572 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
23573 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
23574 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
23575 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
23576 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
23577 `symbol' (\\c5)
23578 `digit' (\\c6)
23579 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
23580 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
23581 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
23582 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
23583 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
23584 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
23585 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
23586 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
23587 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
23588 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
23589 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
23590 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
23591 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
23592 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
23593 `ascii' (\\ca)
23594 `arabic' (\\cb)
23595 `chinese' (\\cc)
23596 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
23597 `greek' (\\cg)
23598 `korean' (\\ch)
23599 `indian' (\\ci)
23600 `japanese' (\\cj)
23601 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
23602 `latin' (\\cl)
23603 `lao' (\\co)
23604 `tibetan' (\\cq)
23605 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
23606 `thai' (\\ct)
23607 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
23608 `hebrew' (\\cw)
23609 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
23610 `can-break' (\\c|)
23611
23612 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
23613 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
23614
23615 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23616 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23617 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23618 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23619 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
23620
23621 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23622 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23623 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
23624 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
23625
23626 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23627 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23628 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
23629 group number N.
23630
23631 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23632 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
23633 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
23634 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
23635 regular expression.
23636
23637 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
23638 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
23639 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
23640 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
23641 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
23642
23643 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
23644 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
23645
23646 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
23647 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
23648
23649 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
23650 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
23651 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
23652
23653 `(* SEXP ...)'
23654 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
23655 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23656
23657 `(*? SEXP ...)'
23658 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
23659 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
23660
23661 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
23662 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
23663 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
23664
23665 `(+ SEXP ...)'
23666 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23667
23668 `(+? SEXP ...)'
23669 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23670
23671 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
23672 `(optional SEXP ...)'
23673 `(opt SEXP ...)'
23674 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
23675
23676 `(? SEXP ...)'
23677 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
23678
23679 `(?? SEXP ...)'
23680 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
23681
23682 `(repeat N SEXP)'
23683 `(= N SEXP ...)'
23684 matches N occurrences.
23685
23686 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
23687 matches N or more occurrences.
23688
23689 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
23690 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
23691 matches N to M occurrences.
23692
23693 `(backref N)'
23694 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
23695
23696 `(eval FORM)'
23697 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
23698 `regexp-quote' it.
23699
23700 `(regexp REGEXP)'
23701 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
23702
23703 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
23704
23705 ;;;***
23706 \f
23707 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (21291 53104
23708 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23709 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
23710 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23711
23712 ;;;***
23713 \f
23714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (21291 53104 431149
23715 ;;;;;; 0))
23716 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
23717 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
23718
23719 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
23720 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
23721 See the command `savehist-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23722 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23723 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23724 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
23725
23726 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
23727
23728 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
23729 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
23730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
23731 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23732 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23733
23734 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
23735 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
23736 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
23737 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
23738
23739 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
23740 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
23741 histories, which is probably undesirable.
23742
23743 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23744
23745 ;;;***
23746 \f
23747 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (21291 53104
23748 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23749 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
23750
23751 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
23752 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
23753 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23754
23755 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
23756 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
23757 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
23758 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
23759 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
23760 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
23761 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
23762 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
23763
23764 Commands:
23765 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23766 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23767 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23768
23769 \(fn)" t nil)
23770
23771 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
23772 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
23773 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
23774
23775 Commands:
23776 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
23777 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
23778 \\{scheme-mode-map}
23779 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
23780 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
23781 that variable's value is a string.
23782
23783 \(fn)" t nil)
23784
23785 ;;;***
23786 \f
23787 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (21291 53104
23788 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23789 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
23790
23791 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
23792 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
23793 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
23794
23795 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
23796
23797 \(fn)" t nil)
23798
23799 ;;;***
23800 \f
23801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (21291 53104 431149
23802 ;;;;;; 0))
23803 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
23804
23805 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
23806 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
23807 See the command `scroll-all-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23808 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23809 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23810 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
23811
23812 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
23813
23814 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
23815 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
23816 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
23817 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23818 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23819
23820 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
23821 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
23822
23823 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23824
23825 ;;;***
23826 \f
23827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (21291 53104
23828 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23829 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
23830
23831 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
23832 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
23833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
23834 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23835 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
23836 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
23837 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
23838 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
23839
23840 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23841
23842 ;;;***
23843 \f
23844 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (21291 53104 431149
23845 ;;;;;; 0))
23846 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
23847 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
23848 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
23849
23850 ;;;***
23851 \f
23852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (21291 53104
23853 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23854 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
23855 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23856
23857 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
23858 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
23859 The possible elements of this list include the following:
23860
23861 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
23862 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
23863 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
23864 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
23865 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
23866 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
23867 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
23868 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
23869 keybinding for tag names.
23870 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
23871 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
23872 of the symbol under point.
23873 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
23874 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
23875 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
23876 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
23877 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
23878 syntax tokens.
23879 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
23880
23881 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
23882
23883 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
23884 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
23885 See the command `semantic-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
23886 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23887 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23888 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
23889
23890 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
23891
23892 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
23893 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
23894 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
23895 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23896 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23897
23898 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
23899 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
23900 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
23901 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
23902 Semantic mode.
23903
23904 \\{semantic-mode-map}
23905
23906 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23907
23908 ;;;***
23909 \f
23910 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
23911 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
23912 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
23913
23914 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
23915 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
23916
23917 \(fn)" t nil)
23918
23919 ;;;***
23920 \f
23921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
23922 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
23923 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
23924
23925 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
23926 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
23927
23928 \(fn)" t nil)
23929
23930 ;;;***
23931 \f
23932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (21291 53104
23933 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
23934 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
23935
23936 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
23937 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
23938
23939 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
23940 king@grassland.com
23941 If `parens', they look like:
23942 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
23943 If `angles', they look like:
23944 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
23945
23946 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
23947 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
23948
23949 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
23950
23951 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
23952 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
23953 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
23954 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
23955
23956 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
23957 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
23958 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
23959 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
23960
23961 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
23962
23963 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
23964 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
23965 This is done when the message is initialized,
23966 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
23967
23968 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
23969
23970 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
23971 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
23972 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
23973
23974 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
23975
23976 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
23977 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
23978 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
23979 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
23980 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
23981 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
23982 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
23983
23984 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
23985
23986 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
23987 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
23988
23989 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
23990
23991 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
23992 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
23993 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
23994 be a Babyl file.")
23995
23996 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
23997
23998 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
23999 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24000 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24001 when you first send mail.")
24002
24003 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24004
24005 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24006 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24007 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24008 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24009 This file need not actually exist.")
24010
24011 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24012
24013 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24014 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24015
24016 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24017
24018 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24019 Alist of mail address aliases,
24020 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24021 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24022 can specify a different file name.)
24023 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24024 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24025
24026 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24027 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24028 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24029
24030 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24031
24032 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24033 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24034 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24035
24036 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24037
24038 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24039 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24040 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24041 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24042 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24043 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24044 in the cited portion of the message.
24045
24046 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24047 instead of no action.")
24048
24049 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24050
24051 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24052 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24053 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24054 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24055 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24056
24057 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24058
24059 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24060 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24061 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24062 If a string, that string is inserted.
24063 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24064 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24065 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24066 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24067
24068 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24069
24070 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24071 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24072
24073 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24074
24075 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24076 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24077 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24078
24079 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24080 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24081
24082 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24083
24084 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24085 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24086 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24087 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24088
24089 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24090
24091 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24092 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24093 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24094
24095 \(fn)" nil nil)
24096
24097 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24098
24099 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24100
24101
24102 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24103
24104 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24105 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24106 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24107
24108 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24109 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24110
24111 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24112 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24113 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24114 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24115 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24116 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24117 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24118 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24119 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24120 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24121 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24122 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24123 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24124 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24125
24126 \(fn)" t nil)
24127
24128 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24129 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24130 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24131 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24132
24133 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24134
24135 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24136 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24137 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24138 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24139 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24140 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24141
24142 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24143 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24144 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24145
24146 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24147 User should not set this variable manually,
24148 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24149 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24150 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24151
24152 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24153 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24154 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24155 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24156
24157 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24158 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24159
24160 \\<mail-mode-map>
24161 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24162
24163 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24164 to move to message header fields:
24165 \\{mail-mode-map}
24166
24167 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24168 when the message is initialized.
24169
24170 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24171 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24172
24173 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24174 is inserted.
24175
24176 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24177 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24178
24179 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24180 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24181 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24182 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24183 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24184 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24185 buffer without erasing the contents.
24186
24187 The second through fifth arguments,
24188 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24189 the initial contents of those header fields.
24190 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24191 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24192 original message being replied to, or else an action
24193 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24194 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24195 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24196 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24197 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24198 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24199
24200 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24201
24202 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24203 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24204
24205 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24206
24207 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24208 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24209
24210 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24211
24212 ;;;***
24213 \f
24214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
24215 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24216
24217 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24218
24219 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24220
24221 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24222
24223 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24224 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24225 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24226 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24227 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24228 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24229
24230 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24231 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24232
24233 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24234 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24235 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24236
24237 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24238 \\[server-start].
24239
24240 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24241
24242 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24243 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24244 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24245 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24246
24247 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24248
24249 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24250 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24251 See the command `server-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
24252 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24253 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24254 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24255
24256 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24257
24258 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24259 Toggle Server mode.
24260 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24261 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24262 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24263
24264 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24265 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24266 `server-start' for details.
24267
24268 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24269
24270 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24271 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24272 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24273
24274 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24275 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24276
24277 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24278
24279 ;;;***
24280 \f
24281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
24282 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24283
24284 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24285 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24286
24287 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24288 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24289 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24290 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24291 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24292
24293 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24294 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24295 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24296 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24297 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24298 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24299
24300 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24301 displayed.
24302
24303 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24304 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24305 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24306
24307 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24308 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24309
24310 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24311 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24312
24313 \\{ses-mode-map}
24314 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24315 part):
24316 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24317 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24318 formula:
24319 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24320
24321 \(fn)" t nil)
24322
24323 ;;;***
24324 \f
24325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (21291
24326 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
24327 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24328
24329 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24330 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24331 Makes > match <.
24332 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and ' can be electric depending on
24333 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24334
24335 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24336 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24337 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24338
24339 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function 'upcase)
24340 in your init file.
24341
24342 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24343
24344 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24345 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24346 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24347
24348 \(fn)" t nil)
24349
24350 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24351 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24352 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24353 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24354 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24355 which this is based.
24356
24357 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24358
24359 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24360 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24361 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24362 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24363
24364 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24365 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24366 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24367
24368 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24369 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24370 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24371 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24372
24373 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24374 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24375 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24376 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24377
24378 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24379
24380 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24381 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24382 To work around that, do:
24383 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
24384
24385 \\{html-mode-map}
24386
24387 \(fn)" t nil)
24388
24389 ;;;***
24390 \f
24391 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (21346
24392 ;;;;;; 62196 327729 0))
24393 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24394 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24395 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24396
24397 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24398 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24399 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24400 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24401 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24402 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24403
24404 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24405 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24406 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24407 shell-specific features.
24408
24409 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24410 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24411 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24412 \\<sh-mode-map>
24413 \\[sh-case] case statement
24414 \\[sh-for] for loop
24415 \\[sh-function] function definition
24416 \\[sh-if] if statement
24417 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24418 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24419 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24420 \\[sh-select] select loop
24421 \\[sh-until] until loop
24422 \\[sh-while] while loop
24423
24424 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24425 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24426 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24427 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24428 would indent to the way it currently is.
24429 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24430 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24431
24432
24433 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24434 \\[newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
24435 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24436 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24437 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24438 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24439
24440 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24441 unquoted < insert a here document.
24442
24443 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24444 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24445 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24446
24447 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24448 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24449
24450 \(fn)" t nil)
24451
24452 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24453
24454 ;;;***
24455 \f
24456 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (21291 53104
24457 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24458 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24459
24460 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24461 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24462
24463 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24464 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24465 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24466
24467 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24468 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24469 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24470 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24471 the earlier.
24472
24473 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24474
24475 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24476
24477 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24478 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24479 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24480
24481 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24482 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24483
24484 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24485 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24486 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24487 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24488 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24489 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24490 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24491 Emacs version).
24492
24493 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24494 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24495 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24496 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24497 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24498
24499 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24500 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24501
24502 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
24503
24504 ;;;***
24505 \f
24506 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (21291 53104 431149
24507 ;;;;;; 0))
24508 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
24509
24510 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
24511 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
24512 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
24513 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
24514 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
24515 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
24516 sites in the cluster.
24517
24518 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
24519
24520 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
24521 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
24522 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
24523 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
24524 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
24525
24526 \(fn)" t nil)
24527
24528 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
24529 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
24530 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
24531 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
24532 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
24533 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
24534 `shadow-define-cluster').
24535
24536 \(fn)" t nil)
24537
24538 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
24539 Set up file shadowing.
24540
24541 \(fn)" t nil)
24542
24543 ;;;***
24544 \f
24545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (21313 65162 603703 543000))
24546 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
24547
24548 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
24549 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
24550 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
24551 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
24552 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
24553 arguments.")
24554
24555 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
24556
24557 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
24558 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
24559 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
24560 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
24561 to change if called with a prefix arg.
24562
24563 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
24564 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
24565 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
24566 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
24567 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
24568 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
24569 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
24570 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
24571 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
24572 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
24573 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
24574
24575 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
24576 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
24577 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
24578 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
24579 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
24580 `default-process-coding-system'.
24581
24582 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
24583 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
24584 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
24585 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
24586
24587 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
24588
24589 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24590
24591 ;;;***
24592 \f
24593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (21341 23900 988149 0))
24594 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
24595
24596 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
24597 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
24598
24599 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24600
24601 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
24602 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
24603 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
24604 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
24605
24606 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
24607
24608 ;;;***
24609 \f
24610 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (21291 53104 431149
24611 ;;;;;; 0))
24612 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
24613
24614 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
24615
24616
24617 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
24618
24619 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
24620
24621
24622 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24623
24624 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
24625
24626
24627 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24628
24629 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
24630
24631
24632 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24633
24634 ;;;***
24635 \f
24636 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (21291 53104
24637 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24638 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
24639
24640 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
24641 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
24642 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
24643 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
24644 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
24645
24646 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
24647
24648 \(fn)" t nil)
24649
24650 ;;;***
24651 \f
24652 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (21291 53104
24653 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24654 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
24655
24656 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
24657 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
24658 \\{simula-mode-map}
24659 Variables controlling indentation style:
24660 `simula-tab-always-indent'
24661 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
24662 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
24663 `simula-indent-level'
24664 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
24665 `simula-substatement-offset'
24666 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
24667 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
24668 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
24669 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
24670 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
24671 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
24672 `simula-label-offset' -4711
24673 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
24674 `simula-if-indent' '(0 . 0)
24675 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
24676 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
24677 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
24678 `simula-inspect-indent' '(0 . 0)
24679 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
24680 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
24681 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
24682 `simula-electric-indent' nil
24683 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
24684 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
24685 `simula-abbrev-keyword' 'upcase
24686 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
24687 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
24688 or nil if they should not be changed.
24689 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' 'abbrev-table
24690 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
24691 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
24692 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
24693
24694 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
24695 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
24696
24697 \(fn)" t nil)
24698
24699 ;;;***
24700 \f
24701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (21291 53104 431149
24702 ;;;;;; 0))
24703 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
24704
24705 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
24706 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
24707
24708 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
24709 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
24710 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
24711 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
24712
24713 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
24714
24715 (put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
24716
24717 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
24718 Insert SKELETON.
24719 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
24720 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
24721 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
24722 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
24723 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
24724
24725 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
24726 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
24727
24728 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
24729
24730 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
24731 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
24732
24733 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
24734 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
24735 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
24736 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
24737
24738 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
24739 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
24740 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
24741 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
24742
24743 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
24744 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
24745 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
24746
24747 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
24748 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
24749
24750 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
24751 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
24752
24753 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
24754 _ interesting point, interregion here
24755 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
24756 interesting point set by _
24757 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
24758 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
24759 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
24760 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
24761 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
24762 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
24763 nil skipped
24764
24765 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
24766 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
24767
24768 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
24769 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
24770 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
24771 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
24772 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
24773 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
24774 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
24775 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
24776
24777 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
24778 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
24779 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
24780 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
24781 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
24782 available:
24783
24784 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
24785 then: insert previously read string once more
24786 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
24787 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
24788 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
24789
24790 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
24791 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
24792
24793 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
24794
24795 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
24796 Insert the character you type ARG times.
24797
24798 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
24799 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
24800 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
24801 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
24802 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
24803 such as backslash.
24804
24805 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
24806 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
24807 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others.
24808
24809 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
24810
24811 ;;;***
24812 \f
24813 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (21291 53104
24814 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24815 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
24816
24817 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
24818 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
24819 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
24820 buffer names.
24821
24822 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
24823
24824 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
24825 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
24826 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24827 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24828 if ARG is omitted or nil.
24829 \\{smerge-mode-map}
24830
24831 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24832
24833 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
24834 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
24835 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
24836
24837 \(fn)" t nil)
24838
24839 ;;;***
24840 \f
24841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (21291 53104 431149
24842 ;;;;;; 0))
24843 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
24844
24845 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
24846 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
24847 A list of images is returned.
24848
24849 \(fn START END)" t nil)
24850
24851 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
24852 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
24853 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
24854
24855 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
24856
24857 ;;;***
24858 \f
24859 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (21291 53104
24860 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24861 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
24862
24863 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
24864
24865
24866 \(fn)" nil nil)
24867
24868 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
24869 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
24870
24871 \(fn)" t nil)
24872
24873 ;;;***
24874 \f
24875 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (21291 53104 431149
24876 ;;;;;; 0))
24877 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
24878
24879 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
24880 Play the Snake game.
24881 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
24882
24883 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
24884
24885 Snake mode keybindings:
24886 \\<snake-mode-map>
24887 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
24888 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
24889 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
24890 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
24891 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
24892 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
24893 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
24894
24895 \(fn)" t nil)
24896
24897 ;;;***
24898 \f
24899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (21291 53104
24900 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24901 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
24902
24903 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24904 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
24905 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24906 Tab indents for C code.
24907 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24908 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24909 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24910 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
24911 `snmp-mode-hook'.
24912
24913 \(fn)" t nil)
24914
24915 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
24916 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
24917 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
24918 Tab indents for C code.
24919 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
24920 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24921 \\{snmp-mode-map}
24922 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
24923 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
24924
24925 \(fn)" t nil)
24926
24927 ;;;***
24928 \f
24929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (21291 53104 431149
24930 ;;;;;; 0))
24931 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
24932
24933 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
24934 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
24935 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
24936 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
24937 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
24938
24939 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
24940
24941 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24942
24943 ;;;***
24944 \f
24945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (21291 53104
24946 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
24947 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
24948
24949 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
24950 Play Solitaire.
24951
24952 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
24953 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
24954 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
24955 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
24956 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
24957 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
24958 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
24959 check after each move or undo.)
24960
24961 What is Solitaire?
24962
24963 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
24964 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
24965 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
24966
24967 Le Solitaire
24968 ============
24969
24970 o o o
24971
24972 o o o
24973
24974 o o o o o o o
24975
24976 o o o . o o o
24977
24978 o o o o o o o
24979
24980 o o o
24981
24982 o o o
24983
24984 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
24985 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
24986 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
24987 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
24988
24989 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
24990 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
24991 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
24992 this: o o .
24993
24994 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
24995 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
24996
24997 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
24998
24999 o o o
25000
25001 . o o
25002
25003 o o . o o o o
25004
25005 o . o o o o o
25006
25007 o o o o o o o
25008
25009 o o o
25010
25011 o o o
25012
25013 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25014
25015 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25016
25017 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25018
25019 ;;;***
25020 \f
25021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
25022 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25023 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25024
25025 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25026 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25027
25028 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25029 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25030 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25031 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25032 contiguous.
25033
25034 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25035 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25036 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25037 the sort order.
25038
25039 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25040 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25041
25042 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25043 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25044 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25045 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25046 is called.
25047
25048 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25049 It should move point to the end of the record.
25050
25051 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25052 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25053 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25054 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25055 starts at the beginning of the record.
25056
25057 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25058 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25059 same as ENDRECFUN.
25060
25061 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25062 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25063 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25064 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25065 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25066 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25067 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25068
25069 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25070
25071 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25072 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25073 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25074 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25075 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25076 the sort order.
25077
25078 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25079
25080 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25081 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25082 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25083 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25084 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25085 the sort order.
25086
25087 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25088
25089 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25090 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25091 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25092 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25093 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25094 the sort order.
25095
25096 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25097 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25098
25099 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25100 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25101 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25102 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25103 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25104 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25105 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25106 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25107 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25108
25109 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25110
25111 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25112 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25113 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25114 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25115 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25116 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25117 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25118 the sort order.
25119
25120 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25121
25122 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25123 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25124 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25125 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25126
25127 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25128 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25129
25130 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25131 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25132 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25133 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25134 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25135 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25136 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25137 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25138
25139 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25140
25141 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25142 the sort order.
25143
25144 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25145 starting with the letter \"f\",
25146 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25147
25148 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25149
25150 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25151 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25152 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25153 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25154 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25155 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25156 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25157 the sort order.
25158
25159 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25160 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25161 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25162 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25163 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25164
25165 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25166
25167 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25168 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25169 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25170
25171 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25172
25173 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25174 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25175 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25176 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25177 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25178 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25179 each repeated line.
25180
25181 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25182 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25183 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25184 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25185
25186 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25187 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25188
25189 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25190 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25191
25192 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25193
25194 ;;;***
25195 \f
25196 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
25197 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25198
25199 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25200 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25201 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25202 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25203 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25204 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25205
25206 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25207
25208 ;;;***
25209 \f
25210 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (21291
25211 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
25212 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25213
25214 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25215 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25216
25217 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25218 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25219 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25220
25221 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25222
25223 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25224 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25225 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25226 server.
25227
25228 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25229
25230 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25231 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25232 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25233
25234 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25235
25236 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25237 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25238 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25239 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25240 Agent is plugged.
25241
25242 \(fn)" t nil)
25243
25244 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25245 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25246 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25247 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25248
25249 \(fn)" t nil)
25250
25251 ;;;***
25252 \f
25253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (21341 23900 988149
25254 ;;;;;; 0))
25255 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25256
25257 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25258
25259 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25260 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25261 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25262 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25263 supported at a time.
25264 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25265 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25266
25267 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25268
25269 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25270 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25271 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25272 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25273
25274 \(fn)" t nil)
25275
25276 ;;;***
25277 \f
25278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (21291 53104 431149
25279 ;;;;;; 0))
25280 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25281
25282 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25283 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25284
25285 \(fn)" t nil)
25286
25287 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25288 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25289
25290 \(fn)" nil nil)
25291
25292 ;;;***
25293 \f
25294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (21291 53104 431149
25295 ;;;;;; 0))
25296 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25297 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 4)) package--builtin-versions)
25298
25299 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25300 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25301
25302 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25303 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25304 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25305 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25306 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25307 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25308 of the current highlighting list.
25309
25310 For example:
25311
25312 (sql-add-product-keywords 'ms
25313 '((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25314
25315 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25316 `_t' as data types.
25317
25318 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25319
25320 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25321 Major mode to edit SQL.
25322
25323 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25324 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25325 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25326
25327 \\{sql-mode-map}
25328 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25329
25330 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25331 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25332 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25333 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25334 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25335 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25336
25337 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25338 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25339
25340 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25341 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25342 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25343
25344 \(add-hook 'sql-mode-hook
25345 (lambda ()
25346 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25347
25348 \(fn)" t nil)
25349
25350 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25351 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25352
25353 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25354 their settings.
25355
25356 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25357 is specified in the connection settings.
25358
25359 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25360
25361 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25362 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25363
25364 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25365 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25366
25367 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25368 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25369 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25370 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25371
25372 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25373
25374 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25375
25376 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25377 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25378
25379 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25380 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25381 `*SQL*'.
25382
25383 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25384 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25385 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25386 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25387
25388 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25389 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25390
25391 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25392 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25393 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25394 buffer.
25395
25396 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25397 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25398 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25399 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25400 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25401 `default-process-coding-system'.
25402
25403 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25404
25405 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25406
25407 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25408 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25409
25410 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25411 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25412 `*SQL*'.
25413
25414 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25415 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25416 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25417 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25418
25419 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25420 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25421
25422 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25423 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25424 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25425 buffer.
25426
25427 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25428 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25429 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25430 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25431 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25432 `default-process-coding-system'.
25433
25434 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25435
25436 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25437
25438 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25439 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25440
25441 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25442 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25443 `*SQL*'.
25444
25445 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25446 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25447
25448 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25449 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25450
25451 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25452 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25453 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25454 buffer.
25455
25456 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25457 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25458 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25459 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25460 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25461 `default-process-coding-system'.
25462
25463 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25464
25465 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25466
25467 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25468 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25469
25470 SQLite is free software.
25471
25472 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25473 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25474 `*SQL*'.
25475
25476 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25477 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25478 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25479 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25480
25481 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25482 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25483
25484 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25485 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25486 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25487 buffer.
25488
25489 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25490 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25491 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25492 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25493 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25494 `default-process-coding-system'.
25495
25496 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25497
25498 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25499
25500 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
25501 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
25502
25503 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
25504
25505 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25506 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25507 `*SQL*'.
25508
25509 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
25510 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25511 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25512 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
25513
25514 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25515 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25516
25517 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25518 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
25519 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25520 buffer.
25521
25522 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25523 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25524 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25525 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25526 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25527 `default-process-coding-system'.
25528
25529 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25530
25531 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25532
25533 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
25534 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
25535
25536 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25537 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25538 `*SQL*'.
25539
25540 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
25541 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
25542 defaults, if set.
25543
25544 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25545 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25546
25547 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25548 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
25549 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25550 buffer.
25551
25552 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25553 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25554 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25555 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25556 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25557 `default-process-coding-system'.
25558
25559 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25560
25561 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25562
25563 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
25564 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
25565
25566 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25567 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25568 `*SQL*'.
25569
25570 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
25571 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25572
25573 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25574 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25575
25576 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25577 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
25578 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25579 buffer.
25580
25581 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25582 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25583 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25584 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25585 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25586 `default-process-coding-system'.
25587
25588 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25589
25590 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25591
25592 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
25593 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
25594
25595 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25596 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25597 `*SQL*'.
25598
25599 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
25600 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
25601 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
25602 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
25603
25604 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25605 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25606
25607 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25608 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
25609 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25610 buffer.
25611
25612 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25613 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25614 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25615 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25616 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25617 `default-process-coding-system'.
25618
25619 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25620
25621 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25622
25623 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
25624 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
25625
25626 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25627 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25628 `*SQL*'.
25629
25630 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
25631 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
25632 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
25633 `sql-postgres-options'.
25634
25635 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25636 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25637
25638 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25639 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
25640 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25641 buffer.
25642
25643 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25644 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25645 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25646 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25647 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25648 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
25649 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
25650 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
25651
25652 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
25653 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
25654
25655 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25656
25657 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25658
25659 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
25660 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
25661
25662 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25663 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25664 `*SQL*'.
25665
25666 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
25667 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25668 defaults, if set.
25669
25670 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25671 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25672
25673 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25674 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
25675 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25676 buffer.
25677
25678 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25679 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25680 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25681 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25682 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25683 `default-process-coding-system'.
25684
25685 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25686
25687 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25688
25689 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
25690 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
25691
25692 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25693 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25694 `*SQL*'.
25695
25696 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
25697 automatic login.
25698
25699 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25700 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25701
25702 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
25703 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
25704 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
25705 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
25706
25707 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25708 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
25709 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25710 buffer.
25711
25712 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25713 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25714 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25715 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25716 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25717 `default-process-coding-system'.
25718
25719 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25720
25721 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25722
25723 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
25724 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
25725
25726 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25727 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25728 `*SQL*'.
25729
25730 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
25731 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
25732 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25733 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
25734 parameters.
25735
25736 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
25737 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
25738 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
25739 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
25740 an empty password.
25741
25742 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25743 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25744
25745 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25746 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
25747 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25748 buffer.
25749
25750 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25751
25752 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25753
25754 ;;;***
25755 \f
25756 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (21291 53104 431149
25757 ;;;;;; 0))
25758 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
25759 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25760
25761 ;;;***
25762 \f
25763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
25764 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
25765 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
25766
25767 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
25768 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
25769
25770 \(fn)" t nil)
25771
25772 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
25773
25774 ;;;***
25775 \f
25776 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (21291 53104
25777 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
25778 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
25779
25780 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
25781 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
25782 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
25783 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
25784 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
25785 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
25786 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
25787 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
25788 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
25789 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
25790 with any buffer
25791 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
25792 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
25793 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
25794 GnuTLS requires a port number.
25795
25796 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
25797
25798 ;;;***
25799 \f
25800 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (21291 53104 431149
25801 ;;;;;; 0))
25802 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
25803
25804 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
25805 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
25806 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
25807 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
25808 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
25809 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
25810
25811 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
25812
25813 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
25814
25815 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
25816 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25817 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25818 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
25819 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
25820 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
25821 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25822
25823 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25824
25825 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25826 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
25827 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
25828 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
25829 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
25830 then complete the stroke with button 3.
25831 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
25832
25833 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
25834
25835 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
25836 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25837 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25838
25839 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25840
25841 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25842 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
25843 This must be bound to a mouse event.
25844
25845 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
25846
25847 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
25848 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
25849
25850 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
25851
25852 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
25853 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
25854
25855 \(fn)" t nil)
25856
25857 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
25858 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
25859
25860 \(fn)" t nil)
25861
25862 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
25863 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
25864 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
25865 by command name.
25866 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
25867
25868 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
25869
25870 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
25871 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
25872 See the command `strokes-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25874 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25875 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
25876
25877 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
25878
25879 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
25880 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
25881 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
25882 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
25883 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25884
25885 \\<strokes-mode-map>
25886 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
25887 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
25888 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
25889 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
25890
25891 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
25892 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
25893 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
25894 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
25895
25896 \\{strokes-mode-map}
25897
25898 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25899
25900 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
25901 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
25902 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
25903 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
25904
25905 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
25906
25907 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
25908 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
25909
25910 \(fn)" t nil)
25911
25912 ;;;***
25913 \f
25914 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (21291 53104 431149
25915 ;;;;;; 0))
25916 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
25917
25918 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
25919 Studlify-case the region.
25920
25921 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
25922
25923 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
25924 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
25925
25926 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
25927
25928 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
25929 Studlify-case the current buffer.
25930
25931 \(fn)" t nil)
25932
25933 ;;;***
25934 \f
25935 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (21291 53104
25936 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
25937 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
25938
25939 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
25940 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
25941 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
25942 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25943 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25944
25945 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25946 word-based editing commands to subword-based commands that handle
25947 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
25948 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
25949
25950 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
25951 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
25952 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
25953
25954 Nomenclature Subwords
25955 ===========================================================
25956 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
25957 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
25958 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
25959
25960 The subword oriented commands activated in this minor mode recognize
25961 subwords in a nomenclature to move between subwords and to edit them
25962 as words.
25963
25964 \\{subword-mode-map}
25965
25966 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25967
25968 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
25969 Non-nil if Global-Subword mode is enabled.
25970 See the command `global-subword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
25971 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
25972 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
25973 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
25974
25975 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
25976
25977 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
25978 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
25979 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Subword mode if ARG is positive;
25980 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
25981 ARG is omitted or nil.
25982
25983 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
25984 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
25985 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
25986
25987 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25988
25989 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
25990 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
25991 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
25992 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
25993 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
25994
25995 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it remaps
25996 word-based editing commands to superword-based commands that
25997 treat symbols as words, e.g. \"this_is_a_symbol\".
25998
25999 The superword oriented commands activated in this minor mode
26000 recognize symbols as superwords to move between superwords and to
26001 edit them as words.
26002
26003 \\{superword-mode-map}
26004
26005 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26006
26007 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26008 Non-nil if Global-Superword mode is enabled.
26009 See the command `global-superword-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26010 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26011 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26012 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26013
26014 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26015
26016 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26017 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26018 With prefix ARG, enable Global-Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26019 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26020 ARG is omitted or nil.
26021
26022 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26023 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26024 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26025
26026 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26027
26028 ;;;***
26029 \f
26030 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (21291 53104
26031 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
26032 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26033
26034 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26035 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26036 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26037 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26038 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26039 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26040 original message but it does require a few things:
26041
26042 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26043
26044 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26045 reply buffer.
26046
26047 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26048 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26049 original message.
26050
26051 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26052
26053 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26054
26055 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26056 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26057 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26058
26059 \(fn)" nil nil)
26060
26061 ;;;***
26062 \f
26063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (21291 53104 431149
26064 ;;;;;; 0))
26065 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26066
26067 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26068
26069 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26070 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26071 See the command `gpm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
26072 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26073 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26074 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26075
26076 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26077
26078 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26079 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26080 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26081 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26082 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26083
26084 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26085 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26086 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26087
26088 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26089
26090 ;;;***
26091 \f
26092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
26093 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26094
26095 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26096 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26097 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26098 buffer.
26099
26100 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26101 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26102 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26103
26104 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26105
26106 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26107 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26108 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26109 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26110 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26111 buffer.
26112
26113 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26114 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26115 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26116
26117 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26118
26119 ;;;***
26120 \f
26121 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (21291 53104 431149
26122 ;;;;;; 0))
26123 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26124
26125 (defvar table-cell-map-hook nil "\
26126 Normal hooks run when finishing construction of `table-cell-map'.
26127 User can modify `table-cell-map' by adding custom functions here.")
26128
26129 (custom-autoload 'table-cell-map-hook "table" t)
26130
26131 (defvar table-load-hook nil "\
26132 List of functions to be called after the table is first loaded.")
26133
26134 (custom-autoload 'table-load-hook "table" t)
26135
26136 (defvar table-point-entered-cell-hook nil "\
26137 List of functions to be called after point entered a table cell.")
26138
26139 (custom-autoload 'table-point-entered-cell-hook "table" t)
26140
26141 (defvar table-point-left-cell-hook nil "\
26142 List of functions to be called after point left a table cell.")
26143
26144 (custom-autoload 'table-point-left-cell-hook "table" t)
26145
26146 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26147 Insert an editable text table.
26148 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26149 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26150 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26151 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26152 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26153 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26154 delimiting them.
26155
26156 Examples:
26157
26158 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26159
26160 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26161 location of point.
26162
26163 -!-
26164
26165 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26166 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26167 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26168 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26169 first cell.
26170
26171 +-----+-----+-----+
26172 |-!- | | |
26173 +-----+-----+-----+
26174
26175 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26176
26177 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26178 width, which results as
26179
26180 +--------------+-----+-----+
26181 |-!- | | |
26182 +--------------+-----+-----+
26183
26184 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26185 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26186
26187 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26188 | | |-!- |
26189 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26190
26191 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26192 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26193 width information to `table-insert'.
26194
26195 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26196
26197 instead of
26198
26199 Cell width(s): 5
26200
26201 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26202 work all together.
26203
26204 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26205 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26206
26207 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26208 |-!- | | |
26209 | | | |
26210 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26211
26212 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26213
26214 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26215 |-!- | | |
26216 | | | |
26217 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26218 | | | |
26219 | | | |
26220 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26221
26222 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26223
26224 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26225 | | | |
26226 | | | |
26227 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26228 | | | |
26229 | | | |
26230 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26231 -!-
26232
26233 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26234 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26235 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26236
26237 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26238 | | | |
26239 | | | |
26240 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26241 | | | |
26242 | | | |
26243 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26244 |-!- | | |
26245 | | | |
26246 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26247
26248 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26249 results.
26250
26251 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26252 | | | |
26253 | | | |
26254 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26255 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26256 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26257 | | |expected results.-!- |
26258 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26259 | | | |
26260 | | | |
26261 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26262
26263 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26264
26265 \\{table-cell-map}
26266
26267 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26268
26269 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26270 Insert N table row(s).
26271 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26272 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26273 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26274 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26275
26276 \(fn N)" t nil)
26277
26278 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26279 Insert N table column(s).
26280 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26281 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26282 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26283 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26284
26285 \(fn N)" t nil)
26286
26287 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26288 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26289 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26290
26291 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26292
26293 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26294 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26295 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26296 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26297 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26298 all the table specific features.
26299
26300 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26301
26302 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26303
26304
26305 \(fn)" t nil)
26306
26307 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26308 Recognize all tables within region.
26309 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26310 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26311 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26312 specific features.
26313
26314 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26315
26316 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26317
26318
26319 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26320
26321 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26322 Recognize a table at point.
26323 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26324 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26325 the table specific features.
26326
26327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26328
26329 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26330
26331
26332 \(fn)" t nil)
26333
26334 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26335 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26336 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26337 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26338 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26339 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26340 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26341
26342 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26343
26344 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26345
26346
26347 \(fn)" t nil)
26348
26349 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26350 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26351 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26352 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26353 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26354 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26355 specified.
26356
26357 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26358
26359 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26360 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26361 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26362 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26363 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26364 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26365 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26366 table structure.
26367
26368 \(fn N)" t nil)
26369
26370 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26371 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26372 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26373 table's rectangle structure.
26374
26375 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26376
26377 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26378 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26379 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26380 table's rectangle structure.
26381
26382 \(fn N)" t nil)
26383
26384 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26385 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26386 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26387 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26388 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26389
26390 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26391
26392 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26393 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26394 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26395
26396 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26397 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26398 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26399 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26400 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26401 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26402 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26403
26404 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26405 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26406 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26407 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26408 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26409 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26410 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26411
26412 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26413 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26414 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26415 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26416 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26417 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26418 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26419 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26420
26421 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26422
26423 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26424 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26425 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26426 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26427
26428 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26429
26430 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26431 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26432 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26433
26434 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26435
26436 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26437 Split current cell vertically.
26438 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26439
26440 \(fn)" t nil)
26441
26442 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26443 Split current cell horizontally.
26444 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26445
26446 \(fn)" t nil)
26447
26448 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26449 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26450 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26451
26452 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26453
26454 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26455 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26456 WHAT is a symbol 'cell, 'row or 'column. JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left,
26457 'center, 'right, 'top, 'middle, 'bottom or 'none.
26458
26459 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26460
26461 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26462 Justify cell contents.
26463 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or 'top,
26464 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26465 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26466 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26467
26468 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26469
26470 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26471 Justify cells of a row.
26472 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26473 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26474
26475 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26476
26477 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26478 Justify cells of a column.
26479 JUSTIFY is a symbol 'left, 'center or 'right for horizontal, or top,
26480 'middle, 'bottom or 'none for vertical.
26481
26482 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26483
26484 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26485 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26486 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26487 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26488 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26489 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26490 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26491 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26492 run-time.
26493
26494 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26495
26496 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26497 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
26498 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
26499 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
26500 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
26501 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
26502 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
26503 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
26504 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
26505 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
26506 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
26507
26508 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
26509
26510 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
26511 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
26512 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
26513 structure of the table. It must be either 'html, 'latex or 'cals.
26514 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
26515 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
26516 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
26517 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
26518 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
26519 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
26520 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
26521 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
26522 untouched.
26523
26524 References used for this implementation:
26525
26526 HTML:
26527 URL `http://www.w3.org'
26528
26529 LaTeX:
26530 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
26531
26532 CALS (DocBook DTD):
26533 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
26534 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
26535
26536 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
26537
26538 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
26539 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
26540 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
26541 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
26542 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
26543 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
26544 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
26545 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
26546 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
26547 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
26548 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
26549 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
26550 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
26551 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
26552 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
26553 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is one of the symbol 'left, 'center or
26554 'right, that specifies justification of the inserted string.
26555
26556 Example:
26557
26558 (progn
26559 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
26560 (table-forward-cell 15)
26561 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 'center)
26562 (table-forward-cell 16)
26563 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 'center)
26564 (table-forward-cell 1)
26565 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 'center))
26566
26567 (progn
26568 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
26569 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 'right)
26570 (table-forward-cell 1)
26571 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 'left))
26572
26573 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26574
26575 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
26576 Delete N row(s) of cells.
26577 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
26578 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
26579 consists from cells of same height.
26580
26581 \(fn N)" t nil)
26582
26583 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
26584 Delete N column(s) of cells.
26585 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
26586 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
26587 column must consists from cells of same width.
26588
26589 \(fn N)" t nil)
26590
26591 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
26592 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
26593 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
26594 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
26595 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
26596 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
26597 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
26598 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
26599 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
26600 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
26601 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
26602 is one of 'left, 'center or 'right, which specifies the cell
26603 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
26604 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
26605 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
26606
26607
26608 Example 1:
26609
26610 1, 2, 3, 4
26611 5, 6, 7, 8
26612 , 9, 10
26613
26614 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
26615 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
26616 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
26617 specified as 5.
26618
26619 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26620 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
26621 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26622 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
26623 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26624 | | 9 | 10 | |
26625 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
26626
26627 Note:
26628
26629 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
26630 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
26631 of each row is optional.
26632
26633
26634 Example 2:
26635
26636 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
26637 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
26638 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
26639 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
26640 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
26641
26642 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
26643 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
26644
26645 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
26646 expression and raw delimiter regular
26647 expression, it parses the specified text
26648 area and extracts cell items from
26649 non-table text and then forms a table out
26650 of them.
26651
26652 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
26653 creates a single cell table. The text in
26654 the specified region is placed in that
26655 cell.-*-
26656
26657 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
26658 like this.
26659
26660 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26661 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26662 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26663 | |
26664 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
26665 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
26666 | expression, it parses the specified text |
26667 | area and extracts cell items from |
26668 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
26669 | of them. |
26670 | |
26671 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
26672 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
26673 | the specified region is placed in that |
26674 | cell. |
26675 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26676
26677 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
26678 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
26679 independently.
26680
26681 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
26682 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
26683 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
26684 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26685 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
26686 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
26687 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
26688 | |area and extracts cell items from |
26689 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
26690 | |of them. |
26691 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26692 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
26693 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
26694 | |the specified region is placed in that |
26695 | |cell. |
26696 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
26697
26698 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
26699 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
26700 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
26701
26702 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
26703
26704 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
26705 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
26706 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
26707 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
26708 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
26709
26710 \(fn)" t nil)
26711
26712 ;;;***
26713 \f
26714 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
26715 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
26716
26717 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
26718 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
26719
26720 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
26721
26722 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
26723 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
26724
26725 \(fn)" t nil)
26726
26727 ;;;***
26728 \f
26729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (21291 53104 431149
26730 ;;;;;; 0))
26731 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
26732
26733 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
26734 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
26735 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
26736 Letters no longer insert themselves.
26737 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
26738 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
26739 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
26740
26741 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
26742 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
26743 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
26744 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
26745
26746 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
26747 \\{tar-mode-map}
26748
26749 \(fn)" t nil)
26750
26751 ;;;***
26752 \f
26753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (21291 53104 431149
26754 ;;;;;; 0))
26755 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
26756
26757 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
26758 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
26759 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
26760 Tab indents for Tcl code.
26761 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
26762 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
26763
26764 Variables controlling indentation style:
26765 `tcl-indent-level'
26766 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
26767 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
26768 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
26769
26770 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
26771 documentation for details):
26772 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
26773 Controls action of TAB key.
26774 `tcl-auto-newline'
26775 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
26776 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
26777 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
26778 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
26779 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
26780
26781 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
26782 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
26783 already exist.
26784
26785 \(fn)" t nil)
26786
26787 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
26788 Run inferior Tcl process.
26789 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
26790 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
26791
26792 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
26793
26794 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
26795 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
26796 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
26797
26798 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
26799
26800 ;;;***
26801 \f
26802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (21291 53104 431149
26803 ;;;;;; 0))
26804 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
26805
26806 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
26807 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26808 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
26809 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
26810
26811 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
26812 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
26813 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
26814 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
26815 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26816
26817 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
26818
26819 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
26820 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
26821 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
26822 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
26823
26824 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
26825
26826 ;;;***
26827 \f
26828 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (21341 23900 988149 0))
26829 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
26830
26831 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
26832 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
26833 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
26834 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
26835 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
26836 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
26837
26838 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
26839
26840 (autoload 'term "term" "\
26841 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26842 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
26843 commands to use in that buffer.
26844
26845 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26846
26847 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
26848
26849 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
26850 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
26851
26852 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
26853
26854 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
26855 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
26856 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
26857 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
26858 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
26859 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
26860 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
26861 `serial-process-configure' for details.
26862 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
26863 use in that buffer.
26864 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
26865
26866 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
26867
26868 ;;;***
26869 \f
26870 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (21291
26871 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
26872 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
26873
26874 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
26875 Start coverage on function under point.
26876
26877 \(fn)" t nil)
26878
26879 ;;;***
26880 \f
26881 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (21291 53104 431149
26882 ;;;;;; 0))
26883 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
26884 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
26885
26886 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
26887 Play the Tetris game.
26888 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
26889 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
26890 as to form complete rows.
26891
26892 tetris-mode keybindings:
26893 \\<tetris-mode-map>
26894 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
26895 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
26896 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
26897 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
26898 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
26899 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
26900 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
26901 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
26902
26903 \(fn)" t nil)
26904
26905 ;;;***
26906 \f
26907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (21291 53104
26908 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
26909 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
26910
26911 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
26912 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
26913
26914 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
26915
26916 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
26917 Directory in which temporary files are written.
26918 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
26919 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
26920 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
26921
26922 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
26923
26924 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
26925 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
26926 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
26927 if it matches the first line of the file,
26928 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
26929
26930 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
26931
26932 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
26933 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
26934 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
26935 if the variable is non-nil.")
26936
26937 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
26938
26939 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
26940 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
26941
26942 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
26943
26944 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
26945 Command used to run TeX subjob.
26946 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26947 See the documentation of that variable.")
26948
26949 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26950
26951 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
26952 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
26953 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26954 See the documentation of that variable.")
26955
26956 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26957
26958 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
26959 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
26960 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
26961 See the documentation of that variable.")
26962
26963 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
26964
26965 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
26966 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
26967 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
26968 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
26969 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26970
26971 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
26972
26973 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
26974 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
26975 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
26976 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
26977
26978 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
26979
26980 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
26981 User defined LaTeX block names.
26982 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
26983
26984 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
26985
26986 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
26987 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
26988 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26989 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26990
26991 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
26992
26993 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
26994 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
26995 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
26996 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
26997
26998 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
26999
27000 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27001 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27002 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27003 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27004
27005 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27006 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27007 for example,
27008
27009 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27010 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27011
27012 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27013 use.")
27014
27015 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27016
27017 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27018 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27019 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27020 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27021 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27022
27023 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27024
27025 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27026
27027 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27028 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27029 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27030
27031 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27032
27033 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27034 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27035 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27036 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27037 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27038
27039 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27040
27041 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27042 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27043
27044 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27045
27046 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27047 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27048
27049 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27050
27051 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27052 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27053 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27054 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27055 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27056 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27057 says which mode to use.
27058
27059 \(fn)" t nil)
27060
27061 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27062
27063 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27064
27065 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27066
27067 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27068 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27069 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27070 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27071 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27072
27073 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27074 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27075 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27076 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27077 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27078 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27079 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27080
27081 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27082 mismatched $'s or braces.
27083
27084 Special commands:
27085 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27086
27087 Mode variables:
27088 tex-run-command
27089 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27090 tex-directory
27091 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27092 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27093 tex-dvi-print-command
27094 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27095 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27096 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27097 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27098 tex-dvi-view-command
27099 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27100 tex-show-queue-command
27101 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27102 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27103
27104 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27105 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27106 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27107
27108 \(fn)" t nil)
27109
27110 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27111 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27112 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27113 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27114 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27115
27116 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27117 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27118 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27119 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27120 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27121 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27122 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27123
27124 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27125 mismatched $'s or braces.
27126
27127 Special commands:
27128 \\{latex-mode-map}
27129
27130 Mode variables:
27131 latex-run-command
27132 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27133 tex-directory
27134 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27135 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27136 tex-dvi-print-command
27137 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27138 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27139 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27140 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27141 tex-dvi-view-command
27142 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27143 tex-show-queue-command
27144 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27145 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27146
27147 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27148 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27149 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27150
27151 \(fn)" t nil)
27152
27153 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27154 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27155 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27156 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27157 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27158
27159 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27160 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27161 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27162 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27163 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27164 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27165 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27166
27167 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27168 mismatched $'s or braces.
27169
27170 Special commands:
27171 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27172
27173 Mode variables:
27174 slitex-run-command
27175 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27176 tex-directory
27177 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27178 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27179 tex-dvi-print-command
27180 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27181 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27182 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27183 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27184 tex-dvi-view-command
27185 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27186 tex-show-queue-command
27187 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27188 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27189
27190 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27191 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27192 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27193 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27194
27195 \(fn)" t nil)
27196
27197 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27198
27199
27200 \(fn)" nil nil)
27201
27202 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27203 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27204
27205 \(fn)" t nil)
27206
27207 ;;;***
27208 \f
27209 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (21291 53104
27210 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
27211 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27212
27213 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27214 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27215 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27216 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27217
27218 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27219 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27220 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27221
27222 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27223
27224 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27225 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27226 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27227 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27228 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27229
27230 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27231
27232 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27233 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27234 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27235 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27236
27237 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27238 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27239 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27240 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27241
27242 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27243 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27244
27245 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27246
27247 ;;;***
27248 \f
27249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (21291 53104
27250 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
27251 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27252
27253 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27254 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27255
27256 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27257
27258 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27259 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27260
27261 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27262
27263 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27264 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27265
27266 It has these extra commands:
27267 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27268
27269 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27270 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27271 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27272 modified version of TeX input format.
27273
27274 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27275 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27276 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27277 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27278
27279 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27280 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27281 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27282 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27283 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27284 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27285 in the Texinfo file.
27286
27287 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27288 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27289 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27290 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27291 move forward past the closing brace.
27292
27293 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27294 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27295
27296 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27297 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27298 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27299
27300 Here are the functions:
27301
27302 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27303 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27304 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27305
27306 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27307 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27308 texinfo-master-menu
27309
27310 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27311
27312 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27313 which menu descriptions are indented.
27314
27315 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27316 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27317 in the region.
27318
27319 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27320 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27321 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27322 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27323
27324 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27325 be the first node in the file.
27326
27327 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27328 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27329
27330 \(fn)" t nil)
27331
27332 ;;;***
27333 \f
27334 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (21291
27335 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27336 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27337
27338 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27339 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27340 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27341 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27342
27343 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27344
27345 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27346 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27347
27348 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27349
27350 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27351 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27352
27353 \(fn)" t nil)
27354
27355 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27356
27357
27358 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27359
27360 ;;;***
27361 \f
27362 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (21291 53104 431149
27363 ;;;;;; 0))
27364 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27365
27366 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27367 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27368 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27369 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27370 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27371 `line', and `page'.
27372
27373 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27374
27375 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27376 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27377 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27378 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27379 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27380 `line', and `page'.
27381
27382 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27383 valid THING.
27384
27385 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27386 positions of the thing found.
27387
27388 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27389
27390 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27391 Return the THING at point.
27392 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27393 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27394 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27395 `line', `number', and `page'.
27396
27397 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27398 strip text properties from the return value.
27399
27400 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27401 a symbol as a valid THING.
27402
27403 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27404
27405 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27406 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27407
27408 \(fn)" nil nil)
27409
27410 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27411 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27412
27413 \(fn)" nil nil)
27414
27415 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27416 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27417
27418 \(fn)" nil nil)
27419
27420 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27421 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27422
27423 \(fn)" nil nil)
27424
27425 ;;;***
27426 \f
27427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27428 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27429
27430 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27431 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27432
27433 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27434
27435 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27436 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27437 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27438 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27439
27440 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27441
27442 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27443 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27444
27445 \(fn)" t nil)
27446
27447 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27448 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27449
27450 \(fn)" t nil)
27451
27452 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27453
27454 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27455 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27456
27457 \(fn)" t nil)
27458
27459 ;;;***
27460 \f
27461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (21291
27462 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27463 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27464
27465 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27466 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27467 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27468
27469 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27470
27471 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27472 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27473
27474 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27475
27476 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27477 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27478 The returned string has no composition information.
27479
27480 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27481
27482 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27483 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27484
27485 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27486
27487 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27488 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27489
27490 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27491
27492 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
27493 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
27494 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
27495 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27496
27497 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
27498
27499 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
27500 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
27501 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
27502 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
27503
27504 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27505
27506 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27507 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
27508 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
27509
27510 \(fn)" t nil)
27511
27512 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
27513 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
27514 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
27515
27516 \(fn)" t nil)
27517
27518 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27519
27520
27521 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
27522
27523 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
27524
27525
27526 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27527
27528 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
27529
27530
27531 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
27532
27533 ;;;***
27534 \f
27535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (21291 53104
27536 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
27537 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
27538 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
27539
27540 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
27541 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
27542 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27543 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27544 parameters.
27545 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27546
27547 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27548
27549 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
27550 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
27551 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
27552 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
27553 parameters.
27554 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
27555
27556 \(fn)" t nil)
27557
27558 ;;;***
27559 \f
27560 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27561 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
27562
27563 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
27564 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
27565
27566 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
27567 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
27568
27569 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
27570 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27571 This display updates automatically every minute.
27572 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
27573 are displayed as well.
27574 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27575
27576 \(fn)" t nil)
27577
27578 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
27579 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
27580 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
27581 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27582 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27583 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
27584
27585 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
27586
27587 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
27588 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
27589 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
27590 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
27591 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
27592
27593 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
27594 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
27595 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
27596 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
27597 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
27598
27599 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27600
27601 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
27602 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
27603 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
27604 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
27605
27606 \(fn)" t nil)
27607
27608 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
27609 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
27610 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
27611 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
27612
27613 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
27614
27615 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
27616 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
27617
27618 \(fn)" t nil)
27619
27620 ;;;***
27621 \f
27622 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (21291
27623 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27624 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
27625
27626 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
27627 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27628 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
27629
27630 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27631 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
27632 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
27633 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
27634 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
27635 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
27636
27637 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
27638 Convert SECONDS (a floating point number) to a time value.
27639
27640 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
27641
27642 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date" "\
27643 Return non-nil if time value T1 is earlier than time value T2.
27644
27645 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27646
27647 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
27648 Convert DAYS into a time value.
27649
27650 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
27651
27652 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
27653 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
27654 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
27655
27656 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27657
27658 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
27659
27660 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date" "\
27661 Subtract two time values, T1 minus T2.
27662 Return the difference in the format of a time value.
27663
27664 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27665
27666 (autoload 'time-add "time-date" "\
27667 Add two time values T1 and T2. One should represent a time difference.
27668
27669 \(fn T1 T2)" nil nil)
27670
27671 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
27672 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
27673 DATE should be a date-time string.
27674
27675 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27676
27677 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
27678 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
27679 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
27680
27681 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
27682
27683 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
27684 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
27685
27686 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
27687
27688 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
27689 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
27690
27691 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27692
27693 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
27694 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
27695 TIME should be a time value.
27696 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
27697
27698 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
27699
27700 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
27701 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
27702 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
27703
27704 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
27705
27706 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
27707 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
27708 The valid format specifiers are:
27709 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
27710 %d is the number of days.
27711 %h is the number of hours.
27712 %m is the number of minutes.
27713 %s is the number of seconds.
27714 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
27715 %% is a literal \"%\".
27716
27717 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
27718 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
27719
27720 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
27721 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
27722 return something of the form \"001 year\".
27723
27724 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
27725 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
27726 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
27727
27728 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
27729
27730 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
27731
27732 ;;;***
27733 \f
27734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (21291 53104 431149
27735 ;;;;;; 0))
27736 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
27737 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27738 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
27739 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27740 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27741 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27742 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
27743 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
27744 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
27745
27746 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
27747 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
27748 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
27749 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
27750 (add-hook 'before-save-hook 'time-stamp)
27751 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
27752 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
27753 look like one of the following:
27754 Time-stamp: <>
27755 Time-stamp: \" \"
27756 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
27757 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
27758 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
27759 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
27760 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
27761 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
27762 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
27763 the template.
27764
27765 \(fn)" t nil)
27766
27767 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
27768 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
27769 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
27770
27771 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27772
27773 ;;;***
27774 \f
27775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (21291
27776 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
27777 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
27778 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27779
27780 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
27781 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
27782 See the command `timeclock-mode-line-display' for a description of this minor mode.
27783 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
27784 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
27785 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
27786
27787 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
27788
27789 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
27790 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
27791 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
27792 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
27793 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
27794 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
27795 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
27796 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
27797 display (non-nil means on).
27798
27799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
27800
27801 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
27802 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27803 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
27804 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
27805 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
27806 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
27807 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
27808 this function is called within a day.
27809
27810 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
27811 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
27812 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
27813 discover the name of the project.
27814
27815 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
27816
27817 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
27818 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
27819 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
27820 begun during the last time segment.
27821
27822 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
27823 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
27824 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
27825 discover the reason.
27826
27827 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
27828
27829 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
27830 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
27831 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
27832 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
27833 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
27834
27835 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27836
27837 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
27838 Change to working on a different project.
27839 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
27840 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
27841 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
27842 working on.
27843
27844 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
27845
27846 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
27847 Ask the user whether to clock out.
27848 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
27849
27850 \(fn)" nil nil)
27851
27852 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
27853 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
27854 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
27855
27856 \(fn)" t nil)
27857
27858 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
27859 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
27860 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
27861 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
27862 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
27863 \"relative to today\".
27864
27865 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27866
27867 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
27868 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
27869 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
27870 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
27871
27872 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
27873
27874 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
27875 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
27876 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
27877 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
27878 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
27879 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
27880
27881 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
27882
27883 ;;;***
27884 \f
27885 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
27886 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
27887 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
27888
27889 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27890 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
27891 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
27892 the generated Quail package is saved.
27893
27894 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
27895
27896 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
27897 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
27898 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
27899 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
27900 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
27901 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
27902 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
27903
27904 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
27905
27906 ;;;***
27907 \f
27908 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
27909 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
27910 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
27911 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
27912
27913 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
27914 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27915 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27916 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
27917 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
27918
27919 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
27920 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
27921 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
27922
27923 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
27924
27925 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
27926 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
27927 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
27928 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
27929 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
27930
27931 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
27932
27933 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
27934 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
27935 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
27936 in the menu in two ways:
27937 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
27938 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
27939 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
27940
27941 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
27942 keymap or an alist of alists.
27943 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
27944 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
27945
27946 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
27947
27948 ;;;***
27949 \f
27950 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (21358
27951 ;;;;;; 36961 299557 0))
27952 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
27953
27954 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
27955 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
27956
27957 When invoked in Todo mode, prompt for which todo file to visit.
27958 When invoked outside of Todo mode with non-nil prefix argument
27959 SOLICIT-FILE prompt for which todo file to visit; otherwise visit
27960 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside
27961 of Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
27962 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
27963 file was last visited.
27964
27965 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
27966 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
27967 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
27968 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
27969 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
27970 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
27971 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
27972 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
27973 for the first item.
27974
27975 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
27976 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
27977 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
27978 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
27979 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
27980 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
27981 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
27982 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
27983
27984 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
27985 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
27986 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
27987 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
27988 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
27989
27990 Invoking this command in Todo Archive mode visits the
27991 corresponding todo file, displaying the corresponding category.
27992
27993 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
27994
27995 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
27996 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
27997
27998 \\{todo-mode-map}
27999
28000 \(fn)" t nil)
28001
28002 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28003 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28004
28005 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28006
28007 \(fn)" t nil)
28008
28009 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28010 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28011
28012 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28013
28014 \(fn)" t nil)
28015
28016 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.todo\\'" . todo-mode))
28017
28018 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.toda\\'" . todo-archive-mode))
28019
28020 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.tod[tyr]\\'" . todo-filtered-items-mode))
28021
28022 ;;;***
28023 \f
28024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (21291 53104 431149
28025 ;;;;;; 0))
28026 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28027
28028 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28029 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28030 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28031
28032 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28033
28034 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28035 Add an item to the tool bar.
28036 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28037 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28038 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28039 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28040
28041 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28042 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28043 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28044 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28045
28046 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28047 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28048
28049 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28050
28051 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28052 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28053 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28054 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28055 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28056 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28057
28058 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28059 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28060 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28061 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28062
28063 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28064
28065 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28066 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28067 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28068 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28069 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28070 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28071 properties to add to the binding.
28072
28073 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28074
28075 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28076 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28077
28078 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28079
28080 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28081 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28082 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28083 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28084 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28085 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28086 properties to add to the binding.
28087
28088 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28089 holds a keymap.
28090
28091 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28092
28093 ;;;***
28094 \f
28095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (21291 53104
28096 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28097 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
28098 (push (purecopy '(tpu-edt 4 5)) package--builtin-versions)
28099
28100 (defvar tpu-edt-mode nil "\
28101 Non-nil if Tpu-Edt mode is enabled.
28102 See the command `tpu-edt-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28103 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28104 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28105 or call the function `tpu-edt-mode'.")
28106
28107 (custom-autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" nil)
28108
28109 (autoload 'tpu-edt-mode "tpu-edt" "\
28110 Toggle TPU/edt emulation on or off.
28111 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
28112 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
28113 if ARG is omitted or nil.
28114
28115 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28116
28117 (defalias 'tpu-edt 'tpu-edt-on)
28118
28119 (autoload 'tpu-edt-on "tpu-edt" "\
28120 Turn on TPU/edt emulation.
28121
28122 \(fn)" t nil)
28123
28124 ;;;***
28125 \f
28126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tpu-mapper" "emulation/tpu-mapper.el" (21291
28127 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-mapper.el
28129
28130 (autoload 'tpu-mapper "tpu-mapper" "\
28131 Create an Emacs lisp file defining the TPU-edt keypad for X-windows.
28132
28133 This command displays an instruction screen showing the TPU-edt keypad
28134 and asks you to press the TPU-edt editing keys. It uses the keys you
28135 press to create an Emacs Lisp file that will define a TPU-edt keypad
28136 for your X server. You can even re-arrange the standard EDT keypad to
28137 suit your tastes (or to cope with those silly Sun and PC keypads).
28138
28139 Finally, you will be prompted for the name of the file to store the key
28140 definitions. If you chose the default, TPU-edt will find it and load it
28141 automatically. If you specify a different file name, you will need to
28142 set the variable ``tpu-xkeys-file'' before starting TPU-edt. Here's how
28143 you might go about doing that in your init file.
28144
28145 (setq tpu-xkeys-file (expand-file-name \"~/.my-emacs-x-keys\"))
28146 (tpu-edt)
28147
28148 Known Problems:
28149
28150 Sometimes, tpu-mapper will ignore a key you press, and just continue to
28151 prompt for the same key. This can happen when your window manager sucks
28152 up the key and doesn't pass it on to Emacs, or it could be an Emacs bug.
28153 Either way, there's nothing that tpu-mapper can do about it. You must
28154 press RETURN, to skip the current key and continue. Later, you and/or
28155 your local X guru can try to figure out why the key is being ignored.
28156
28157 \(fn)" t nil)
28158
28159 ;;;***
28160 \f
28161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (21291 53104 431149
28162 ;;;;;; 0))
28163 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28164
28165 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28166 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28167 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28168 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28169 to a tcp server on another machine.
28170
28171 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28172
28173 ;;;***
28174 \f
28175 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (21291 53104
28176 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28177 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28178
28179 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28180 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28181
28182 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28183
28184 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28185 Helper function to get internal values.
28186 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28187
28188 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28189
28190 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28191 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28192 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28193 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28194
28195 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28196 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28197 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28198 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28199 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28200
28201 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28202 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28203 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28204 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28205
28206 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28207
28208 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28209
28210 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28211 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28212 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28213 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28214
28215 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28216
28217 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28218
28219 ;;;***
28220 \f
28221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (21341 23900 988149
28222 ;;;;;; 0))
28223 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28224
28225 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28226 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28227 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28228
28229 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28230
28231 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28232 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28233
28234 It can have the following values:
28235
28236 'ftp -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28237 'sep -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28238
28239 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28240
28241 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28242 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28243 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28244 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28245
28246 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28247
28248 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28249 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28250 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28251 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28252
28253 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28254 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28255 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28256 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28257 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28258 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28259 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28260 files which are not really Tramp files.
28261
28262 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28263 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28264 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28265 updated after changing this variable.
28266
28267 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28268
28269 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28270 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28271 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28272 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28273
28274 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28275
28276 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28277 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28278 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28279 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28280
28281 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28282 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28283 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28284
28285 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28286 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28287 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28288 updated after changing this variable.
28289
28290 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28291
28292 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28293 Alist of completion handler functions.
28294 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28295 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28296 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28297
28298 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28299 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28300 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28301 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28302
28303 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28304 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28305 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28306
28307 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28308 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory temporary-file-directory)) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28309
28310 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28311 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28312
28313 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28314
28315 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28316
28317
28318 \(fn)" nil nil)
28319
28320 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28321 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28322
28323 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28324
28325 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28326 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28327
28328 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28329
28330 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28331 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28332
28333 \(fn)" t nil)
28334
28335 ;;;***
28336 \f
28337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (21291 53104
28338 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28339 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28340
28341 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28342
28343
28344 \(fn)" nil nil)
28345
28346 ;;;***
28347 \f
28348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (21291 53104 431149
28349 ;;;;;; 0))
28350 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28351
28352 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28353 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28354 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28355 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28356 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28357 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28358 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28359 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28360
28361 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28362 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28363 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28364
28365 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28366 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28367 resumed later.
28368
28369 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28370
28371 ;;;***
28372 \f
28373 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (20352 35897
28374 ;;;;;; 183049 0))
28375 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28376
28377 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28378
28379
28380 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28381
28382 ;;;***
28383 \f
28384 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (21291
28385 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28386 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28387 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28388 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28389 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28390
28391 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28392 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28393 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28394 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28395 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28396 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28397 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28398
28399 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28400
28401 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28402 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28403 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28404 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28405
28406 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28407
28408 \(fn)" t nil)
28409
28410 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28411 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28412 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28413 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28414 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28415 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28416 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28417
28418 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28419 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28420
28421 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28422 \\___/\\
28423 / \\
28424 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28425
28426 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28427
28428 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28429
28430 ;;;***
28431 \f
28432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (21291 53104 431149
28433 ;;;;;; 0))
28434 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28435
28436 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28437 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28438 See the command `type-break-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28439 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28440 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28441 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28442
28443 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28444
28445 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28446 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28447 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28448
28449 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28450 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28451 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28452 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28453 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28454 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28455 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28456
28457 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28458 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28459
28460 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28461 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28462 reset the keystroke counter.
28463
28464 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28465 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28466 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28467 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28468
28469 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28470 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28471 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28472 `type-break-schedule' command.
28473
28474 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28475 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28476 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28477 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28478 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28479 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28480 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28481 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28482 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28483
28484 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28485 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28486 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28487 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28488 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28489
28490 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28491 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28492 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28493 approximate good values for this.
28494
28495 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28496 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28497
28498 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28499 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28500 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28501 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28502 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28503 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28504
28505 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28506 a typing break occur. They include:
28507
28508 `type-break-query-mode'
28509 `type-break-query-function'
28510 `type-break-query-interval'
28511
28512 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28513
28514 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28515 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28516 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28517 problems.
28518
28519 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28520
28521 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
28522 Take a typing break.
28523
28524 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
28525 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
28526
28527 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
28528 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
28529
28530 \(fn)" t nil)
28531
28532 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
28533 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
28534 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
28535 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
28536
28537 \(fn)" t nil)
28538
28539 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
28540 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
28541
28542 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
28543 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
28544 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
28545 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
28546 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
28547 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
28548 average typing speed.)
28549
28550 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
28551 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
28552 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
28553 the computed maximum threshold.
28554
28555 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
28556 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
28557 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
28558 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
28559 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
28560
28561 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
28562
28563 ;;;***
28564 \f
28565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
28566 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
28567
28568 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
28569 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
28570 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
28571 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
28572 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
28573
28574 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
28575
28576 ;;;***
28577 \f
28578 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
28579 ;;;;;; (21291 53104 431149 0))
28580 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
28581
28582 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28583 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
28584
28585 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28586
28587 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28588 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
28589
28590 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28591
28592 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28593 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
28594
28595 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28596
28597 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28598 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
28599
28600 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28601
28602 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28603 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
28604
28605 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28606
28607 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28608 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
28609
28610 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28611
28612 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28613 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
28614
28615 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28616
28617 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28618 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
28619
28620 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28621
28622 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28623 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28624
28625 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28626
28627 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28628 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28629
28630 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28631
28632 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
28633 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28634
28635 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28636
28637 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
28638 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
28639
28640 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28641
28642 ;;;***
28643 \f
28644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (21291
28645 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
28646 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
28647
28648 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
28649 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
28650 Works by overstriking underscores.
28651 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28652 which specify the range to operate on.
28653
28654 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28655
28656 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
28657 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
28658 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
28659 which specify the range to operate on.
28660
28661 \(fn START END)" t nil)
28662
28663 ;;;***
28664 \f
28665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (21291 53104 431149
28666 ;;;;;; 0))
28667 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
28668
28669 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
28670 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
28671 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
28672 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
28673 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
28674 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
28675
28676 \(fn)" nil nil)
28677
28678 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
28679 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
28680 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
28681
28682 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
28683
28684 ;;;***
28685 \f
28686 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (21291 53104
28687 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28688 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
28689
28690 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
28691 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
28692 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
28693 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
28694
28695 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
28696
28697 ;;;***
28698 \f
28699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
28700 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
28701
28702 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
28703 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
28704 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
28705 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
28706 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
28707
28708 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
28709 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
28710 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
28711 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
28712 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
28713 occurred. Each pair is one of:
28714
28715 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
28716 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
28717 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
28718
28719 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
28720 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
28721 the callback is not called).
28722
28723 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
28724 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
28725 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
28726 take effect.
28727
28728 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
28729 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
28730 the server.
28731 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
28732 URL-encoded before it's used.
28733
28734 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28735
28736 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
28737 Retrieve URL synchronously.
28738 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
28739 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
28740 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
28741
28742 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
28743
28744 ;;;***
28745 \f
28746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (21291 53104 431149
28747 ;;;;;; 0))
28748 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
28749
28750 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
28751 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
28752 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
28753
28754 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
28755 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
28756 `url-generic-parse-url'
28757 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
28758 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol 'any' to
28759 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
28760 realm
28761 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
28762 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol 'any'
28763 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting 'any'
28764 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
28765 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
28766 what type of auth to use
28767 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
28768 if one cannot be found in the cache
28769
28770 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
28771
28772 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
28773 Register an HTTP authentication method.
28774
28775 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
28776 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
28777 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
28778 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
28779 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
28780 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
28781 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
28782 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
28783
28784 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
28785
28786 ;;;***
28787 \f
28788 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (21291 53104
28789 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28790 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
28791
28792 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
28793 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
28794
28795 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
28796
28797 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
28798 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
28799 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
28800
28801 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28802
28803 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
28804 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
28805
28806 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
28807
28808 ;;;***
28809 \f
28810 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (21291 53104 431149
28811 ;;;;;; 0))
28812 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
28813
28814 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
28815
28816
28817 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28818
28819 ;;;***
28820 \f
28821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (21291 53104 431149
28822 ;;;;;; 0))
28823 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
28824
28825 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
28826 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
28827 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
28828
28829 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28830
28831 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
28832 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
28833 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
28834 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
28835
28836 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
28837 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
28838 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
28839 though.
28840
28841 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
28842
28843 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
28844 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
28845 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
28846
28847 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
28848
28849 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
28850
28851
28852 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28853
28854 ;;;***
28855 \f
28856 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (21291 53104 431149
28857 ;;;;;; 0))
28858 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
28859
28860 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
28861 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
28862
28863 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
28864
28865 ;;;***
28866 \f
28867 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (21291 53104 431149
28868 ;;;;;; 0))
28869 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
28870
28871 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
28872 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
28873
28874 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
28875
28876 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
28877 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
28878 Args per `open-network-stream'.
28879 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
28880 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
28881
28882 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE)" nil nil)
28883
28884 ;;;***
28885 \f
28886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (21358
28887 ;;;;;; 36961 299557 0))
28888 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
28889
28890 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
28891 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
28892 See the command `url-handler-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
28893 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28894 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28895 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
28896
28897 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
28898
28899 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
28900 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
28901 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
28902 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28903 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
28904
28905 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28906
28907 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
28908 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
28909 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
28910 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
28911
28912 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
28913
28914 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
28915 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
28916 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
28917 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
28918 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
28919 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
28920 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
28921 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
28922 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
28923 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
28924
28925 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
28926
28927 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
28928 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
28929 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
28930 accessible.
28931
28932 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
28933
28934 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
28935
28936
28937 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
28938
28939 ;;;***
28940 \f
28941 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (21291 53104 431149
28942 ;;;;;; 0))
28943 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
28944 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
28945
28946 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
28947 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
28948 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
28949 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
28950 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
28951
28952 ;;;***
28953 \f
28954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (21291 53104 431149
28955 ;;;;;; 0))
28956 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
28957
28958 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
28959
28960
28961 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28962
28963 ;;;***
28964 \f
28965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (21291 53104 431149
28966 ;;;;;; 0))
28967 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
28968
28969 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
28970 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
28971 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
28972 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
28973 `url-generic-parse-url'.
28974
28975 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28976
28977 ;;;***
28978 \f
28979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (21291 53104
28980 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
28981 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
28982
28983 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
28984
28985
28986 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
28987
28988 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
28989 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
28990
28991 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
28992
28993 ;;;***
28994 \f
28995 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (21291 53104 431149
28996 ;;;;;; 0))
28997 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
28998
28999 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29000 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29001
29002 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29003
29004 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29005 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29006
29007 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29008
29009 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29010
29011
29012 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29013
29014 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29015
29016 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29017
29018 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29019
29020 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29021 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29022
29023 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29024
29025 ;;;***
29026 \f
29027 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (21291 53104 431149
29028 ;;;;;; 0))
29029 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29030
29031 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29032
29033
29034 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29035
29036 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29037
29038
29039 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29040
29041 ;;;***
29042 \f
29043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (21291 53104 431149
29044 ;;;;;; 0))
29045 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29046
29047 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29048
29049
29050 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29051
29052 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29053
29054
29055 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29056
29057 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29058
29059
29060 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29061
29062 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29063
29064
29065 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29066
29067 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29068
29069
29070 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29071
29072 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29073
29074
29075 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29076
29077 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29078
29079
29080 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29081
29082 ;;;***
29083 \f
29084 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (21346 62196
29085 ;;;;;; 327729 0))
29086 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29087
29088 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29089 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29090
29091 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29092
29093 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29094 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29095 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29096
29097 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29098 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29099 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29100 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29101 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29102 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29103 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29104 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29105 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29106 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29107 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29108 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29109 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29110 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29111
29112 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29113 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29114 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29115
29116 Here is an example. The URL
29117
29118 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29119
29120 parses to
29121
29122 TYPE = \"foo\"
29123 USER = \"bob\"
29124 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29125 HOST = \"example.com\"
29126 PORTSPEC = 42
29127 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29128 TARGET = \"nose\"
29129 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29130 FULLNESS = t
29131
29132 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29133
29134 ;;;***
29135 \f
29136 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (21291 53104
29137 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29138 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29139
29140 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29141 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29142
29143 \(fn)" t nil)
29144
29145 ;;;***
29146 \f
29147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (21291 53104
29148 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29149 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29150
29151 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29152 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29153 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29154 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29155 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29156 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29157
29158 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29159
29160 ;;;***
29161 \f
29162 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (21291 53104 431149
29163 ;;;;;; 0))
29164 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29165
29166 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29167 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29168 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29169
29170 If t, all messages will be logged.
29171 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29172 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29173
29174 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29175
29176 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29177
29178
29179 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29180
29181 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29182
29183
29184 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29185
29186 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29187 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29188 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29189 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29190 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29191 & ==> &amp;
29192 < ==> &lt;
29193 > ==> &gt;
29194 \" ==> &quot;
29195
29196 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29197
29198 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29199 Return a 'normalized' version of URL.
29200 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29201
29202 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29203
29204 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29205 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29206 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29207
29208 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29209
29210 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29211 Return a 'real' date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29212
29213 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29214
29215 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29216 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29217
29218 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29219
29220 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29221 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29222
29223 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29224
29225 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29226
29227
29228 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29229
29230 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29231
29232
29233 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29234
29235 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29236
29237 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29238 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29239
29240 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29241
29242 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29243 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29244
29245 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29246
29247 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29248
29249
29250 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29251
29252 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29253 Build a query-string.
29254
29255 Given a QUERY in the form:
29256 '((key1 val1)
29257 (key2 val2)
29258 (key3 val1 val2)
29259 (key4)
29260 (key5 \"\"))
29261
29262 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29263
29264 This will return a string
29265 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29266 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29267 be used.
29268
29269 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29270
29271 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29272 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29273
29274 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29275
29276 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29277 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29278 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29279 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29280 forbidden in URL encoding.
29281
29282 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29283
29284 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29285 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29286 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29287 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29288 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29289 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29290
29291 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29292 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29293 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29294 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29295
29296 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29297
29298 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29299 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29300 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29301 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29302 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29303 should return it unchanged.
29304
29305 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29306
29307 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29308 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29309 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29310 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29311
29312 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29313
29314 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29315 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29316 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29317
29318 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29319
29320 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29321 View the current document's URL.
29322 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29323 the minibuffer.
29324
29325 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29326
29327 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29328
29329 ;;;***
29330 \f
29331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (21291 53104 431149
29332 ;;;;;; 0))
29333 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29334
29335 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29336 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29337 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29338 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29339 to refrain from editing the file
29340 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29341 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29342 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29343 in any way you like.
29344
29345 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29346
29347 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29348 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29349 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29350 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
29351 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29352
29353 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29354 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29355
29356 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29357
29358 ;;;***
29359 \f
29360 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (21291 53104
29361 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29362 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29363
29364 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29365
29366
29367 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29368
29369 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29370
29371
29372 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29373
29374 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29375
29376
29377 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29378
29379 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29380
29381
29382 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29383
29384 ;;;***
29385 \f
29386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
29387 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29388
29389 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29390 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29391
29392 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29393
29394 ;;;***
29395 \f
29396 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (21291 53104
29397 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29398 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29399
29400 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29401 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29402 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29403 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29404
29405 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29406
29407 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29408 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29409 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29410
29411 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29412
29413 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29414 Uudecode region between START and END.
29415 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29416
29417 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29418
29419 ;;;***
29420 \f
29421 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
29422 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29423
29424 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29425 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29426 See `run-hooks'.")
29427
29428 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29429
29430 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29431 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29432 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29433
29434 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29435
29436 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29437 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29438 See `run-hooks'.")
29439
29440 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29441
29442 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29443 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29444 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29445 same state. If not, signal an error.
29446
29447 For merging-based version control systems:
29448 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29449 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29450 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29451 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29452 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29453 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29454
29455 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29456 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29457 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29458 the file(s) for editing.
29459 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29460 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. If the variable
29461 `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (the default), leave a
29462 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29463 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29464 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29465
29466 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29467
29468 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29469 Register into a version control system.
29470 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29471 Otherwise register the current file.
29472 With prefix argument SET-REVISION, allow user to specify initial revision
29473 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29474
29475 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29476 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29477 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29478 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29479 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29480 first backend that could register the file is used.
29481
29482 \(fn &optional SET-REVISION VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
29483
29484 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
29485 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
29486
29487 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29488
29489 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
29490 Display diffs between file revisions.
29491 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29492 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29493 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29494
29495 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29496 saving the buffer.
29497
29498 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29499
29500 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
29501 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
29502 repository history using ediff.
29503
29504 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
29505
29506 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
29507 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
29508 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
29509 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
29510 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29511
29512 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29513 saving the buffer.
29514
29515 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29516
29517 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
29518 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
29519 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
29520 fileset with the working revision.
29521 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
29522 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
29523
29524 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
29525 saving the buffer.
29526
29527 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
29528
29529 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
29530 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
29531 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
29532 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
29533
29534 \(fn REV)" t nil)
29535
29536 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
29537 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
29538 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
29539 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
29540
29541 \(fn)" t nil)
29542
29543 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
29544 Perform a version control merge operation.
29545 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29546 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
29547 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
29548 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
29549
29550 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
29551 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
29552 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
29553 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
29554 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
29555 changes from the current branch.
29556
29557 \(fn)" t nil)
29558
29559 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
29560
29561 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
29562 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
29563 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
29564 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
29565 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
29566 checked out in that new branch.
29567
29568 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
29569
29570 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
29571 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the tag called NAME.
29572 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions.
29573 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
29574 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
29575 allowed and simply skipped).
29576
29577 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
29578
29579 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
29580 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
29581 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
29582 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29583 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29584
29585 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
29586 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
29587
29588 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
29589
29590 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
29591 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
29592 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
29593 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
29594 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
29595
29596 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
29597
29598 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
29599 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
29600 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29601
29602 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29603
29604 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
29605 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
29606 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
29607
29608 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
29609
29610 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
29611 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
29612 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
29613 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
29614
29615 \(fn)" t nil)
29616
29617 (autoload 'vc-rollback "vc" "\
29618 Roll back (remove) the most recent changeset committed to the repository.
29619 This may be either a file-level or a repository-level operation,
29620 depending on the underlying version-control system.
29621
29622 \(fn)" t nil)
29623
29624 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
29625
29626 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
29627 Update the current fileset or branch.
29628 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
29629 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
29630 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
29631 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt.
29632
29633 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
29634 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
29635 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
29636 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
29637 tip revision are merged into the working file.
29638
29639 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29640
29641 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
29642
29643 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
29644 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
29645 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
29646 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
29647 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
29648 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
29649 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
29650
29651 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
29652
29653 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
29654 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
29655 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
29656 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
29657 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
29658 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
29659 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
29660 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
29661 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
29662
29663 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
29664
29665 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
29666 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
29667 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
29668 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29669
29670 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
29671
29672 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
29673 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
29674 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
29675 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
29676
29677 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
29678
29679 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
29680 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
29681 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
29682 directory.
29683
29684 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
29685
29686 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
29687 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
29688 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
29689
29690 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
29691 log entries should be gathered.
29692
29693 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29694
29695 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
29696 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
29697
29698 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
29699
29700 ;;;***
29701 \f
29702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (21291 53104
29703 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
29704 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
29705
29706 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
29707 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
29708
29709 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
29710 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
29711 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
29712 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
29713 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
29714 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29715
29716 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
29717 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
29718 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
29719 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
29720 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
29721 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
29722 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
29723 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
29724
29725 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
29726
29727 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
29728
29729 Customization variables:
29730
29731 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
29732 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
29733 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
29734 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
29735
29736 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
29737
29738 ;;;***
29739 \f
29740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-arch" "vc/vc-arch.el" (21291 53104 431149
29741 ;;;;;; 0))
29742 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-arch.el
29743 (defun vc-arch-registered (file)
29744 (if (vc-find-root file "{arch}/=tagging-method")
29745 (progn
29746 (load "vc-arch" nil t)
29747 (vc-arch-registered file))))
29748
29749 ;;;***
29750 \f
29751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (21291 53104 431149
29752 ;;;;;; 0))
29753 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
29754
29755 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
29756 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
29757
29758 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
29759 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
29760 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
29761 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
29762 (progn
29763 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
29764 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
29765
29766 ;;;***
29767 \f
29768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (21291 53104 431149
29769 ;;;;;; 0))
29770 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
29771 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
29772 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
29773 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
29774 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
29775 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
29776 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
29777
29778 ;;;***
29779 \f
29780 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (21291 53104 431149
29781 ;;;;;; 0))
29782 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
29783
29784 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
29785 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
29786 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
29787 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
29788 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
29789
29790 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
29791 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
29792 The file lines appear later.
29793
29794 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
29795 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
29796
29797 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
29798
29799 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
29800
29801 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
29802
29803 ;;;***
29804 \f
29805 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (21291
29806 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
29807 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
29808
29809 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
29810 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
29811 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
29812 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
29813 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
29814 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
29815 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
29816 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
29817 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
29818 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
29819 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
29820 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
29821 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
29822 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
29823 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
29824
29825 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
29826
29827 ;;;***
29828 \f
29829 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (21291 53104 431149
29830 ;;;;;; 0))
29831 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
29832 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
29833 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
29834 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
29835 (progn
29836 (load "vc-git" nil t)
29837 (vc-git-registered file))))
29838
29839 ;;;***
29840 \f
29841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (21358 58002 216618 0))
29842 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
29843 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
29844 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
29845 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
29846 (progn
29847 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
29848 (vc-hg-registered file))))
29849
29850 ;;;***
29851 \f
29852 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (21291 53104 431149
29853 ;;;;;; 0))
29854 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
29855
29856 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
29857 Name of the monotone directory.")
29858
29859 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
29860 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
29861 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
29862 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
29863 (progn
29864 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
29865 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
29866
29867 ;;;***
29868 \f
29869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (21291 53104 431149
29870 ;;;;;; 0))
29871 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
29872
29873 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
29874 Where to look for RCS master files.
29875 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29876
29877 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
29878
29879 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
29880
29881 ;;;***
29882 \f
29883 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (21291 53104 431149
29884 ;;;;;; 0))
29885 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
29886
29887 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
29888 Where to look for SCCS master files.
29889 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
29890
29891 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
29892
29893 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
29894
29895 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
29896 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
29897 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
29898 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
29899
29900 ;;;***
29901 \f
29902 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (21291 53104 431149
29903 ;;;;;; 0))
29904 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
29905 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
29906 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
29907 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
29908 "_svn")
29909 (t ".svn"))))
29910 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
29911 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
29912 (vc-svn-registered f))))
29913
29914 ;;;***
29915 \f
29916 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (21291
29917 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
29918 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
29919 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
29920 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
29921
29922 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
29923 Major mode for editing Vera code.
29924
29925 Usage:
29926 ------
29927
29928 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
29929 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
29930 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
29931 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
29932
29933 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
29934 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
29935 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
29936 completions.
29937
29938 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
29939 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
29940
29941 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
29942 uncomments a region if already commented out.
29943
29944 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
29945 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
29946 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
29947
29948 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
29949
29950
29951 Maintenance:
29952 ------------
29953
29954 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
29955 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
29956
29957 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
29958
29959 Official distribution is at
29960 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
29961
29962
29963 The Vera Mode Maintainer
29964 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
29965
29966 Key bindings:
29967 -------------
29968
29969 \\{vera-mode-map}
29970
29971 \(fn)" t nil)
29972
29973 ;;;***
29974 \f
29975 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
29976 ;;;;;; (21346 62196 327729 0))
29977 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
29978
29979 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
29980 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
29981 \\<verilog-mode-map>
29982 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
29983 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
29984
29985 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
29986
29987 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
29988 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
29989
29990 Supports highlighting.
29991
29992 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
29993 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
29994
29995 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
29996
29997 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
29998 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
29999 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30000 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30001 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30002 on the left side of your screen.
30003 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30004 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30005 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30006 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30007 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30008 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30009 function keyword.
30010 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30011 Indentation of `ifdef/`endif blocks.
30012 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30013 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30014 if (a)
30015 begin
30016 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30017 Indentation for case statements.
30018 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30019 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30020 mark after an end.
30021 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30022 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30023 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30024 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30025 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30026 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30027 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30028 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30029 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30030 if (a)
30031 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30032 otherwise you get:
30033 if (a)
30034 begin
30035 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30036 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30037 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30038 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30039 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30040 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30041 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30042 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30043 comments in tight quarters.
30044 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default 'declarations)
30045 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30046
30047 Variables controlling other actions:
30048
30049 `verilog-linter' (default surelint)
30050 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30051 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30052
30053 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30054
30055 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30056
30057 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30058 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30059 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30060
30061 Some other functions are:
30062
30063 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30064 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30065 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30066 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30067 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30068
30069 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30070 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30071 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30072 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30073
30074 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30075 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30076 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30077 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30078 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30079 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30080 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30081 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30082 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30083 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30084 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30085 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30086 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30087 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30088 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30089 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30090 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30091 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30092 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30093 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30094 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30095 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30096 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30097 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30098 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30099 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30100 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30101 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30102 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30103 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30104 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30105
30106 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30107 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30108
30109 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30110
30111 \(fn)" t nil)
30112
30113 ;;;***
30114 \f
30115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (21291
30116 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
30117 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30118
30119 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30120 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30121
30122 Usage:
30123 ------
30124
30125 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30126 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30127 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30128 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30129 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30130 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30131 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30132 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30133 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30134
30135 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30136 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30137 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30138 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30139
30140 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30141 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30142 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30143 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30144 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30145
30146 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30147 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30148
30149
30150 HEADER INSERTION:
30151 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30152 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30153 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30154
30155
30156 STUTTERING:
30157 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30158 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30159 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30160 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30161
30162 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30163 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30164 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30165 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30166 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
30167
30168
30169 WORD COMPLETION:
30170 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30171 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30172 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30173 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30174
30175 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30176 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30177 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30178 (e.g. type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30179 beginning with \"std\").
30180
30181 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30182 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30183 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30184 stop.
30185
30186
30187 COMMENTS:
30188 `--' puts a single comment.
30189 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30190 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30191 with a comment in between.
30192 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30193 out following lines.
30194 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30195 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30196 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30197 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30198
30199 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30200 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30201 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30202 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30203 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30204 non-nil.
30205
30206 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30207 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30208 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30209 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30210 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30211 multi-line comments.
30212
30213
30214 INDENTATION:
30215 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30216 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30217 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30218 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30219 the entire region.
30220
30221 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30222 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30223 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30224 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30225
30226 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30227 tabs. `M-x tabify' and `M-x untabify' allow to convert spaces to tabs
30228 and vice versa.
30229
30230 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30231 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows to use faster but simpler indentation.
30232
30233 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30234 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30235 line.
30236
30237
30238 ALIGNMENT:
30239 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30240 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30241 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30242 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30243 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30244 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30245 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30246 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30247
30248 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30249 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30250 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30251 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30252 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30253 is non-nil.
30254
30255 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30256 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30257 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30258
30259 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30260 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30261
30262
30263 CODE FILLING:
30264 Code filling allows to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30265 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30266 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30267 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30268 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30269 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30270
30271
30272 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30273 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30274 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30275 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30276 command:
30277
30278 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30279
30280
30281 PORT TRANSLATION:
30282 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30283 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30284 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30285 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30286 internal signal initializations (menu).
30287
30288 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30289 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30290 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30291
30292 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30293 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30294 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30295 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30296 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30297 in subsequent paste operations.)
30298
30299 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30300 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30301 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30302
30303
30304 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30305 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30306 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30307 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30308 association list with formals).
30309
30310
30311 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30312 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30313 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30314 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30315 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30316 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30317 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30318 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30319 `vhdl-testbench'.
30320
30321
30322 KEY BINDINGS:
30323 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30324
30325
30326 VHDL MENU:
30327 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30328
30329
30330 FILE BROWSER:
30331 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30332 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30333 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30334
30335 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30336 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30337
30338
30339 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30340 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30341 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30342 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30343
30344 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30345 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30346 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30347
30348 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30349 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30350 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30351 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30352
30353 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30354 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30355 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30356 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30357 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30358
30359 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30360 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30361 required by secondary units.
30362
30363
30364 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30365 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30366 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30367 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30368 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30369 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30370 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30371 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30372 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30373 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30374 inputs to this component -> input port created
30375 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30376 outputs from this component -> output port created
30377 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30378 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30379
30380 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30381 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30382 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30383 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30384 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30385
30386 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30387 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30388
30389 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30390 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30391 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30392 component instantiation is also supported (option
30393 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30394
30395 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30396 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30397 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30398 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30399 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30400 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30401 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30402 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30403 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30404 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30405 generating the configuration.
30406
30407 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30408 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30409 configurations in speedbar.
30410
30411 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30412
30413
30414 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30415 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30416 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30417 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30418 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30419 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30420 information. New compilers can be added.
30421
30422 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30423 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30424
30425
30426 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30427 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30428 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30429 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30430 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30431
30432 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30433 command:
30434
30435 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30436 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30437 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30438
30439 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30440 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30441 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30442 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30443 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30444 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30445 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30446 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30447 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
30448
30449 Limitations:
30450 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
30451 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
30452 not (yet) supported.
30453 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
30454 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
30455 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
30456
30457
30458 PROJECTS:
30459 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
30460 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
30461 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
30462 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
30463 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
30464 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
30465 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
30466 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30467
30468 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
30469 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
30470 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
30471 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
30472 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
30473 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
30474 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
30475 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
30476 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
30477 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
30478 `vhdl-project-alist'.
30479
30480
30481 SPECIAL MENUES:
30482 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
30483 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
30484 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to your start-up
30485 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
30486 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
30487 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
30488 current directory for VHDL source files.
30489
30490
30491 VHDL STANDARDS:
30492 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
30493 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02), VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
30494
30495
30496 KEYWORD CASE:
30497 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
30498 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
30499 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
30500 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
30501 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
30502 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
30503 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
30504 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
30505
30506
30507 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
30508 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
30509 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
30510 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
30511 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
30512 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
30513 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
30514
30515 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
30516 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
30517 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
30518 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
30519 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
30520 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
30521
30522 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
30523 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
30524 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to
30525 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
30526 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
30527 visually.
30528
30529 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
30530 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
30531 highlighted if written in lower case.
30532
30533 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
30534 highlighted using a different background color if option
30535 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
30536
30537 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
30538 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`M-x customize-group'). For
30539 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
30540 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
30541 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
30542
30543
30544 USER MODELS:
30545 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
30546 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
30547 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
30548
30549
30550 HIDE/SHOW:
30551 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
30552 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
30553 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
30554 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
30555 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
30556
30557
30558 CODE UPDATING:
30559 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
30560 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
30561 Limitations:
30562 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
30563 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
30564 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
30565 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
30566 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
30567 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
30568 (used to obtain the port names).
30569 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
30570 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
30571 sensitivity lists.
30572
30573
30574 CODE FIXING:
30575 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
30576 (e.g. if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
30577
30578
30579 PRINTING:
30580 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
30581 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
30582 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
30583 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
30584 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
30585 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
30586 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
30587 printers.
30588
30589
30590 OPTIONS:
30591 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
30592 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
30593 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
30594 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
30595 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
30596
30597 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
30598 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `M-x customize-option' (`M-x
30599 customize-group' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
30600 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
30601 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
30602 INSTALL file).
30603
30604 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
30605 what other useful user options there are (`M-x vhdl-customize' or menu)!
30606
30607
30608 FILE EXTENSIONS:
30609 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
30610 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
30611 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
30612
30613 (push '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
30614
30615
30616 HINTS:
30617 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
30618 a VHDL file first, use the command:
30619
30620 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
30621
30622 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
30623
30624 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
30625
30626
30627 RELEASE NOTES:
30628 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
30629
30630
30631 Maintenance:
30632 ------------
30633
30634 To submit a bug report, enter `M-x vhdl-submit-bug-report' within VHDL Mode.
30635 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30636
30637 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
30638
30639 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
30640 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
30641 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
30642 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
30643
30644 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
30645 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
30646 where the latest version can be found.
30647
30648
30649 Known problems:
30650 ---------------
30651
30652 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
30653 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
30654 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
30655 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
30656
30657
30658 The VHDL Mode Authors
30659 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
30660
30661 Key bindings:
30662 -------------
30663
30664 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
30665
30666 \(fn)" t nil)
30667
30668 ;;;***
30669 \f
30670 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (21291 53104 431149
30671 ;;;;;; 0))
30672 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
30673
30674 (autoload 'vi-mode "vi" "\
30675 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
30676 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
30677 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
30678
30679 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
30680 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
30681 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
30682 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
30683 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
30684
30685 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
30686 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
30687
30688 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
30689
30690 * Limitations and unsupported features
30691 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
30692 not supported.
30693 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
30694 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
30695
30696 * Modifications
30697 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
30698 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
30699 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
30700 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
30701 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
30702 for undoing a repeated change command.
30703 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
30704 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
30705 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
30706
30707 * Extensions
30708 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
30709 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
30710 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
30711 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
30712 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
30713 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
30714 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
30715 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
30716
30717 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs.
30718
30719 \(fn)" t nil)
30720
30721 ;;;***
30722 \f
30723 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (21291
30724 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
30725 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
30726
30727 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
30728 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
30729
30730 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
30731
30732 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30733 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
30734 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30735 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30736
30737 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30738
30739 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30740 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
30741
30742 \(fn)" t nil)
30743
30744 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
30745 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30746 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
30747 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
30748
30749 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30750
30751 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
30752 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
30753
30754 \(fn)" t nil)
30755
30756 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
30757
30758
30759 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
30760
30761 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
30762
30763
30764 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
30765
30766 ;;;***
30767 \f
30768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
30769 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
30770
30771 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
30772 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
30773 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
30774
30775 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
30776
30777 (defvar view-mode nil "\
30778 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
30779 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
30780 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
30781
30782 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
30783
30784 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
30785 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
30786
30787 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
30788
30789 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
30790 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30791 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30792 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30793 moving around in the buffer.
30794 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30795 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30796
30797 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30798
30799 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30800
30801 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
30802 View FILE in View mode in another window.
30803 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
30804 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
30805
30806 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30807 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30808 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30809 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30810 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30811
30812 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30813
30814 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30815
30816 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
30817 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
30818 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
30819 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
30820 buffer.
30821
30822 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
30823 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
30824 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30825 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30826 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30827
30828 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30829
30830 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30831
30832 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
30833 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
30834 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
30835 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
30836 moving around in the buffer.
30837 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30838 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30839
30840 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30841
30842 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30843 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30844 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30845
30846 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
30847 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
30848 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
30849 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
30850
30851 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30852 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30853 own View-like bindings.
30854
30855 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30856
30857 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
30858 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
30859 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30860 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30861 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30862 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30863 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30864
30865 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30866
30867 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30868
30869 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30870 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30871 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30872
30873 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30874 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30875 own View-like bindings.
30876
30877 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30878
30879 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
30880 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
30881 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
30882 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
30883 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
30884 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
30885 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
30886
30887 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30888
30889 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
30890
30891 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
30892 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
30893 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
30894
30895 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
30896 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
30897 own View-like bindings.
30898
30899 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
30900
30901 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
30902 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
30903 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
30904 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
30905 if ARG is omitted or nil.
30906
30907 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
30908 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
30909 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
30910 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
30911
30912 \\<view-mode-map>
30913
30914 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
30915 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
30916 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
30917 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
30918 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
30919 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
30920 to a repeat count of one.
30921
30922 H, h, ? This message.
30923 Digits provide prefix arguments.
30924 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
30925 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
30926 > move to the end of buffer.
30927 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
30928 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
30929 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
30930 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
30931 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
30932 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30933 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
30934 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30935 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
30936 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
30937 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
30938 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
30939 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
30940 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
30941 Use this to view a changing file.
30942 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
30943 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
30944 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
30945 . set the mark.
30946 x exchanges point and mark.
30947 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
30948 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
30949 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
30950 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
30951 ' go to position saved in character register.
30952 s do forward incremental search.
30953 r do reverse incremental search.
30954 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
30955 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
30956 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
30957 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
30958 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
30959 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
30960 p searches backward for last regular expression.
30961 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
30962 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
30963 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
30964 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
30965 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
30966 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
30967 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
30968 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
30969 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
30970 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
30971
30972 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
30973 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
30974 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
30975 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
30976 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
30977 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
30978 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
30979 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
30980 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
30981
30982 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
30983
30984 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30985
30986 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
30987 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
30988 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
30989 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
30990 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
30991 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
30992 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
30993 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
30994 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
30995
30996 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
30997
30998 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
30999
31000 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31001 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31002 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31003 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31004 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31005 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31006
31007 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31008 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31009 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31010
31011 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31012
31013 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31014
31015 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31016
31017 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31018 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31019
31020 \(fn)" t nil)
31021
31022 ;;;***
31023 \f
31024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (21291 53104 431149
31025 ;;;;;; 0))
31026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
31027
31028 (autoload 'vip-setup "vip" "\
31029 Set up bindings for C-x 7 and C-z that are useful for VIP users.
31030
31031 \(fn)" nil nil)
31032
31033 (autoload 'vip-mode "vip" "\
31034 Turn on VIP emulation of VI.
31035
31036 \(fn)" t nil)
31037
31038 ;;;***
31039 \f
31040 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (21291 53104 431149
31041 ;;;;;; 0))
31042 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31043 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31044
31045 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31046 Toggle Viper on/off.
31047 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31048
31049 \(fn)" t nil)
31050
31051 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31052 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31053
31054 \(fn)" t nil)
31055
31056 ;;;***
31057 \f
31058 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (21291
31059 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
31060 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31061
31062 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31063 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31064 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31065 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31066 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31067 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31068 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31069 the beginning of the warning.")
31070
31071 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31072 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31073 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31074 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31075 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31076 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31077 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31078 also call that function before the next warning.")
31079
31080 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31081 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31082
31083 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31084 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31085 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31086 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31087
31088 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31089 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31090 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31091 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31092 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31093 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31094
31095 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31096 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31097 Default is :warning.
31098
31099 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31100 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31101 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31102 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31103 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31104 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31105
31106 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31107 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31108 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31109
31110 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31111
31112 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31113 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31114
31115 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31116
31117 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31118 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31119 \\<special-mode-map>
31120 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31121 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31122
31123 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31124 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31125 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31126 can be whatever you like.)
31127
31128 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31129 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31130
31131 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31132 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31133 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31134 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31135 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31136
31137 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31138
31139 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31140 Display a warning message made from (format MESSAGE ARGS...).
31141 Aside from generating the message with `format',
31142 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31143 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31144
31145 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31146
31147 ;;;***
31148 \f
31149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31150 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31151 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31152
31153 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31154 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31155 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31156 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31157 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31158 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31159 directories to reflect your edits.
31160
31161 See `wdired-mode'.
31162
31163 \(fn)" t nil)
31164
31165 ;;;***
31166 \f
31167 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (21291 53104 431149
31168 ;;;;;; 0))
31169 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31170
31171 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31172 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31173
31174 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31175 hotlist.
31176
31177 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31178 <nwv@acm.org>.
31179
31180 \(fn)" t nil)
31181
31182 ;;;***
31183 \f
31184 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (21291
31185 ;;;;;; 53104 431149 0))
31186 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31187 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31188 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31189
31190 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31191
31192 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31193 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31194 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31195 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31196 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31197 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31198
31199 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31200
31201 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31202 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31203 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31204 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31205 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31206
31207 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31208 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31209 in certain major modes.
31210
31211 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31212
31213 ;;;***
31214 \f
31215 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (21291 53104 431149
31216 ;;;;;; 0))
31217 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31218 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31219
31220 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31221 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31222 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31223 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31224 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31225
31226 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31227 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31228
31229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31230
31231 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31232 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31233 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31234 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31235 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31236
31237 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31238 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31239 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31240 use `whitespace-mode'.
31241
31242 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31243
31244 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31245
31246 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31247 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace mode is enabled.
31248 See the command `global-whitespace-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31249 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31250 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31251 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31252
31253 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31254
31255 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31256 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31257 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31258 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31259 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31260
31261 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31262 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31263
31264 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31265
31266 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31267 Non-nil if Global-Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31268 See the command `global-whitespace-newline-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31271 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31272
31273 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31274
31275 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31276 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31278 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31279 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31280
31281 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31282 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31283 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31284 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31285
31286 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31287
31288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31289
31290 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31291 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31292
31293 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31294 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31295
31296 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31297 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31298
31299 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31300
31301 CHAR MEANING
31302 (VIA FACES)
31303 f toggle face visualization
31304 t toggle TAB visualization
31305 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31306 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31307 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31308 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31309 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31310 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31311 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31312 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31313 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31314 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31315 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31316 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31317 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31318 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31319 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31320
31321 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31322 T toggle TAB visualization
31323 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31324 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31325
31326 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31327 ? display brief help
31328
31329 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31330 The valid symbols are:
31331
31332 face toggle face visualization
31333 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31334 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31335 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31336 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31337 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31338 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31339 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31340 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31341 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31342 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31343 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31344 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31345 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31346 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31347 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31348 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31349
31350 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31351 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31352 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31353
31354 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31355
31356 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31357
31358 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31359
31360 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31361 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31362
31363 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31364 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31365
31366 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31367 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31368
31369 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31370
31371 CHAR MEANING
31372 (VIA FACES)
31373 f toggle face visualization
31374 t toggle TAB visualization
31375 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31376 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31377 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31378 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31379 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31380 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31381 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31382 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31383 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31384 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31385 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31386 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31387 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31388 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31389 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31390
31391 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31392 T toggle TAB visualization
31393 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31394 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31395
31396 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31397 ? display brief help
31398
31399 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31400 The valid symbols are:
31401
31402 face toggle face visualization
31403 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31404 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31405 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31406 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31407 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31408 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31409 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31410 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31411 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31412 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31413 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31414 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31415 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31416 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31417 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31418 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31419
31420 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31421 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31422 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31423
31424 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31425
31426 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31427
31428 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31429
31430 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31431 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31432
31433 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31434 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31435 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31436 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31437 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31438
31439 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31440
31441 The problems cleaned up are:
31442
31443 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31444 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31445 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31446 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31447
31448 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31449 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31450 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31451 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31452 SPACEs.
31453 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31454 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31455 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31456 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31457
31458 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31459 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31460 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31461 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31462 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31463 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31464 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31465 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31466
31467 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31468 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31469 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31470
31471 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31472 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31473 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31474 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31475 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31476 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31477 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31478 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31479
31480 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31481 documentation.
31482
31483 \(fn)" t nil)
31484
31485 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31486 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31487
31488 The problems cleaned up are:
31489
31490 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31491 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31492 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31493 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31494 SPACEs.
31495 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31496 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31497 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31498 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31499
31500 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31501 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31502 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31503 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31504 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31505 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31506 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31507 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31508
31509 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31510 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31511 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31512
31513 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31514 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31515 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31516 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31517 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31518 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31519 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31520 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31521
31522 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31523 documentation.
31524
31525 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31526
31527 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
31528 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
31529
31530 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31531 non-nil.
31532
31533 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31534 before calling `whitespace-report' interactively, it forces
31535 `whitespace-style' to have:
31536
31537 empty
31538 trailing
31539 indentation
31540 space-before-tab
31541 space-after-tab
31542
31543 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31544 whitespace problems in buffer.
31545
31546 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31547
31548 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31549 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31550 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31551 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31552 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31553 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31554 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31555
31556 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31557 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31558 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31559 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31560 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31561 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31562 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31563
31564 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31565 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31566 cleaning up these problems.
31567
31568 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31569
31570 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
31571 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
31572
31573 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
31574 non-nil.
31575
31576 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
31577 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
31578 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
31579
31580 empty
31581 indentation
31582 space-before-tab
31583 trailing
31584 space-after-tab
31585
31586 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is non-nil, it reports only when there are any
31587 whitespace problems in buffer.
31588
31589 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
31590
31591 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
31592 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31593 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31594 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31595 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31596 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31597 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31598
31599 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
31600 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31601 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31602 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31603 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
31604 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
31605 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31606
31607 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
31608 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
31609 cleaning up these problems.
31610
31611 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
31612
31613 ;;;***
31614 \f
31615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (21291 53104 431149
31616 ;;;;;; 0))
31617 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
31618
31619 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
31620 Browse the widget under point.
31621
31622 \(fn POS)" t nil)
31623
31624 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
31625 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
31626
31627 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
31628
31629 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
31630 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
31631
31632 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
31633
31634 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
31635 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
31636 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
31637 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
31638 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31639
31640 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31641
31642 ;;;***
31643 \f
31644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (21291 53104 431149
31645 ;;;;;; 0))
31646 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
31647
31648 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
31649 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
31650
31651 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31652
31653 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
31654 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
31655 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
31656
31657 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
31658
31659 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
31660 Create widget of TYPE.
31661 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
31662
31663 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31664
31665 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
31666 Delete WIDGET.
31667
31668 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
31669
31670 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
31671 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
31672
31673 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31674
31675 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
31676 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
31677 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
31678 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
31679
31680 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
31681 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
31682
31683 \(fn)" nil nil)
31684
31685 ;;;***
31686 \f
31687 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (21291 53104 431149
31688 ;;;;;; 0))
31689 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
31690
31691 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
31692 Select the window to the left of the current one.
31693 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31694 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31695 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
31696 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31697 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31698
31699 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31700
31701 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
31702 Select the window above the current one.
31703 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
31704 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
31705 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
31706 negative ARG) of the current window.
31707 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31708
31709 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31710
31711 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
31712 Select the window to the right of the current one.
31713 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31714 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
31715 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
31716 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
31717 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31718
31719 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31720
31721 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
31722 Select the window below the current one.
31723 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
31724 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
31725 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
31726 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
31727 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
31728
31729 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31730
31731 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
31732 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
31733 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
31734 Default MODIFIER is 'shift.
31735
31736 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
31737
31738 ;;;***
31739 \f
31740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31741 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
31742
31743 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
31744 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
31745 See the command `winner-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31746 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31747 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31748 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
31749
31750 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
31751
31752 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
31753 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
31754 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
31755 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31756 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
31757 \\{winner-mode-map}
31758
31759 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31760
31761 ;;;***
31762 \f
31763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31764 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
31765 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
31766
31767 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
31768 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
31769 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
31770 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
31771 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
31772
31773 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
31774
31775 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
31776 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
31777 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
31778 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
31779 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
31780 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
31781 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
31782 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
31783
31784 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
31785 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
31786
31787 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
31788
31789 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
31790 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
31791
31792 \(fn)" t nil)
31793
31794 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
31795 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
31796 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
31797 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
31798 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
31799 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
31800 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
31801 `woman' command for further details.
31802
31803 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
31804
31805 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
31806 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
31807
31808 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
31809
31810 ;;;***
31811 \f
31812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el" (21291 53104
31813 ;;;;;; 431149 0))
31814 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
31815 (push (purecopy '(ws-mode 0 7)) package--builtin-versions)
31816
31817 (autoload 'wordstar-mode "ws-mode" "\
31818 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
31819
31820 BUGS:
31821 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
31822 are not implemented
31823 - Options for search and replace
31824 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
31825 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
31826
31827 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
31828 Emacs-like.
31829
31830 \(fn)" t nil)
31831
31832 ;;;***
31833 \f
31834 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31835 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
31836
31837 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
31838 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
31839 Return the top node with all its children.
31840 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
31841
31842 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31843 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31844 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31845
31846 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31847
31848 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31849 namespace to URIs instead.
31850
31851 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31852 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31853
31854 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31855
31856 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31857
31858 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31859
31860 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
31861 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
31862 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
31863 not contain well-formed XML.
31864
31865 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
31866 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
31867 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
31868 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
31869 element of the list.
31870 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
31871 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
31872 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
31873
31874 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
31875
31876 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
31877 namespace to URIs instead.
31878
31879 If it is the symbol 'symbol-qnames, expanded names will be
31880 returned as a plain symbol 'namespace:foo instead of a cons.
31881
31882 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
31883
31884 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
31885
31886 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
31887
31888 ;;;***
31889 \f
31890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (21341 23900 988149
31891 ;;;;;; 0))
31892 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
31893
31894 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
31895 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
31896 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
31897 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
31898 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
31899 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
31900 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
31901 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
31902 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
31903 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
31904
31905 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
31906
31907 ;;;***
31908 \f
31909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (21354 63937 745361
31910 ;;;;;; 0))
31911 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
31912
31913 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
31914 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
31915 See the command `xterm-mouse-mode' for a description of this minor mode.
31916 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31917 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31918 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
31919
31920 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
31921
31922 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
31923 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
31924 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
31925 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31926 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31927
31928 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
31929 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
31930 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
31931 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
31932 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
31933 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
31934
31935 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31936
31937 ;;;***
31938 \f
31939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31940 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
31941
31942 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
31943 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
31944
31945 \(fn START END)" t nil)
31946
31947 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
31948 Extract file name from an yenc header.
31949
31950 \(fn)" nil nil)
31951
31952 ;;;***
31953 \f
31954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (21291 53104 431149 0))
31955 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
31956
31957 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
31958 Zone out, completely.
31959
31960 \(fn)" t nil)
31961
31962 ;;;***
31963 \f
31964 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
31965 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
31966 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
31967 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
31968 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
31969 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
31970 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
31971 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
31972 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
31973 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
31974 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
31975 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
31976 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
31977 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
31978 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
31979 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
31980 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
31981 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
31982 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
31983 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
31984 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
31985 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
31986 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el"
31987 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/emacs.el" "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el"
31988 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/linux.el" "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el"
31989 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el" "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el"
31990 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el" "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el"
31991 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el"
31992 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el" "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el"
31993 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el" "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el"
31994 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/shell.el" "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el"
31995 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/speedbar.el" "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el"
31996 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/util.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
31997 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
31998 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
31999 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32000 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32001 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32002 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32003 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32004 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32005 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32006 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32007 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32008 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32009 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32010 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32011 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32012 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32013 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32014 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32015 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32016 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32017 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32018 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32019 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32020 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32021 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32022 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32023 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32024 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32025 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32026 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32027 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32028 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32029 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32030 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32031 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32032 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32033 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32034 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32035 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32036 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32037 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dos-fns.el" "dos-vars.el"
32038 ;;;;;; "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/authors.el"
32039 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el" "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el"
32040 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el"
32041 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32042 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32043 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/gulp.el" "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el"
32044 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el" "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el"
32045 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32046 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32047 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/tpu-extras.el"
32048 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-cmd.el" "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el"
32049 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-keym.el" "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el"
32050 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-util.el" "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el"
32051 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-ibuffer.el" "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el"
32052 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-banner.el" "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el"
32053 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-dirs.el" "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el"
32054 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-ls.el" "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el"
32055 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-rebind.el" "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el"
32056 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-term.el" "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el"
32057 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-xtra.el" "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el"
32058 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-ext.el" "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el"
32059 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-opt.el" "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el"
32060 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-var.el" "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el"
32061 ;;;;;; "generic-x.el" "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32062 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el" "gnus/gnus-demon.el"
32063 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el" "gnus/gnus-ems.el"
32064 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el" "gnus/gnus-logic.el"
32065 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el" "gnus/gnus-score.el"
32066 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-setup.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32067 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32068 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32069 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32070 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32071 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32072 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32073 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32074 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32075 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32076 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32077 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32078 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32079 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2104.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el"
32080 ;;;;;; "gnus/sieve-manage.el" "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el"
32081 ;;;;;; "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el" "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el"
32082 ;;;;;; "international/cp51932.el" "international/eucjp-ms.el" "international/fontset.el"
32083 ;;;;;; "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32084 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32085 ;;;;;; "international/uni-category.el" "international/uni-combining.el"
32086 ;;;;;; "international/uni-comment.el" "international/uni-decimal.el"
32087 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decomposition.el" "international/uni-digit.el"
32088 ;;;;;; "international/uni-lowercase.el" "international/uni-mirrored.el"
32089 ;;;;;; "international/uni-name.el" "international/uni-numeric.el"
32090 ;;;;;; "international/uni-old-name.el" "international/uni-titlecase.el"
32091 ;;;;;; "international/uni-uppercase.el" "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el"
32092 ;;;;;; "language/thai-word.el" "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el"
32093 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/arabic.el" "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el"
32094 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/cyrillic.el" "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el"
32095 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/georgian.el" "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el"
32096 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja.el" "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el"
32097 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/indian.el" "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el"
32098 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/japanese.el" "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el"
32099 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el" "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el"
32100 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lrt.el" "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/py-punct.el"
32101 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el" "leim/quail/sgml-input.el"
32102 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el" "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el"
32103 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/thai.el" "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el"
32104 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vntelex.el" "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el"
32105 ;;;;;; "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el" "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el"
32106 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc2368.el" "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el"
32107 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailedit.el" "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el"
32108 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el" "mail/rmailsum.el"
32109 ;;;;;; "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el" "mh-e/mh-alias.el"
32110 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el" "mh-e/mh-funcs.el"
32111 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el" "mh-e/mh-inc.el"
32112 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32113 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32114 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32115 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32116 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mouse.el"
32117 ;;;;;; "mwheel.el" "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el"
32118 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-ldap.el" "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/eudcb-ph.el"
32119 ;;;;;; "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el" "net/ldap.el"
32120 ;;;;;; "net/mairix.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el" "net/sasl.el"
32121 ;;;;;; "net/shr-color.el" "net/soap-client.el" "net/soap-inspect.el"
32122 ;;;;;; "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el" "net/tramp-cache.el"
32123 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el" "net/tramp-gvfs.el"
32124 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el" "net/tramp-sh.el"
32125 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/trampver.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32126 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32127 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32128 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32129 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32130 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32131 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el" "org/ob-asymptote.el"
32132 ;;;;;; "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el" "org/ob-comint.el"
32133 ;;;;;; "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el" "org/ob-dot.el"
32134 ;;;;;; "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el" "org/ob-fortran.el"
32135 ;;;;;; "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el" "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el"
32136 ;;;;;; "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el" "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el"
32137 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lilypond.el" "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el"
32138 ;;;;;; "org/ob-matlab.el" "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el"
32139 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el" "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el"
32140 ;;;;;; "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el" "org/ob-python.el"
32141 ;;;;;; "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el" "org/ob-scala.el"
32142 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el" "org/ob-shen.el"
32143 ;;;;;; "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el" "org/ob-tangle.el"
32144 ;;;;;; "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el" "org/org-bbdb.el"
32145 ;;;;;; "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el" "org/org-crypt.el"
32146 ;;;;;; "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el" "org/org-docview.el"
32147 ;;;;;; "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el" "org/org-eshell.el"
32148 ;;;;;; "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el" "org/org-footnote.el"
32149 ;;;;;; "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el" "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el"
32150 ;;;;;; "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el" "org/org-install.el"
32151 ;;;;;; "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el" "org/org-mhe.el"
32152 ;;;;;; "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32153 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32154 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32155 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32156 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32157 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32158 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32159 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32160 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32161 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32162 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32163 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32164 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32165 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32166 ;;;;;; "saveplace.el" "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "select.el"
32167 ;;;;;; "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el" "textmodes/bib-mode.el"
32168 ;;;;;; "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el" "textmodes/refbib.el"
32169 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el"
32170 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-ref.el" "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el"
32171 ;;;;;; "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el" "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el"
32172 ;;;;;; "url/url-about.el" "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el"
32173 ;;;;;; "url/url-domsuf.el" "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el"
32174 ;;;;;; "url/url-future.el" "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el"
32175 ;;;;;; "url/url-methods.el" "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el"
32176 ;;;;;; "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el" "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el"
32177 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-ptch.el" "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el"
32178 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el" "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el"
32179 ;;;;;; "vcursor.el" "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-common-fns.el"
32180 ;;;;;; "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el" "x-dnd.el") (21360 26177 770461
32181 ;;;;;; 806000))
32182
32183 ;;;***
32184 \f
32185 (provide 'loaddefs)
32186 ;; Local Variables:
32187 ;; version-control: never
32188 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32189 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32190 ;; coding: utf-8
32191 ;; End:
32192 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here